SOME 
 
 EAKLY TEEATISES 
 
 ON 
 
 TECHNOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 
 
 JOHN FERGUSON, M.A., LL.D.. 
 
 RKNirS I'KOFF.SSOK (IF CUKMISTKV IN THK r.NIVKKSITY OK fJLASCidW. 
 
 UKAl) TO THK rUILOSOPHlCAL SOCIETY OF (ILASflOW. .lANTAKV C. Ihsi;. 
 
 GLASGOW: 
 
 I'llINTEl) HV KOBERT ANDERSON, 2-' ANN STKEICT. 
 
 1888.
 
 A 55-/^3 5 
 
 -Some early Treatises on Technological Chemistry. By John 
 Ferguson, M.A., Professor of Chemistry in tlie University of 
 Glasgow. 
 
 [Read before the Society, January 6, 1886.] 
 
 § 1. — During the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth cen- 
 turies there was produced a considerable number of books dealing 
 with the marvels of nature, with popular science and medicine, and 
 with practical receipts for domestic and workshop use, which went 
 under the common title of "secrets." Elsewhere* I have enumerated 
 some 300 of these, which have come under my notice from time 
 to time, and have endeavoured to show that they are possessed of 
 diflferent degrees of mei'it, both as concerns their contents and them- 
 selves. Among them there are upwards of a score which, though 
 published under difierent names, in different languages, and at 
 different times, exhibit such close relationship to each other that 
 they are obviously variations and extensions of one work. They 
 are practically unknown to bibliographers and to the historians 
 of chemistry, and there is nothing more than a hint existing as to 
 their origin and authorship. Although I have mentioned most of 
 them in the papers referred to, I have not exhausted what may be 
 said about them, and I propose in the following to give a list of 
 them in chronological order, and such descriptions as may exhibit 
 their history and connection with one another. I have tried 
 to make the list as complete as possible, but I do not doubt that 
 there ai-e editions of some of the forms of the collection which 
 have escaped me. If it be so they must be even scarcer than 
 those now described, all of which, the earlier editions especially, 
 have been most difficult to procure for examination. 
 
 § -2— 
 
 1. — 1531. Rechter Gebraiich d' | Alchimei, Mitt vil bissher verborgenen, 
 nutzbaren vmid \ lustigeii Kiinsten, Nit allein den furwitzigeii 
 
 * In my Bibliographical Notes on Histories of Inventions and Books oj 
 Secrets, communicated to the Archaeological Society of Glasgow, and printed 
 in their Transactions for 1883 and 1SS5. The present notes may be regarded 
 as a supplement to tliese papers. 
 
 1050408
 
 2 Philoso]yhical Society of Glasgoio. 
 
 Alchimis- | misten (sic), Sonder alien kuiistbaien Werckleutten, | in 
 
 vnd ausserhalb feurs, Auch sunst aller | menglichen inn vil wege 
 
 zuge- I brauclien. | d Die Character, Figurliche bedeuttungen, vnd 
 
 namen der Me | tall, Corpus vnd Spiritus. j ^SS" Der Alchimistischen 
 
 verlateineten worter ausslegung. | (J Register am volgenden blat. j 
 
 Small 4to, ff. xxvii, and one blank. Type of a somewhat florid kind is 
 
 used for the title-page. Without place and printer's name. The date : 
 
 M.D.XXXI. is on f. xxvii. verso. There is a vignette of a jeweller's 
 
 shop on the title. On the reverse of the title are the symbols and names 
 
 of the metals, &c., a list of certain Latin alchemical words, with their 
 
 meanings, and the beginning of the table of contents, which ends on the 
 
 reverse of f. ii. The text begins on f. iii., and runs on to f. xxvii. 
 
 The first receipt is how to make nnitation amber: Agatateyn zumachen 
 
 artlich vnd klar, and the last to refine gold: Wie sich clax golt gradirt. 
 
 This is the earliest edition of the collection that I have seen, 
 ■ and I judge it to be the first, because I have found no reference 
 to any one before it, and because it contains less matter than any 
 of its successors. The book is not mentioned by any authority 
 except Schniieder,* who says that it was written by George 
 Agricola, the metallurgist, and that it was })rinted at Cologne, but 
 there is no evidence in . support of these statements in the book 
 itself, and both of them are v.ery questionable, if not demonstrably 
 erroneous. 
 
 As to the place of printing. Two years later, in 1533, 
 Christian Egenolph, at Frankfurt-am-Main, printed a little tract 
 of 39 leaves, entitled : Bergwerck .vnd Problrbuchlin, including 
 (iilbertus Cardinal on solution and parting of the metals, to be 
 noticed below in connection with Kertzenmacher. On f, 32 of 
 this tract there is the identical woodcut of a jeweller's shop — not 
 a mere copy — which forms the vignette of the present treatise. 
 Further, the Bergwerck. . .biichlin contains woodcuts of a muffle and 
 furnace for assaying which were used over again in 1574, by the 
 Iieirs of (christian Egonolpli, for a book entitled Prohier Buchlein. 
 Now, in tiie preface to tliis latter work, and the head-line of each 
 page, the same florid type is used as in the title-page of the 1531 
 edition. I have no hesitation in inferring from those coincidences 
 that this first ('iliLi(tn was ))rint('d l)y Egonolpli at Frankfurt. 
 I^ator editions (Nos. 7 .md 1 1) woro piintod ])y Egenolph and his 
 heirs, as well as an edition of Kertzenmacher, in 1574 (No. 12), 
 which is uniform with tlu; I'rolner /luchlcin of the same year, 
 iibove mentioned, an<l wliicli cont.iins tlie same, llorid type. 
 
 • Oeschichte der Alchcmie, Halle, 1832, p, 270.
 
 Ml". J. Ferguson o?i Treatisfiti on Technological CliPhnslry. 3 
 
 As to Agricola's authorship. Schmieder states that in his youth 
 Agricola, who from his love of knowledge acquired the name of 
 Philopeustes, had pursued alchemy and had written some treatises 
 on it, which were sought for after lie had distinguished himself in 
 other ways, and then he gives the names of the said treatises, of 
 which the Rechter Gebrauch d'Alchimei is one, and the other is 
 entitled: Galerazeya sive revelator secretorum, T. Be lapide 
 philosophico,.... printed, Schmieder says, in 1531 and 1534, dates 
 already given by Dufresnoy (Ilistoire cle la Philosophie Herme- 
 tiqne, Paris, 1742, III., p. 82), Avho has also assigned the 
 Galerazeya to George Agricola. Schmieder's account seems to me 
 to be purely imaginative. No one who has written about Agricola 
 has mentioned these treatises, and they are not contained in the 
 collected editions of his woi'ks ; tlfe Rechter Gebrauch was published 
 long before Agricola's best-known works appeared, whereas the 
 Galerazeya, at least the copy of it which I have seen, was printed 
 at Cologne in 1631, not 1531. Further, the Rechter Gebrauch, as 
 will appear from the abstract following, is a collection of practical 
 receipts, whereas the Galerazeya has absolutely nothing to do with 
 alchemy, but is a book of Roman -Catholic couti'oversy. The 
 author was a certain 'Daniel Agricola, Philopistius, not Philopeustes, 
 who lived to the comfortable age of 110 years, and whose whole 
 life, as recorded in the introduction, does not tally at all with that of 
 George Agricola the miner, metallurgist, and geologist, I have 
 no doubt that Schmieder never saw a copy of the Galerazeya, but 
 simply followed Dufresnoy. It is not so easy to understand what 
 led him to credit Agricola with the Rechter Gebrauch. There is 
 no indication of his being the author that I am aware of, and 
 Schmieder has not noticed that a difficulty arises from the work 
 of Kertzenmacher (which he himself has quoted [p. 280], and 
 which I have included in the present series), having a similar title. 
 Was Kertzenmacher the author of this fii'st edition? In the 
 meantime the author of it is unknown. 
 
 The contents of the book itself are entirely practical, and 
 have little or nothing to do with speculative or transcendental 
 alchemy. In this respect it is very remarkable that the author, 
 whoever he was, should have affirmed, in the very title of his 
 work, that the rigid iise of Alchemy was not solely to transmute 
 the metals, but to produce, by chemictd art, dill'erent substances that 
 were in constant demand for every day purposes, and to enable 
 work-people and artists to compass their ends more easily and
 
 -t Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 successfully. The work is a collection of chemical receipts, which, 
 doubtless, had been long and well-known to alchemists, metal- 
 lurgists, and others, but which may never have been reduced to 
 a system. Anyhow, the existence of this and the later editions 
 shows that, untrammelled by the unconfirmed theories of the 
 alchemi.sts, there was a desire to turn their incidental discoveries 
 to some useful purpose. Apparently, anything that was worth, 
 any process that woiild yield a definite I'esult, was taken advantage 
 of, and by degrees came to be widely known, and to form the 
 common property of artists of difierent kinds, and to be placed 
 iu books of receipts and secrets. 
 
 A characteristic of this and the other books of the series is the 
 absence of concealment under misleading names of the substances 
 to be used and the processes to be followed. The alchemist was 
 always at great pains to. withhold the secrets of his art from those 
 deemed ignorant and unworthy, and he was in the habit of express- 
 ing himself in an allegorical and enigmatical style, which is one of 
 the cliief obstacles to understanding what the alchemists would 
 be at. In this book, however, thei'e is nothing of the kind, and 
 if there is obscurity occasionally, it is duo less to the language 
 employed than to tlie ditHculty of identifying the bodies mentioned, 
 or of seeing precisely what is the drift of the operation described. 
 
 This book exhibits very fairly the practical knowledge of 
 chemistry at the beginning of the sixteenth century. Many of 
 the processes seem very roundabout and even absurd now, but 
 then they were the best to be had, and it must be remembered 
 that three and a half centuries have elapsed from the date of the 
 hook which recoi'ds them, centuries filU^l with research into the 
 causes of the changes which at that tim(> were only slightly known 
 after the most tentative fashion. 
 
 The receipts arc not arranged in any regular- way, but for our 
 present purjjose it may suffice to consider very briefly the contents 
 (;f tlu; book under two main heads : A. substances, and B. processes. 
 
 A. — Tlic substances which bulk most largely in the receipts are 
 naturally the metals :ind .some metallic compounds. Gold and 
 silver, mercury, antimony, tin, lead, bisnuith, copper and iron 
 arc commonly spokciu about. Brass was made from coi:)per and 
 calamine ; amalgams of gold and silver were familiar, and the 
 solvent power of mei-cury for these metals was cmi)loyed for 
 rouioving tluim from the others, as well as for getting calx of 
 gold, that is, gold in a line state of division. The parting of gold
 
 Mr. J. Feuguson on Treatises on Tedinoloyiccd Chemistrij. o 
 
 from copper by antimony and by liquation with lead, the cementa- 
 tion and cupellation of gold, the separation of gold by aquafortis 
 were all operations well-known at the time. Other operations 
 were used for silver. 
 
 Gilding and silvering were largely practised, and the giving of 
 a yellow and white appearance to other metals without the use of 
 either gold and silver was often employed. But the method of 
 distinguishing between true and imitation gold by streak and 
 aquafortis is described also. 
 
 Mercury was much employed for the 2:)urposes above mentioned. 
 Oinnal)ar was made from it artifically by heating it with sulphur; 
 and sublimate is also refex'red to. 
 
 Copper was quite familiar. Besides being gilt, silvered, and 
 tinned, it was converted into verdigris by acetic acid, from 
 which a green colour was obtained ; by the action of calamine it 
 was made into brass ; it was whitened by treatment with arsenic. 
 
 Lead was used in cupellation and liquation : it was converted 
 into white lead by the action of acetic acid, and the pi'ocess closely 
 resembled that pursued at the pi'esent day ; red lead was made by 
 heating it in a furnace ; and the so-called lac virginis was made 
 by digesting litharge got in cupellation with acetic acid. 
 
 Tin was used chiefly for coating other metals and for alloying. 
 
 Bismuth is mentioned ; a fusible alloy was employed for making- 
 casts ; it was got by melting together lead, tin, and bismuth. 
 This therefore is a very old alloy. 
 
 Of the compounds of iron, green vitriol and crocus martis are 
 mentioned, as Avell as the red solution of ferric acetate. 
 
 Antimony is only mentioned in connection with the pui'ification 
 of gold. 
 
 White arsenic, orpiment, and realgar, are referred to. Arsenic 
 was used for whitening copper. It was fused with saltpetre, and 
 the residue (consisting mainly of potassic arseniate) was called 
 fixed arsenic. A solution called aqua causata was made by boil- 
 ing together arsenic, realgai", calcined tartar, sal ammoniac, with a 
 ley of ashes and quicklime. 
 
 Zinc itself is not alluded to, but lajns calaminaris or (jalmeij, 
 native carbonate of zinc, and white vitriol are mentioned. 
 
 Of the acids, the only two that are distinctly specified are acetic 
 acid and nitric acid. The latter was made by heating together 
 saltpetre, alum, and vitriol. 
 
 Though sulphur was much used, there is no reference either to
 
 6 Philosophical Society of Glasgoic. 
 
 the acid spirit or acid oil of sulphur — that is, sulphurous or 
 sulphuric acid. Two kinds of oil of sulphur ai-e described, one 
 made by distilling linseed oil with sulphur, the other by digesting 
 sulphur with oil of tartar — that is, with a strong solution of 
 carbonate of potash, but these are oils in a very different sense of 
 the term. 
 
 The list of saline substances is comparatively limited. Besides 
 those already quoted, it includes common salt, which was sub- 
 jected to an elaborate but very imperfect purification ; tartar, 
 calcined tartar, ashes, sal alkali, caustic potash, both solid and 
 in solution, made by boiling ashes with quicklime, which in its 
 turn was got hj calcining egg shells when wanted particularly 
 pure ; sal ammoniac, alum, and an artificial substitute for borax, 
 consisting of carbonate of potash and common salt, or of tartar 
 and common salt. 
 
 B. — The processes arc of a very rudimentary character, and 
 relate mainly to gilding, silvering, tinning, and calcining the different 
 metals, under which term was included, in pure ignorance of the 
 different results, a good deal more than would be understood now, 
 purification and refining of the metals and alteration of their 
 appearance and properties, the separation or parting of the metals, 
 the rendering of them more malleable, the formation of various 
 solutions or waters as they were called, the preparation and purifi- 
 cation of the salts and compounds above mentioned. There are 
 besides some miscellaneous receipts. The very first receipt in the 
 book is to make imitation amber. This was done by boiling 
 turpentine and oil together till thick, stirring well, and pouring 
 into a mould and exposing to the sun for eight days. Out of this 
 could l)e cut Paternoster beads, knife handles, ttc. Another 
 metliod was to make a mixture of egg yolks, gum arable, and 
 cherry gum, and allow it to liarden in the sun. It became trans- 
 parent, and " when iiibbod, it attracted straws like other amber." 
 According to another, gems were polished with jiowdered antimony 
 (that is, tlie native sulphide) on a leaden sheet. A pyrophorus 
 was made l)y heating a loadstone with sulphur veiy slowly up to 
 incandescence, keeping it in that state for three days and nights, 
 and then allowing it to cool. When moistened it burns. Imitiv 
 tion pearls were made from mussel and snail shells, thoroughly 
 clean, powdered in a mortar, washed on a cloth in the sun, dried 
 and calcinr;d. 'i'lu; residue jiowdered, was added to pure white of 
 ••gg and thoroughly stirnid in, a,nd then moulded "with carefully
 
 Mr. J. Kekgusox 0)1 T realises 0)1. Technological Cheinistry. 7 
 
 washed hands" to the required size, a hole drilled througli the 
 pearls while still soft, which were afterwards dried in the sun. 
 They were finally polished in red wine, and fair pearls were thus got. 
 Scented pastilles were made with labdanum, storax, cinnamon, 
 and other odoriferous substances mixed with charcoal powder, the 
 whole converted into a paste with gum tragacanth and water, 
 which was then moulded into pastilles with the hand. Petroleum 
 was obtained by soaking bricks or tiles in oil and then distilling at 
 a high temperature. These operations involved furnaces aud 
 vessels which are mentioned as things sufficiently well-known, and 
 the operations themselves consisted in digesting with acetic acid 
 and other menstrua, in crystallization, precipitation, sublimation, 
 cupellation, cementation, roasting, fusion. 
 
 In no case is there any explanation of a process given — in no 
 case does there appear to have been even a rudimentary concep- 
 tion of the rationale of it. On the contrary, the results were 
 sometimes entirely misunderstood, substances or products were 
 misnamed, and there was no notion of the permanence of the 
 matter operated on, or of the constancy involved in the various 
 changes. There is, for example, a process for " hardening mercuiy" 
 which, assuming that the substances employed were the same as 
 those denoted by the names now, and so far as the operations are 
 intelligible, could not lead to the result supposed. A small hollow 
 or depression is made in melted lead before it solidifies. Over this 
 a cloth is placed, and then mercury on the cloth, and the whole is 
 set in warm ashes till the "mercury" becomes hard. The 
 " hardened mercury " is broken into pieces and placed in strong 
 "vinegar," or in juice of the plant ox-tongue, vinegar, and oil, 
 and boiled for a quarter of an hour. The " mercury " is mixed 
 with sal ammoniac and vinegar in a luted vessel and left for 
 8 or 10 days; the "vinegar extracts all the roughness from the 
 mercury;" the "mercury" is transferred to another vessel in 
 a wind furnace, where it is heated gradually to redness till it 
 detonates. The "mercury" is then hung in a pot with sulphur 
 at the bottom of it, and a gentle heat is applied to vaporise the 
 sulphur. This is to be repeated once a day for 30 days. The 
 " mercury " is now removed, and can be hammered and fused. 
 This " mercury," melted with twice its weiglit of copper, gives a 
 product which behaves to all tests like genuine silver. 
 
 So far as one can see, the sole result of this curious operation, 
 lasting five or six weeks, is to vield the lead that was begun with.
 
 8 Philosophical Society of Glasgou: 
 
 or sulphide of lead, while a quantity of mercury is sent up the 
 chimney of the wind furnace. 
 
 Time and reiteration were important factors with the early 
 chemists. Hei'e is another example : " To make gold from mer- 
 cury." A parting water (nitric acid) was made out of vitriol 
 (sulphate of iron), saltpetre, and plumose alum, into which crude 
 mercury was put. The " water " was distilled off and poured back 
 again, or new "water" was added, and the whole was put in a 
 long-necked flask to which a little alembic was well luted, with a 
 receiver, and the water distilled away from the mercury by means 
 of a gentle tire till the mercury became red like blood, and gave no 
 fume when heated, "which will happen in three months" (!!). 
 '• Test it for two or three months, the mercury will become fixed, 
 reduce it quickly with borax or saltpetre and it will be changed 
 into true gold." 
 
 Here, again, there is a consumption of three whole months, an 
 endless amount of labour and expenditure of material to make 
 what appears to be nothing more than red oxide of mercury. As 
 for the transformation into true gold, that may have been due to 
 the mercury containing some gold when used for the operation 
 described, or it may not have been gold at all. It is almost useless 
 to try to determine what the authors of these methods exactly 
 intended, or whether the substances are the same as ours, or 
 wliether they were pure or not, or, in short, anything about the 
 details. All the processes are quite empii'ical, and as the chemical 
 properties of the substances employed were virtually unknown, 
 they must have often neutralised each other's effects instead of 
 contributing to the wished-for result. That, however, was inevit- 
 al)l(; in the then state of science ; rather we may wonder that so 
 much was known as seems to have been the case. 
 
 This collection forms the groundwork of the edition of 1537, 
 and is contained in whole or in part in almost every one of the 
 editions. 
 
 2. — 1532. Kunstbiichlciii. AUcrley Mackcl vnd Kleckcn ;uis gewaud, 
 .Saininnt ('s(V^, Scidcn, etc. zu bringen. Dazu aiich wic cinoni jcglioh 
 Gcwaiul scyn verlorne farlj wider zu bringou soy, dcsgl. (jlaru und 
 Lciiiwand zu farl)un etc. Niirnb. d. Cunigund Ilcrgotiu 1532. 
 iii-4^. (2 til. Lcmpertz.) 
 
 This Ijook is quoted by Graessc [Trcsor de Livres Bares, 
 Dresden, 1863, t. iv,, p. 53), but I have not seen it. To judge 
 from the title, it is (juite different from No. 1 ; but it would be
 
 Mr. J. Ferguson oh Treatises on Technological Cliemislry. 9 
 
 interesting to know if it is the iirst, or an early edition of the 
 tract with the same title, on the same topic, which is incliidetl, 
 along with No. 1, in the 1537 and others of the later editions. 
 That could only be settled by actual comparison of the contents. 
 
 It may be mentioned here that Graesse quotes other two tracts 
 entitled Kunstbuchlin. One was printed at ErfFort in 1599, the 
 other, compiled by Heinr. Vogtherr, appeared at 8trassburg in 
 1538. Tliese tracts seem to be quite distinct from the series now 
 under consideration. I have not seen them. 
 
 3. — 1537. Kunstbiichlin, gerccht- | ten gruiultliclicii gcbrauclis | allcr 
 kunstbarcn Wercklciit. \ 
 
 Ertzarbait, inn viid ausseilialb feiirs, auss Alcliimistischem | 
 
 vncl natijrlichem gruiul, nemlich, 
 Hiirtcn, Weychcu. 
 Scluneltzcn, Schaidcn. 
 Abtrcyben, Probiern. 
 ,, , Ldtcii Etzcu. 
 
 Abforinen, Abgicssen &c. 
 
 Jedc farbeii zuberaitcu, crlialtcn, 
 
 besscrn vnd widcrbringen, als zuin 
 
 Malcn, .Schrcyben. 
 
 Illuininicni, Vcrguklen. 
 
 iStickeii, Edelgcstain &u. 
 
 AUes Jnhalt zu end beygelegten Rcgistcrlius. 
 
 M.D. XXXVII. 
 
 Small 4to, (T. xxxvii., and 1 of mdex. The vignette contahis pictures of 
 
 the instruments employed in the processes. 
 Colophon : Getruckt zu Augspurg, durcli Heinrich Steyner, | am XVIII. 
 
 tag Junij, im ^.D.XXXVII. (sic) Jarr. 
 
 This book may be divided into two parts. Leaves IG verso to 37 
 contain a simple reprint of the whole contents of the edition of 
 1531, No. 1, about which, therefore, there is nothing more to say. 
 The preceding leaves, however, contain additional receipts, of 
 which the following is a brief abstract: — 
 
 Leaves 2-6 are occupied with receipts for working with iron 
 and steel. These metals Avere tempered by heating with 
 horn shavings, or blood, or leather, the colour of the steel was 
 noted, and degrees of temper were given to different tools by 
 quenching in water, in infusions of plants, in tallow, in oil, in 
 soap, and other substances. 
 
 The so-called solders were fusible mixtures of various kinds. 
 One employed for joining iron in the cold was made up of 
 sal ammoniac, common salt, calcined tartar, bell-metal, antimony.
 
 10 Philosophical Societij of Glasyoio. 
 
 all ground intimately together, and made into a paste with glue. 
 This was heated very slowly to fusion, then, when cold, it was 
 reduced to fine powder. The two pieces of iron, fitting as closely 
 as possible, were fastened to a board, with paper below, the 
 powder was laid on, and moistened with wine, in which borras (I 
 presume the artificial mixture already referred to under No. 1) 
 ■was dissolved; after the ensuing ebullition Avas over the action 
 was complete, and the superfluous material was rubbed off". Sup- 
 posing there was an action, it is not easy to see what part the 
 diflferent ingredients took in it. For copper, a solder was made of 
 copper and white arsenic, and brass filings were also used. 
 
 Fluxes for ores were made of sandever, ashes, lime, pounded 
 salt, tartar and saltpetre, all powdered together and thrown upon 
 the oi'e. Another contained sulphur, lead, litharge, saltpetre, 
 salt, sandever, all well powdered and mixed. These nnxtures 
 would undoubtedly slag or vitrify when heated. 
 
 Etching upon iron and steel was carried out by coating the 
 surface of the object with wax, or with massicot or red lead and 
 oil, cutting the pattern through the film, and then acting on the 
 metal thus exposed with a water containing verdigris, mercury 
 sublimate, vitriol and alum, or laying on mercury sublimate and 
 moistening with strong vinegar. This seems to have been one of 
 the way.s for ornamenting armour. 
 
 Metal objects received a gold colour by being covered with 
 yellow varnish. Copper was silvered by grinding intimately on a 
 slab tartar, alum, salt, and silver leaf, adding water and dipping 
 the copper in it, and then brushing with a scratch brush. Iron 
 or steel was prepared for gilding by depositing copper on it from 
 a mixture of verdigris and sal ammoniac. 
 
 Leaves G-7 contain the receipts for taking spots and stains out 
 of clotli. The title of this section corresponds exactly with that 
 of the preceding work, No. 2; and I have little doubt that a por- 
 tion, if not the whole, of that tract is incorporated in the edition 
 of 1537. 
 
 'I'lic detergent eniployod was chiefly wood ashes causticizcd with 
 slaked lime, and in this tho stains were steeped and the fabric 
 afterwards thoroughly rinsed with water and hung up in the air 
 to dry. 'I'hi; operator is warned to keep coloured fabrics out of 
 the sun, lest the colours fade; and among the receipts under this 
 division is one for stifl'ening silk with gum. 
 
 Tlif n-cciptH altont ink (occupy leaves 8-10. The materials used
 
 Mr. J. Fkrguson on Ti-fuUises on Technoloyical Chcminlrij. 1 1 
 
 were nut galls, green vitriol, and gum water; ])ut they were applied 
 in a variety of ways, and, singularly enough, the importance of 
 using proper proportions was insisted on as a preliminary instruc- 
 tion. 
 
 Invisible ink was procured by writing with vitriol and then 
 washing with infusion of nut galls. Another plan was to write 
 with white of an egg, wash ink over the whole surface, and then 
 scrape with a knife where the writing was to be read. 
 
 Writing was obliterated by washing it with the distillate from 
 a mixture of sal ammoniac and alum. 
 
 Leaves 10-lG contain the sections upon colours and tlieir use. 
 The colours were partly ve^retable, partly mineral. Thus, a red 
 colour, a lake, was got from Brazil wood, alum, and lime water, 
 gum being added. A bronze colour was made from the same 
 wood with galitzeiistein, that is, native white vitriol. Yellow 
 was made from saffron, and from the yolk of eggs. Green was 
 obtained from buckthorn and alum ; verdigris was used, and also 
 a mixture of indigo and orpiment. What was called Greek green 
 was merely verdigris. Blue colours were got from plants — the 
 juice of elder berries with alum and lime water, of bilberries, of 
 mulberries, and of corn flowers. A mixture of white lead and 
 indigo was also used. The preparation of mosaic gold is given in 
 tolerable detail ; the materials employed were sal ammoniac, mer- 
 cury, contei'fey (a fine coloured brass) and sulphur. Another 
 mixture was tin, bismuth, mercury, sal ammoniac, and sulphur. 
 Mosaic silver was merely tin amalgam. An extraordinary method 
 of cettins: a sold colour was to blow an egg, till it with mercury 
 rubbed up with egg-yolk, lute the holes and put the egg, along with 
 half-a-dozen others, to be hatched ! ! At the end of three weeks 
 the colour is ready. 
 
 Gold leaf was used. The metal was ground with honey and 
 salt and put in a shell, then it was applied with gum water and 
 burnished with a tooth. 
 
 Another way of applying metals was to write wdth finely 
 powdered crystal or pumice and gum water, then rub on the 
 metal till thei-e was enough, and finally burnish. Several receipts 
 of a similar kind are given. 
 
 The next section refers to the dyeing of horn, feathers, bone, 
 parchment, and the methods were the same for all. Feathers, for 
 example, were steeped in alum and then put into the colouring 
 material. Yarn and cloth were dyed in the same way. Thus, to
 
 1l' Fliilosophical Society of G'/(tsi/ow. 
 
 (lyo a red, the clotli was limed and then steeped in Brazil-wood 
 and alum; cinnabar also was used and lees of red wine, but no 
 distinction is drawn between mordant and pigment colours. 
 
 The preceding, without exhausting the variations in the receipts, 
 will give some notion of the substances employed and the processes 
 pursued. Cei-tain practical results were undoubtedly attained, 
 but at a great expenditure of time and of material, and with an 
 uncertainty inherent in every empirical process, in which what is 
 essential and what non-essential to success are unavoidably con- 
 fusetl. These receipts, however, were plainly considered of the 
 very best and most authentic kind, and they are therefore well 
 worth notice and consideration. 
 
 4. — 1538. Kuustbuehleiii gerecbten giiiudlichen Gebi-aiiclis aller kunstbareu 
 Werkea. Von Ertzarbeyt etc. Hiirten, Weychen, Loteu, Etzen, 
 Abformen, Malen, Schreyben, Lumiiiiren, kStickeii etc. Augsp., H. 
 Steyner 1538. m-4\ (38 ti.) Av. tig. en bois. ('22 gr. Lempertz. ) 
 
 This is a second edition of the previous work, No. 3, 1537. 
 The title is taken fi-om Graesse, Tresor de Livres Rares, Dresden, 
 1863, t. iv., p. 53. See also No. 7, 1550. Graesse does not 
 mention the previous edition. 
 
 5. — 1539. Alchimia. Wie man alls farben, wasser, olea, salia vud alumina, 
 damit man alle corpora, spiritus vnd calces preparirt, sublimirt vnd 
 tixirt, machea sol. Vnd wie mann dise ding luitze, autf das Sol vnd 
 Luna warden miig. Anch vom soluiren vnud schaidung aller metal, 
 Polirung aller luiudt edel gestain, fiirtreflichen wassern zum etzen etc. 
 eiii km-tzer begrif. Strassb. Cammerlander, 1539. kl. 4. Mit 
 Holzschn. Hlbldr. 
 
 This title is taken from the Aiitiqiiaiischer Katalog of C. H. 
 Beck, Nurdlingen, No. 1G5, 1885. The book itself I have not 
 seen, but to judge from the title it is an early edition, perhaps the 
 first, of the work that bears the name of Tetrus Kertzenmacher. 
 See No. 9, 1570; No. 12, 1574; No. IH, 1589; No. 21, 1G13; 
 No. 20, 1720. and No. 29. 
 
 0. - b")4!t. CI KnnatlJoeck. | NyciiHjck | wti-n Alclicinisticlischon | gront 
 vergadert, 'J'racturende | van alien grontlijcke gebriiyc- | kinghen 
 dor cunaten. Nutlijck | voor alio wercluide, als Munt | meestere, 
 ( toltwerckerf', sohey | deren, (Joltsmeden, schilderen | en alle ander 
 werchiydo, were- | kende in stael, Yser, coeper, en | alle antlere 
 niutalun. | Q <Jhecolligcert eil eensdeels | getraslateert, door Symonem 
 I Androe van AeuiMtulrcdain. | ^ar Nioiiiat is hatuiidc dc ciuist | dan 
 dio (iMwctciicn. | 1549 | 
 
 Kinio. Titlcr, Hurroinidcd by a woodcut border witli flowers, fruit, 
 uiii«ical iuHtnuneiitH, male an<l female termini, &c. ; on the reverse is a
 
 ^Ir. J. Fkuguson on. Trcdtisea on Tei:hiiolo(j'u:al Clieraistrij. 13 
 
 picture of a clieiiiist in liis laboratory. Besides the title-leaf, there 
 
 are liij iiuinl)ere(l leaves, ami o leaves of eonteiits. 
 
 The last leaf contains the device of the publisher : a hooded falcon 
 
 perched on the branch of a withered tree, with the monogram Ck in 
 
 the corner, aud niottos ou three sides. 
 
 The colophon is on the reverse of Hiij : 
 
 (xeprent toe Campe, in die Broeder | straet by mi Steuen Joe.ssen. 
 
 Anno. M.D.LI. | flS" Voor Cornelis Karelsen, Woenende tot | Aemstel- 
 
 redam by sinte Olifs poorte int guide | Missael. Voorstaede op die 
 
 Nieuwebrugge | aent Paelhuysken. | 
 
 This is a translation into Dutcli, with some modifications, of the 
 German edition of 1537. It is divided into six tracts, and this 
 is the first notable difiei^ence between the tw^o, though the suc- 
 cession of the receipts is in reality the same. Another impor- 
 tant dirt\;rence is the omis.sion in this edition of the sections 
 referring to inks and colours (Ed. 1537, fi'. 8-14), and of certain of 
 the receipts for the tempering of iron, while some new ones have 
 been added. The contents of the tracts are as follows : — 
 
 Tract I. treats of "iron, steel, and otlier materials, and how 
 to harden, soften, and solder them, of etching on the same, of 
 colouring, gilding, and silvering." It begins : Oni yser hart te 
 maken, and it corresponds to fF. 2-G in the 1537 edition, a few of 
 the receipts being omitted, and one or two new ones added. 
 
 Tract II. contains receipts for " removing, by means of water or 
 lye, stains or spots from cloth, velvet, silk, or other stuffs, whether 
 of oil, fat, wine, or whatever it be, and that easily and without 
 injury." This includes ff. 6-7 of the 1537 edition, but a few receipts 
 of the same character are added in the Dutch version. The first 
 receipt is how to restore the colour to cloth : Oni laken nine 
 verloren vertve tveder te gheuen. 
 
 Tract III. deals with the " colouring of wool and linen, the 
 making of the colours, the colouring of horn and bone, the soften- 
 ing and moulding of horn." The tinst receipt is to dye yarn or 
 linen bi-own : Om garen oft lijnvmet bruyn te venoen ; then follow 
 more colour receipts, and those on bone and horn which occupv ff. 
 15-16 in the 1537 edition. This com])letes — as above-mentioned 
 — the first section of the 1537 edition, which is succeeded by the 
 reprint of that of 1531. The same thing occurs in tiie Dutch 
 version, for towards the end of this third tract is found the receipt 
 for "making a clear, fair amber," Ayntsteen aerdich end", clner te 
 maken, as it is given in the 1531 edition (i. 3). This third tract 
 contains at the end a few receipts, which do not occm- in the
 
 1-t Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 German versions, as to dyeing silk black, which was eftected by 
 boiling it for an hour in galls, and then putting it in a black 
 colour made from gall-nuts and copperas, with rye meal, old iron, 
 hammer scales ; to dye silk and hoofs red by boiling in alum water, 
 and then with madder; to dye yarn black by boiling pounded galls 
 in water, taking the galls out and adding Roman copperas and a 
 little gum arabic, and then di])ping the yarn in the pot. The same 
 mixture diluted with water was used for grey. 
 
 Tract IV. "teaches the gilding, silvering, and colouring of 
 copper, iron, etc, how to fuse and cast them and make certain 
 colours." This, which begins with the hardening of mercui'y, so 
 that it may be hammered, cast, and worked, Om Mercurium te 
 arheyden ende harden datmense smeen, gieten ende arbeyden mach, 
 coiTesponds with ff. 4-8 in the 1531, and with if. 17-20 in the 1537 
 editions. One or two recei])ts are again added, such as to mend 
 broken glass by a cement of red lead, quicklime, fine dust from a 
 forge, white of egg, laid on with a cloth ; to make lutum sapieutice, 
 a mixture of lime, horse-dung, iron filings, clay, white of egg, and 
 salt water or ox blood. This was used for vessels which had to be 
 heated to a high temperature, or for luting up subliming pots, and 
 for similar purposes. 
 
 Tract V. relates "to the parting of gold, silver, copper, <fec., and 
 to testing them ; useful and profitable for all goldsmiths, merchants, 
 and others concerned therewith," and commences with the separa- 
 tion of gold and silver : Om Golt te scheyden tvt Syluer, which is 
 done by treating the conjoined metals with aquafortis at a gentle 
 heat as long as bubbles escape. The fluid is poured into a copper 
 dish on which the silver deposits. The gold which remains in the 
 glass is collected and fuscxl. A considtn-able variety of methods 
 is given, ami tliero are receipts for colouring metals so as to make 
 them look like gold and silver. There is greater divergence from 
 the earlier (Jcrman editions in this tract than in any of the 
 otliors, both in the way of addition, omission, and alteration of 
 the onior in which the receipts come. 
 
 Tract VI. repeats the title of the book, as it is concerned 
 " with certain actions of Alcliciiiistic things, to make gold and 
 silver, and also with all calcinations of the planets [i.e., the 
 metals], to make waters and oils of tlic saino, wherewith to 
 pnxluce wonderful efTccts." It begins with the making of gold 
 from merrury, and follows almost exactly tlu; oider as given in 
 the tlorman editions. This tract is therefore a strict translation
 
 Mr. J. Fkrguson on Treatises on Tcchnoloijicnl Chemistry. 15 
 
 of ir. 13-27 of the 1531, and of 11". 25-37 of tlie 1537 editions, 
 with transpositions of certain receipts. 
 
 Of Andree, or Andiiessen, as he is called in the later editions 
 (Nos. 14, 19), I have failed to find any particulars. He has 
 fultilled liis promise, for his miniature collection is mainly a 
 selected translation from tlie German, wliich he has supplemented 
 from other sources, or from liis own experience. It may he 
 observed, howevei*, that in the receipts which he has translated 
 he has introduced no modification or improvement. Such a thing, 
 if tiiought of, was either kept as a special secret, or else it was 
 given as a separate receipt or method. 
 
 7. — [l.lilO?]. Kunstbiichlin, gerech- | ten griindtlichcii gebi'auchs aller ] 
 kuustbaren Werukleut. | 
 
 ,Ertzarbeyt, in vii ausserhalb feurs, auss Aloliimistischcni | 
 
 vnd natiirlichem grund: ueniliuh, 
 
 Harten, Weychen. 
 
 Hchmeltzen, Scheyden. 
 
 Aljtreiben, Probirn. 
 
 ,. J Liiten, Etzen. 
 
 V on < ... 
 
 Abformen, Abgiessen &c. 
 
 I Jede farben zubereyten, erhalten, 
 
 bessern vnd wider bringen: als zum 
 
 Malen, Schreiben. 
 
 Ilhuniniren, Vergvdden. 
 
 iSticken, Edelgesteyii &c. 
 
 H Alles luhalt zii end beigelegten Registerlins. 
 
 T Zu Fi'anckfurt am Meyn, bei Christian Egeuolj:*!!. 
 
 Small 4to, ff. 37, and contents [1]. The vignette on the title is the 
 
 same as that in the edition of 1537. There is no date or colo[)hon. 
 
 Tliis book is a word for word reissue of the edition of 1537 
 No. 3, but it is not neaidy so nicely printed. I presume this is 
 the edition referred to by Graesse, who, in a note to the Kunst- 
 biichhin, 1538 (No. 4 above), says: " II y en a une seconde ed. 
 Frckft. a. J/., Chr. Egenolff (vers 1550). in-4''. (1 tli. R. 
 "VVeigel)." Graesse, so far as I know, is the only writer who 
 alhules to an undated edition of the book. 
 
 S. — lofiS. Ettliohe Kiiuste, | aulF niancherley weisz Pin- | ten vnd aller- 
 hand Farben zii beieyte. Auch | fiold vnd Sylber, sampt alien 
 Metalleu ausz der | Feder zu schreiben, Mit vil andem niitzlichen 
 kiinst I lein. Schreibfedern vnd Pergament mit al- | lerley farben zu 
 ferben. Auch wie man | Schriflft vnd gemiilde auf Stii- | helene, 
 Eisene waaflFen vii | dergleichen, etzen sol. | Etliche zugesetzte Kiiu- 
 stiicklin, vormals | im ilruck nie auszgangeu. | Allen Schrcibern,
 
 16 Philosophical Societij of Glasgow. 
 
 Brieffiralern, sampt | aiulern solcher Ktuisten Liebhabern, gantz | 
 lustig viid fruchtbar zu wisseu. | Den Inhalt clises Blichlins, vnil 
 was I fiir kiinst hierinn begiiffeu, findest Ju | auderseits dises Blats. | 
 
 Getruckt zu Straszburg bey | Cliristiaa 
 
 MiiUer, Im lar | M. D. LXIII. | 
 Small Svo, signatures A — C, or ff. 24, not numbered. 
 
 This small volume consists of a reprint from the edition of 1537, 
 No. 3, of the sections on inks, colours, etching, and cleaning of 
 silk and other fabrics. To these are added one or two additional 
 methods of making a red colour with Brazil wood, and methods of 
 colouring horn, bone, glass, and a pretty full section on the dyeing 
 of leather. 
 
 9. — lo70. Alcliimia, | Das ist, | Alio Far- \ ben, Wasser, 0- | lea, Salia, 
 vnd I Alvnaina, damit mann alle Cor- | pora, Spiritvs vnnd Cal- | ces 
 Prepariert, Sublimiert vnnd Fi- | xiert, zuberej'ten. Vnd wie mann 
 di- I se diug niitze, auff dasz Sol | vnd Lvna werden I moge. Audi 
 von Soluiern vnnd schey- | dung aller Metall. Polierung allerhandt | 
 Edflgestein, fiirtrefflichen Wassern zum Etzen, | schey den vnnd 
 Soluiern. Vnd zuletzt wie die | gifftige Dilmpff zuuerhiiten, ein 
 kur- I tzer bericht, &c. | Cum Gratia & Priuilegio Imperiali. | Zu 
 Franckfort am Meyn. | M. D. LXX. | 
 
 Small Svo, fF. 79 (misprinted 77), and a leaf of Contents. There are 
 9 pages occupied with woodcuts of different kinds of furnaces and dis- 
 tdling apparatus. In the text is a cut (repeated three times) of a man 
 engaged in tending a furnace with a still, and one of a flask (repeated 
 four times). The title is printed in red and bhick, and on the reverse 
 is a list of Latin clicniical words, with their meanings, copied from the 
 15;U edition. 
 Colophon : — Zu Franckfort am Meyn, Bey | Christian EgentjUls Erbeu. | 
 
 In this edition the word " Alchimia " is in black and tlie initial 
 A of "Alle" is in red. Thi.s arrangement is reversed in the 
 editions of 1574, 1589, 1613, hut is resumed in that of 1720. 
 
 This edition is the only one mentioned by the Author of the 
 Jicytra<j znr Gcschirhte der hoht^rn Cheniie, Leipzig, 1785, p. 577 ; 
 by Gmelin, GcxchiclUe der Chemie, Gcittingen, 1797, I., p. 293; 
 and by Schmieden-, Grsr/iirhle der Alcheinie, Halle, 1832, p. 280. 
 (Jincliii and Schmiedcr, howc'vcr, have .simply (jiioted the Bei/frag. 
 
 Tlioiigh i lja\e licen uiial)]c t,o couipjirc! them, I have no doubt 
 that this is an edition of the book with the same title published in 
 1539, No. 5. No .-uithor's name is given, but tliere is a preface 
 l»y a ccrt.-iiii " I'cti'us Kcrtzcnmacher, somewliile burgher at 
 Maiiitz, a renowned alcliemist." Who Kertzenmaclier was does 
 not appear; Schmieder says that he is uidvnown. I have met
 
 Mr. J. Fekousox oh, Treatises an 7\;c/inu/f>i/lc((l C/teinisfri/. 17 
 
 with 110 notice of him, ■•iiid the name may be tictitious. Jii 
 his preface he says that all art is from Gocl, who imparts it to 
 those who desire it of him. ]\Ieii desire wliat is most of use to 
 them ; they therefore seek out strange crafts, but only for their 
 own advantage, not for God's glory, and thus they but seldom 
 succeed. Among the arts, " Alchimia" is tlie best and highest, 
 for whoever has it overcomes everything. But it is very obscure, 
 for the old masters of the art would not teach it to their children 
 and friends. Happy, therefore, is he who finds it, for it is not 
 soon found. Laboui', however, conquers all things, and if one seeks 
 right arts with diligence and earnestness it will not be in vain. 
 In this art of Alchimia one must know the materials (which 
 Kertzenmacher undertakes to describe), such as cinnabar, ultra- 
 marine, verdigris, white lead, green vitriol, alum, white vitriol, 
 tartar, zinc white, calamine, orpiment, arsenicum, sulphur, sal 
 ammoniac, saltpetre, sal alkali, sal preparatum, sal borax, and the 
 seven metals — gold, silver, mercury, iron, tin, lead, and copper. 
 He next points out that certain of the substances are called bodies, 
 such as gold and silver, which are fixed when heated; while others 
 are called spirits, such as sulphur, mercury, sal ammoniac, and 
 arsenicum, which cannot abide the fire, but fly' away. Whoever 
 will have a true knowledge of the art must be able to make the 
 spirits become bodies, so as to remain permanent in the fire. How 
 this is to be done Kertzenmacher promises to teach, and he ac- 
 cordingly divides his treatise into two books, the first descriptive 
 of the materials, the second of their use in transmutation. 
 
 To judge from tlie preface, Kertzenmacher claims — at all events 
 he does not disclaim — the authorship of the work ; but when we 
 come to the first book we find it introduced by the following 
 title :— 
 
 RechtergebraiK'h der Alchiniei, mit vicl biszher verborgen, niitzhareii 
 viul lustigen Kitiisten, nit alleiii den Alchimisten, sender alien Kunst- 
 baren ^Yerckleuten, auch sonst aller meniglich inn viel wege ziige- 
 brauchen. 
 
 — which is to all intents identical with that of 1531. Like the 
 title, a considerable portion of the first book is taken from tlie 
 1531 edition, but there are some transpositions and variations 
 and a few additions, such as the description of furnaces ; while 
 the receipts in the first edition, which were considered as not 
 ))earing upon transnuitation, have been onutted. Kertzenmacliei"s 
 work is therefore only a selection from the main scries, but us
 
 18 Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 such 1 have considered it necessary to include it in the present 
 list, especially as the compiler has seen tit to appropriate the 
 original title. The recei[)ts in this book relate to the substances 
 above enumerated, and include the calcination of the metals, the 
 preparation and purification of some salts, and the making of 
 certain solutions or waters, which have been already alluded to 
 under the first edition, 1531. 
 
 Book two deals with what was called transmutation, in reality 
 tlie formation of white and yellow alloys and amalgams, or, in 
 certain cases, of mixtures containing gold or silver. The few 
 receipts on this subject which are to be found on ff. 17-19 of the 
 1531 edition are included, but the greater part of the book is 
 either altogether new, or is taken from some other work with 
 wliicli I am unacquainted. The receipts are purely empirical, 
 and much lalx)ur and time were spent in repeating over and 
 over again such operations as solution, crystallization, sublima- 
 tion, with the view of getting the materials into the proper state for 
 the required action. As these operations were performed without 
 any principle, the results expected were never attained at all, or, 
 if they were, the same results could be got at now with vastly 
 gi-eater rapidity and sureness. In the sixteenth century, however, 
 the knowledge was non-existent, and the experimenter could work 
 only according to his lights, as has to be done at the present day. 
 
 The concluding operation of this book is the separation of gold 
 and silver. Aquafortis is poured into a glass with a long neck, 
 wliich is set in ashes over a furnace and heated by a gentle fire. 
 Till' alloy in small ])ieces is thrown into the flask, a condenser 
 is adapted to it, and the whole is distilled to dryness. After 
 the flask is cold the gold is found at the bottom, the silver 
 adhering to the flask like crystal. On breaking tlie glass the two 
 j)roducts are kept apart; each is melted with a little borax, 
 and in this way good gold and silver are separated from one 
 another. If all the receipts were as clearly described as this 
 there would be Utile room for criticisn\, and coiisiderable cause for 
 surj)rise and a(hiiiration. (Compare No. 6, 1549, Tract V.) 
 
 A]ip('iiilc(l to Kcrtzeiimacher's treatise is a reprint of the tract 
 on tlif .solution and parting of metals by Gilljcrtus Cardinal ; on 
 the ]>oii.shing of precious stones; on excellent waters iov etching, 
 |i;ut iiig, and di.saolving ; on ])1(<;hi( ions to be taken ag.unst the 
 poisonous vapours of metals. 'Iliesi^ tracts, so far as I know, first 
 .'ili|ii'ar(!d ;ilong wi(li the Ihrriirerck vitd I'rohir hiichlin, printed by
 
 Mr. J. Fekgusox on Treatises on Technoloijiciil Cheniisir>j. 19 
 
 Christian Egenolph at Fninckfurt in 1533, in square 8vo, of 3D 
 leaves. They are included in all the editions of Xertzenmacher's 
 work subsequently quoted (No. 12, 1574 ; No. IG, 1589; No. 21, 
 1613; No. 26, 1720), but they do not form part of the present 
 series of receipt books. The Bergwerck viid Frohir hilcldin, 
 liowever, is of special ini})ortance, as atibiding part of the proof 
 that the same Egenolpli was the printer of the Redder Gebrauch 
 d'Alchimei, 1531. See No. 1. 
 
 10. — 1573. In the British Museum there is au edition of the Secrets of Alexis, 
 in French, printed at Paris, in this year, by Hierosme de Marnef and 
 Guillaume Cauellat, in a fat little ICmo of 911 pages, besides a loni^ 
 index of 80 images. It was eilited by Dr. Christofle Landre, who 
 added to the original work of Alexis collections of secrets from other 
 sources. One of these was the Kuii.slhorck of Audriessen, of which a 
 ti-anslation in hill is contained in pp. 700 846. Like it, the translation 
 is divided into six tracts, which follow in the same order as in the 
 Dutch. 
 
 The tirst tract treats of metals, and begins : Pour em/urcir lejer. 
 
 The second : Povr rendre d un drap sa coidtur perduS. 
 
 The third : Poiir teindre filet ou toille en hrun. 
 
 The fourth : Pour preparer le Mercure. 
 
 The fifth : Pour sepm-er I'or de I'argent. 
 
 The sixth: Pour /aire or de Mercure, and it ends: Pour ijradir I'or. 
 
 In this French version there are a few minor diffei'ences ; but 
 Landre simply incorpoi-ated the wliole contents of the 1549 edition 
 in his collection of receipts. From the division of the translation 
 into six sections, it nuist have been made either from the iJutch, 
 or from some otlur similarly-arranged edition which I have not 
 seen, and not from the German of 1537, which, as has been 
 already pointed out, runs on without any formal sectional arrange- 
 ment. 
 
 The remainder of Landres work has nothing to do with the 
 present series of receipt-books. For later reprints, see No. 13, 
 1576; No. 23, 1637; and No. 25, 1691. 
 
 11. — 1574. Kuustbiichlin, | Giiindtlichen | rechteu gcbrauches, | aller 
 Kunstbaren AVcrekleut. Von | Ertzarbeyt, in vnd ausserhalb Feuwcrs, 
 auss I Alchinustischem vn naturlichem grunde, Nemlich: | Hiirten, 
 Weychen, Schnieltzen, Scheiden, Abtrei- | ben, Probirn, Liitun, 
 Etzen, Ahformen, Abgiessen, &c. | Jede Farben zubereyten, erhalteu, 
 bessern, vnud wi- | derbringcn : Als ztim Malen, Schreiben, Ilhi- | 
 minii-en, VcrgUlden, 8ticken, | Edelgesteyn, &c. | 
 
 A Iks .Tnnlialt zu endt l)cygelcgten Registers. | 
 
 Mit Rum. Key. Maic. Priuilegien. | 
 
 1574 1
 
 20 Philosophical Societij of (Jhtsgow. 
 
 Franckfort, Bey Cliri. Ege. Erl)en. | 
 Small Svo, ff. 84, aud Inulialt, ff. [3]. Title red and black. The 
 viguette is a mau cutting discs on an anvil with hammer and punch. 
 Colophon : — 
 
 (Jetruckt zu Franckfort | am Majni, bey Christian Ege- | nolifs Erben, 
 In verlegiing D. Ada- | mi Loniceri, M. Johannis Cnipij, vnd | Paul! 
 Steinmeyers, Jm jar | nach der Geburt Christi | vnsers Erlosers, ] 
 M. D. LXXIIII. 
 
 The title is from a copy in the British Museum [1033, c. 12 (3)]. 
 Tliis is a reprint of the 1537 edition, No. 3. 
 
 12. — 1.574. Alchimia, | Das ist, | Alle Far- | ben, Wasser, 0- | lea, Salia, 
 vuud I Alvmiua, damit man alle Cor- | pora, Spiritvs vnnd Cal- | ces 
 I'repariert, Sublimiert vnnd Fi- | xiert, zubereyten. Vnnd wie man 
 di- I se ding nutze, auff das Sol | -STind Lvna werden \ mcige. | Auch 
 von Soluiern vnnd schey- | dung aller Metall, Polierung allerhandt | 
 Edelgestein, fiirtretiiichen Wassern zum Etzen, | scheyden vnnd 
 Soluiern. Vnnd zuletzt wie die | giiftige DampfF zuuerhiiton, eiu 
 kur- I tzer bericht, kc. | 
 
 Cum (Jratia & Priuilegio Imperiali. | 
 Getruckt zu Franckfort am Mayn, | 
 M. D. LXXIIII. 
 8mall 8\'o, rt". 79, and Register f. [1]. Title red and black. Woodcuts 
 of stills and furnaces. 
 Colophon : — 
 
 Getruckt zu Franckfurt | am Mayn, bey Christian Ege- | nolft's Erben, 
 In verlegung D. Adami j Loniceri, M. Johannis Cnipij, vnd Pauli | 
 Steinmej'ers, Jm jar nach der | Geburt Christi vnsers | Ei'liisers, | 
 M. D. LXXIIII. 
 
 TIk' copy of this in the Bi'itish Museum wants ff'. 9-24 ; that iu 
 Miy own po.ssession is perfect. It is a simple reprint of No. 9, 
 1570. 
 
 A third \oluiiic, unitunn with this and tlic preceding, published 
 iu the .same year, and witii the same colophon, is the Probier 
 /iiichli ill avff (lohll, Silber, Erlz vnnd Mctlial, mit ril kuKtlichen 
 Atrhiiiiistisclii'n K a listen. Tliis is the j'oprint of a treatise with 
 an idiiiost identical title, which apjx'arcd without place, date, or 
 primer's name several years earlier. Thoui,di this 1574 reprint 
 does not form one of the present scries of hooks, it also is of 
 importani-c, as furnishing,' evi(h'nc(> that tin; first edition of all, 
 that of l").')!, Wiis printed by Kgenolpli. See No. 1. 
 
 i:*.. 1. ",'•>. LuH Secrets l)v Scigiievi- Alexis I'icmontois, DivisezEn Dovx 
 I'articH, . . . Avec La TniiHicmc I'artic Dcs reccptes de diners 
 anthcurs, tnutcs liicn cxpii inientt'es & aprouui'cs : . . . Par Cluistollc 
 I/mdn', . . .
 
 Mr. J. Feiuu'sox mt Treatises uu TecJuioloyical Clieinislrij. 21 
 
 A Paris, l)e rimpi-iimirio de HiorosiiU! do Miirncf, it (Juillaimiu 
 Cauelhit, . . . 157(J. 
 32mo, pp. 911 ; Table, sigiiaturus MMM— QQQ viii (?) 
 
 This is ;i reprint of No. 10, 1573, iind, as in it, ])p. 700 — 81G 
 of Part III. contain the translation of Andricssun's Kunstlxicck. 
 The translation is ilivided into tlie six tracts, arranged in the same 
 order as in the earlier edition and in the Dutch. 
 
 14. — 1581. Een schoon Trac | taet van sommighe werckiii- | gen der 
 Alchemistische dinghen, om | Gout, siluer te maken, ende oock van 
 alle calcione- | ringhe der Planeten, ende andere Materien | waeteren 
 ende olyen der seluer te maeken, | om wonderlicken daer mede te 
 wercken. | Noch een Schoon Tractaet | Boecxken, Inholdende van 
 alderley | verwen te maecken, ende ooc hoemen alderleye Ver- | wen 
 wrijuen ende legi^hen sal, Ende is seer goedt | ende profijtelijcken, voor 
 alien Schrijiiors .Schil- | ders, Conterfeyters, en andere Stofiier- | dors, 
 Oock alien anderen Liefheb- | bers der Consten. Inholdende. | xxxiiij. 
 Capittelen. [ Ghecopuleert ende toesamen ghe- | bracht doreh Synion 
 Andriessen, | van Aemstelrodani | 
 
 Gedruckt toe Roess, By my Derick | Wijlicx van Santen. Anno. 
 
 1581. I 
 Small Svo, ff . xxviij, numbered ; Tafel, 2 leaves not numbered ; 
 ^^ Een schoon Tractaet van de Alchcmistery" 2 leaves, not numbered, 
 at the end of which is the Colophon: Gedruckt toe Reess, By my 
 Derick | Wylicks van Santen. I Anno. 1581. | It is printed in black 
 letter. 
 
 This little volume contains two tracts. The first, beginning : 
 " Eerst Goudt wt Mercurio te maecken," and ending: " Hoemen 
 dat Goudt gradiert," corresponds with the sixth and last tract in 
 the edition of 15-49, No. 6, and therefore with the last half of the 
 edition of 1531, No. 1, or with leaves 25-37 of the 1537 edition, 
 No. 3. The second tract consists of a series of receipts, dealing 
 chiefly witli the pi-eparation of colours for the use " scribes, painters, 
 copyists, decorators, and other lovers of the arts." Though it 
 contains two or three of tlie receipts on colours which appeal- in 
 the 1537 edition, No. 3, and in the thii'd tract of that of 154i), 
 No. 6, tlie order is different, and tliere are l)oth omissions and 
 large additions. The origin of these receipts I do not know ; 
 they appear for the first time in this edition as forming part of 
 this series of books. They are distinguished from the bulk of the 
 other receipts by the very minutely detailed descriptions and by 
 the precise nature of ilu' preparations, and the directions given 
 show what trouble the old artists took to have their substances 
 in the best possible state. The first receipt is how to make
 
 22 PhilosojMcal Societij of Glasyoiv. 
 
 varnish for scribes. Egg shells, thoroughly clean and dry, were 
 reduced to an impalpable powder by pounding and sifting, and 
 then mixed most intimately with the finest wliite or yellow 
 frankincense. This, when required, was dusted from a box with 
 small holes, till the material got a smooth surface. Another 
 mixture was oyster shells and rosin intimately mingled. This 
 was cheaper, but it had the disadvantage of being brown. 
 Scribes' chalk was made by pounding the best white dry chalk as 
 fine as possible. White of e>^'^ whipt and filtered was mixed with 
 milk, and this in successive portions was added to the chalk and 
 the whole beaten and stirred till a perfectly smooth thin fluid was 
 obbiined. This was filtered through bags, and, after the fluid 
 had jDassed through, the bags and the contents were allowed to 
 dry spontaneously at an airy window for thirteen or fourteen 
 weeks. Red ink, or, rather, a red paint, was made from finely 
 powdered vermilion mixed by an elaborate process with white of 
 egg. This was a general method for the utilisation of natural 
 mineral colours: they were ground and sifted, or elutriated and 
 dried — the operations being repeated as often as was deemed neces- 
 sary, — and then the colour was used with gum water or white 
 of egg. Green and blue colours from copper and white lead are 
 mentioned. 
 
 Vegetable colours were extracted from flowers and from coloured 
 woods, Brazil \vood being frequently employed. This was boiled, 
 sti-ained, and treated Avith alum and lime, or with ammoniacal 
 urine. A " lake " was formed, which was applied with gum water. 
 Different shades were got by varying the proportions, or by mixing 
 the colours. 
 
 A few artificial colours were made. Mosaic gold — Aurum 
 JMusicum — is very cai-efully described. Tin amalgam was heated 
 with sulphur and sal ammoniac, the product thoroughly ground 
 and used with gum water. 
 
 Gold was prepared for gilding I)y gi'indiug the leaf gently for 
 a long time in successive small quantities with salt and strong 
 gum, made of the purest gum arabic and distilled or rose water. 
 -Miicli trouble was expended in getting the gold into the finest 
 state. Several sections are devotcul to the laying on of gold, the 
 gilding of books, tlie colouring of parchment for receiving gold and 
 Kilv(!r writing, and oilier fine arts. 
 
 Th(! directions give some insight, though not nearly enougli, 
 inio tlie methods and mutoii.ils oi' (lie, old illuminators, whose
 
 Mr. J. Feiujuson oit Treatises on TecJinnlogical Cheiiiistr/j. '2'^ 
 
 work seems to-day as brilliant as when it was first executed, and 
 the results tliey attained show that work which is to be per- 
 manent must liave much time and tliou<^lit and labour expended 
 in its production. 
 
 15. — 1583. A profitable boke | declaring dyuers approoued re- | niedies, to 
 take out spottes and staines, in Silkes, | Veluets, Linneii and Woollen 
 I clothes. I With diners colours how to die Vel- | vets and Silkes, 
 Linnen and Woollen, Fustian | and Threade. | Also to dre.sse Leather, 
 and to CO- | lour Felles. How to Gylde, Graue, Sowder, and Ver- | 
 uishe. And to harden and make softe | Yron and Steele. | Very 
 necessarie for all men, speciallye for those | which hath or shall haue 
 any doinges therein : with | a perhte table herevnto, to fyude all | 
 thiuges readye, not the like reuealed | in English hereto- | fore. | 
 Taken Ovt Of Dvtche, | and englished by L. M. | 
 
 IT Imprinted at London by Thomas | Purfoote, and \Villiani 
 
 Pounsonbie. | 1583 | 
 Small 4to. Title leaf, and pp. 78. Table, pp. [6]. Printed in black 
 letter. 
 
 The preceding is from the copy in the British Museum (C. 31, 
 c. 18), and I presume it is the first edition of this translation. 
 It was reprinted in 1596, No. 17, and again in 1605, No. 20, each 
 succeeding edition being inferior to its pi'edecessor. An account 
 of the contents is given under No. 17, 1596. 
 
 IG. — 1589. Alchimia, | Das ist, | Alle Far- | ben, Wasser, | Olea, Salia, | 
 vnnd Alvmina, | damit man alle Corpora, Spiri- | tvs vnnd Calces 
 Prepariert, | Sublimieret vnnd Fixiert, zubereyten. | Vnd wie man 
 diese ding nutze, auff | dass Sol vnd Lvna wer- | den mcige. | 
 Audi von Soluieren vnnd | scliey- | dung aller Metall, Polierung, 
 allerhandt | Edelgestein, fiirtreiilichen Wassern zum Etzen, | 
 scheyden vnnd Soluieru. Vnnd zuletzt wie die | gifftige Diimpff 
 ziiverhuten, ein kur- | tzer bericht, &c. | Cum Gratia & Priuilegio 
 Imperiali. | 
 
 (Jotruckt zu Franckfort am Mayn, | 
 M.D. LXXXIX. 
 Small Svo, ff. 79 [1]. Pictures of furnaces, flasks, and otlier 
 apparatus. The title is printed in red and black. 
 Colophon : — • 
 
 Zu Franckfort am Meyn, Bey | Christian Egenolffs Erben. | 
 
 This is the fourth issue of Kertzenmaclier's book. See Nos. 5, 
 1539; 9, 1570; 12, 1574; 21, 1613; 26, 1720; and 29. 
 17. — 159G. A profitable booke | declaring dyuers approoued re- | medies, 
 to take out spotts and staines, | in Silkes, Veluets, Linnen, and | 
 WoUen Clothes. | With diners colours how to die Veluets | and 
 Silkes, Linnen and woollen I'ustian | and Thieade. | Also to dressc 
 Leather, and to colour Felles. | How to (iild, Graue, Sowder, and
 
 24 Philosophical Societi/ of Glasgow. 
 
 Vernislie. | And to harden and make soft | Yrou and Steele. | 
 Very neoessarie for all men, specially for those | which hath or shall 
 haiie any doings thei-eiu : with | a perfect table hereunto, to find all 
 things I readie, not the like reuealde in Eng- | lishe heretofore. | 
 Taken Ovt Of D\i;che, | and Englished by L. M. | 
 
 H Imprinted at Loudon by Thomas | Purfoot, dwelling in the news | 
 
 Kents. 1596. | 
 Small 4to. Title leaf ; pp. 78, numbered ; Table, pp. 6, not numbered, 
 followed by a blank leaf. Printed in black letter, except the title- 
 page and the titles of the diflferent receipts. 
 
 This edition, wliich is not in the Museum, is a simple reprint, 
 on inferior paper and with less distinct type, of the edition of 
 1583, contained in that collection, and already quoted, No. 15. 
 
 The treatise falls into two main parts: the first, pp. 1-58, 
 contains receipts for taking out stains, for dyeing and colouring, 
 and for dressing leather; the second, pp. 55-78, deals with iron 
 and steel, etching on metals, gilding, and soldering. 
 
 The receipts for removing spots and stains are numerous, but 
 they are mere modifications and variations of a general process, 
 depending on the fabrics, and in a few instances on the kind of 
 stains. Grease spots were removed by ashes, or oil of tartar, or a 
 mixture of lime and ashes. " Walkers claye, called Fullars 
 earth," is mentiimed, and burnt alum mixed with soap. Ink and 
 iron .spots wei-e ti-eated with tlie juice of a lemon, or very sour 
 orange, or craV) apple, or with common salt and juice of an orange, 
 or the ])oiling juice of sorrel. Oily spots in paper were got rid of 
 by putting over tliem a layer of well burnt bone ash and pressing 
 between two liard Imai-ds for eight-and-forty hours. A way to 
 take wax and rosin spots out of clotli was to drop tallow on tliem, 
 and then placing brown paper over tlie spots, to apply a hot iron 
 till tli(! rosin and tallow melted together and were absorliod by the 
 piper. 
 
 Perfumes fjr clothes are described ; and to keep away moths a 
 j)0\v(ler of dried orange peel and elecampane root was recommended. 
 
 The receipts for dyeing are similar to those already so often 
 quoted. The substances omployed were woad, Brazil wood, 
 "greiiing woedo," indigo, oak bark, g.dls, verdigris, copperas, iron 
 scales, alum, arsenic, ashes, and a solution of chalk in vinegar 
 mixed with alum, which shows at how early a period acetate of 
 alumina was in use. A considerabh; iminber of shades were 
 (ilitained. All these roceipis are. very cleai' and (jxact. Skins 
 were treated wiili lime and alum, and ('(^loured with cojipcras.
 
 Mr. J. Fekgusox on Treatises un Tiu-li auloyical Clieinlstnj. Ii5 
 
 madder, Brazil wood, and other suhstaiiccs ; and a incthod of 
 gilding leather is also given. 
 
 The contents of the second division are metallurgical. Nume- 
 rous methods are described for softening and hardening iron 
 and steel, some of which are to be found in the 1537 edition. 
 No. 3. There are also receipts for soldering iron, varnishing it, 
 prepaiing it for gilding, etching upon it. Most of these also have 
 been already mec with in the L537 edition. 
 
 This work has been translated from Dutcli and not from 
 German ; but, if it be not a compilation as well as a translation, 
 I am not acquainted with any edition in either language of winch 
 this is an exact transcript. If the two divisions have been taken 
 from different sources, the second would correspond with the first 
 tract in the 1549 edition, No. 6, so far as it goes, for the 
 English version is fuller; but there is nothing in any of the 
 editions to correspond in extent and detail with the first division 
 about cleansing and dyeing.* Tliis confirms me in the belief 
 that the present list does not exhaust all the extant variations 
 of the series. 
 
 18. — 1596. A I Booke of Secrets: | Shewing dhiers waies to make and pre- 
 pare all I sorts of Inke and Colours: as Blacke, White, | Blew, Greene, 
 Ked, Yellow, and other Colours. | Also to write witli Gold and Siluer, 
 or any kind of Mettall | out of the Pen : with many other profitable 
 secrets, | as to colour Quils and Parchment of | any colour: and to 
 graue with | strong Water in Steele | and Iron. | Necessarie to be 
 knowne of all Scriueuers, Painters, | and others that delight in such 
 Arts. Translated out of | Dutch into English, by W.P. | 
 
 Hereunto is annexed a little Treatise, | intitided, Jnstructions for 
 ordering of Wines: | Shewing how to make Wine, That it may 
 continue | good and faint not, Neither become sower, nor loose colour. 
 And I how you may remedie faint Wine, take away the hoari- | uesse, 
 with other instructions for the pre- | seruation of the same. | Written 
 first in Italian, and now newly translated | into English, by W.P. | 
 
 London, | Printed, by Adam Islip for Edward | White, and are to 
 be sold at his shop | at the little North dure of Poids, | at the signe 
 of the Gun. | 1596. 
 Small 4to. No pagination, but it contains ft'. 19. Black letter. 
 
 The title of this rare pamphlet is from a copy in the British 
 Museum. The first tract is a translation of the Ettliche Kutiste, 
 No. 8, 1563, but it includes only the sections relative to inks and 
 colours. Some of the methods for making colours, and all about 
 
 * It may be possibly a translation in full of the Kunstliiirhlein of 1532, 
 No. 2, which I have not seen, or of a Dutch version of it.
 
 20 Philosopliical Society of Glasgoio. 
 
 cleaning silk and dyeing leather have been omitted. Tlie trans- 
 lator's name was W. Phillip. 
 
 The second tract has no connection with the other or with the 
 present series. 
 
 10. — iGOO. Eeii sclioon Trac- | taet van sommighe werckinghen | der 
 Alcliimistische diiigen, om Gout, Sil- | ver ende oock van alle calcion- 
 eringe der Plaueten, | ende audere Materien, Watere ende Olyen der 
 sel- I ver te niaken. Item noch een Tractaet boecxken, | inhoudende 
 van alderley Verwente maecken, ende | oock hoemen alder leye Verwen 
 wryven en leggen | sal. Ende is seer goet ende profytelijcken voor al- 
 I len Schryvers, Schilders, Conterfej^ters en | andere Stoffierders. 
 Oock alien Lief- | hebbers der Consten. | 
 
 Noch een schoon Konst-boec, seer | nutlick voor alien Werclieden, 
 als Muut- I meesteren, Goiidtwerckers, vScheyderen, Goudt- | smeden, 
 Schilderen ende alien Werckliedeu, were- | kende in Stael, Yser, Koper, 
 ende alle ander Meta- | len. Item om alderhande plecken wt te doen. 
 Om I alderhande coleuren te verwen. Van vergul- | dinglie ende 
 versilveringhe. Ende van | werckinge der Alchimistissclien | diughen, 
 etc. I Ghecopuleert ende te samen ghebraclit ] door Synion Andriesseu 
 van I Amstelrcdam. | 
 
 Gliedruckt t'Amstelredani, hy Cornells | Claessz opt Water int 
 
 Schrijf-hoeck. | Anno IGOO. | 
 Small Svo. First book, If. xxvj ; Second book, ff. xxvj. Contents, ff. 
 [4]. It is printed m black letter. 
 
 This is a conjoined issue of the two preceding Dutch versions 
 and it is in two Ijooks. Book I. is a rejn'iut of the 1581 edition, 
 No. 11, and it consists accordingly of two tracts. The first 
 begins : " Eerst om Goudt wt Mercurio te maecken," and ends : 
 " Hoemen dat Gout gradiert," and it is a reprint, therefore, of 
 the sixth tract in the edition of 15-19, No. G. The second tract 
 relates to the making and using of colours, of which, as has been 
 already shown, the first aj)pearance was in the 1581 edition. 
 
 The second book has a separate title-page as follows : — 
 
 Const-Hoeck: | Niuulijck wtden | Alcliimistisuliengront vergadert. | 
 Tractcrende van alle grontlijcken | ghebruyckinghe der Consten. | 
 Nutlijck voor alien Werckliedeu, als | Muntmeesteren, Goudtwerckers, 
 Scheyderen, | Goudtsmeilen, Schildero ende alien Wercklieden, | 
 wcrckcnde in Stael, Yser, Koper ende alle ander | Metalen. Item cm 
 alderhande plecken wt te doen. | Om alderiiande colueren te verwen. 
 Van ver- | guldiiige ende versilveringhe. Kudu [ van weickinglie der 
 Alche- I niLstissclien dingon, etc. | 
 
 (ihecoUigecrt ende eeiisdeels glietranslatocrt, door | Symonem 
 Andrce van Anisterchim. | 
 
 Nicmandt en liaet die Koiist, dan | die onwc^tciKk:. | (ihedi'uckt, 
 Anno KHK). I
 
 Mr. J. Ferguson on, Treatises on Technological CJiemislrij. 27 
 
 This title is a reprint witli two or three additions of that of 
 1549, No. 6, and this second book contains the first five tracts of 
 that edition, the sixth tract having lieen put in the preceding book. 
 It is a somewhat curious arrangement, and looks as if the 
 compiler had had both the 1549 and 1581 editions before him, 
 but instead of reprinting the 1549 copy as it stood, and making a 
 seventh tract of the section of I'eceipts about colours from the 
 edition of 1581, printed off first the 1581 copy, and then added 
 the remaining tracts from the earlier edition. The result of 
 course is the same although the arrangement is inverted. This is 
 the last edition in Dutch, so far as I know; if there were any 
 later no mention of them and no examples have come under my 
 notice. 
 
 20. — 1G05. A I Profitable | Bookc, declaring diuers approo- | iied Remedies, 
 to take out spots | and staines in .Silkes, Veluets, Linnen | and Woollen 
 Clothes : ] With diuers Colours how to die | Veluets and Silkes, 
 Linnen and Woollen, | Fustian and Thread : | Also to dresse Leather, 
 and to colour | Felles. How to guild, graue, sowder, and ver- | nish. 
 And to harden and make soft | Yron and Steele. | Verie necessarie for 
 all men, specially for those | which haue or shall haue any doing 
 therein : with | a perfect Table hereunto, to finde all thiuges rea- | 
 die, not the like reuealed in Eng- | lish heretofore. | Taken out of 
 Dutch, and Englished by L.^I. | 
 
 Imprinted at London by Thomas | Purfoot, dwelling within the new 
 I Rents, in S. Nicholas Shambles. 1G05. ] 
 Small 4to. Title leaf, and pp. 78. Table, pp. [6J. Black letter. 
 
 The collation is from the copy in the British Museum, C. 31, 
 
 c. 20. 
 
 This is another page for page reprint of No. 15, 1583, but it is 
 
 as inferior to the 1596 edition as that is to the edition of 1583. 
 
 The paper is very poor, the printing wretched. Deterioration, 
 
 however, in the quality of successive reprints of a book seems, 
 
 from the numerous instances which have come under my notice, 
 
 to be the rule. 
 
 2L — 1613. Alchimia, | Dasist, | AUe Farben, | Wasser, Olea, | Salia, vud 
 Alvniina, damit man | alle Corpora, Spiritvs vnd | Calces Pmeparirt, 
 Sublimirt vnd Fi- | xirt, zubereytcn. Vnd wie man diese ding | 
 nutzo, aufl" dass Sol vnd Lv- | na werden miige. | Audi von Solviren 
 vnd Scheidung | aller Metall, Polierung allerhand Edelgestein, fur- | 
 trcttlichen Wassern zum Etzcn, Scheiden vnd Sol- | viren : Vnd 
 zuletzt wie die gifftigc Diimptl' zu- \ verliuteu, ein kurtzer Bericht, 
 &c. I Cum Gratia & Priuilegio Imp. | 
 
 Franckfurt am ^biyn, in verlegung Viii- | centii Steinmeyer.s, Jm 
 Jahr I iMDCXIII.
 
 28. Philosophical Society of Glasgoii: 
 
 SmallSvo, pp. 130; Index[3]; Coloijhou [1]; '2blank. Tlietitlc is printed 
 in red and black, and pp. 7-15 are taken up with pictures of furnaces 
 of various kinds. The colophon runs thus : Gedruckt zu Darmbstatt, 
 bey Bal- | thasar Hofmann, in verlegung Vin- | centii Steinmeyers: j 
 Jm Jahr MDCXIII. | The device is an altar with fire upon it. 
 
 This is anotlici- reprint of Kertzenmacher"s book, No. D, 1570. 
 See also No. 26, 1720. 
 
 22. — 161G. Kunstbtichlein | auilmaucherley weissDin- | ten vndaller handt 
 Farben zu berey- | ten. Audi Goldt vnd Silber, sampt alien | jMetallen 
 auss. der Federn zu schreiben, mit viel an- | derii nutzlichen Klinstlein 
 Schreibfederu vnd Per- | gameiit, niit allerley Farben zu farben. 
 Audi I wie man Schrifft vnd Gemiilde auff | Stiiglene, Eisene 
 Watfen, | vnd dcrgleichcu | Etzcn soil. | Etliche zugesetzte Kunst- 
 stiickleiu, vor- | mals iiidruck nic aussgangeii. | Allen iSchreiberii, 
 Brieffmaleren, | Sampt andern solcher Kiinsten Lieb- \ haberu, gantz 
 liistig vnd frucht- | bar zu wissen. | 
 
 Gedruckt zu CiJllen, Bey Peter von | Brachcl, vuder der Gulden 
 Wageu I Jm Jahr 1G16. 
 
 IGmo, or very small Svo. Pp. 43. Iiihalt, pp. [3], Title red and 
 black. Pagination very irregular. 
 Colophon : — 
 (Jedruckt CiJllcn bey Peter von | \ on (sic) Brachcl vnder der Gulden | 
 Wagen. Jm Jahr 1G16. | 
 
 There is a copy of this in the British Museum [1037, a. 10 (3)]. 
 It is a reprint of the Ettliche Kiinste, No. 8, 1563, and is therefore 
 composed of excerpts from the 1537 edition. Like the earlier 
 issue of 1563, it contains the section on leatlier dyeing, but that 
 upon removing spots and stains from siik, ttc, is not inchidcd. 
 
 23. — 1037. Lcs Secrets Dv Seigncvr Alexis Picmontois. Keueu, et aug- 
 mente d'vnc infinite de rares Secrets. A Roven, chez lean Berthelin, 
 dans la Cour du Palais. . M.DC.XXXVII. 
 Small Svo, pp. iSIT^ ; Talkie, 70. 
 
 Tliis is a reprint of Landrcs edition of 1573, No. 10, and 
 accordingly it includes (p]). 56-1-631) the .French translation of 
 Andriessen's Knnstbocck, divided, as in the previous issues, into 
 six tracts. It is a shabbily got-up book, badly printed on poor 
 paper, and apparently uK-ant for circidation as a chap-book. 
 
 21.— l(i,S7. KunHt-IJudiicin, | Odor \ (iriindlidicr Gebrauch von | Etz- 
 .\rl)eit, ill iiml aiissurhalb | Keuers aus Aldiymischcn | und natiir- 
 lidieii(;nmde, |Ncliinlidi, | llartcii, Wcicheii, Sdinieltzcn, | Scheideii, 
 .Abtroibcii, I'robieren, | Liitcii, Etzcn, Abformcn, | Abgiessen, &c. | 
 Wie audi | Jcdc l'\iibcn zubcrcitcn, crhal- | ten, bcssern und wiedcr
 
 -Mr. -J. Fkugtsox o// Treati$i't< VII Tic]ini>ln(i'if<il t'lierinslrii. l."J 
 
 l)ringeii : | Als | Zum Malilen, Schrciljoii, lllu- | miiiiren, \'ei'giil(lcii, 
 Stiicken, | Edelgostciuen. | Nebeust beygcfiigtem Register. | 
 
 Fraiiokfiu'th iind Leipzig, | Verlegts Johann Caspar Meyer, | Anuo 
 1687. I 
 
 24ino, pp. '20,S ; index [9], 4 blank. 
 
 This is a reprint, iu somewhat modernized language, of the 
 edition of 1537, No. 3. It contains an additional paragraph on 
 preparing a red colour from Brazil wood, corresponding to that iu 
 the Ettllche Kiinste, of 1563, No. 8. 
 
 25. — 1691. In the British Museum tiiere is another edition of the French 
 transhation of the Secrets of Alexis, printed at Rouen by " Jeau- 
 Baptiste Bensongne, rue Ecuyei'e, vis-ii-vis la petite rne (sic) S. Jean, au 
 Soleil Royal. M. DC. XCI." in 8vo. The translation of Andriessen's 
 Kunstboeck is contained in pp. 602-670, divided, as usual, into six 
 tracts. It is a very scurvy volume, inaccurately printed, also in chap- 
 book style, inferior even to the edition of 1637, No. 23. 
 
 26. — 1720. Des beriihmten | Alchimisten, | Petri Kertzenmachers, | 
 Alchimia, | Das ist | AUe Farben, | Wasser, Olea, Salia luid | Alumina, 
 I Damit man alle Corpora Spiritus iind | Calces pr;eparirt, sublimirt, 
 und fixirt, | zu bereiten, | Und wie man diese Dinge nutze, | Auf dasz 
 Sol und Luna | werden muge, | Audi von Solviren und Scheiduug 
 aller | Metall, Poliruug allerhaud Edelgesteine, fiirtrefli- j chen 
 Wassernzum Etzen, Scheidenund | Solviren. | Dem noch beygef liget | 
 Ein kurtzer Bericht, wie die giftigen | DiimpfFe zu verhiiten. | Anno 
 1720. I 
 
 Small Svo, pp. [2], 109; Index [3]. The title is printed in red and 
 black. 
 
 This is a reprint of the edition of 1570, No. 9, and it tallies 
 with those of later dates. The difterences are in the insertion of 
 Kertzenmacher's name in the title-page, and in the omission from 
 this edition of the short explanation of certain Latin technical 
 words which are found in almost every version of these receij)t 
 books from that of 1531 downwards. The woodcuts of the 
 different furnaces have also been omitted from the present issue. 
 
 27.— (15— ?). In the British Museum [1036. a. 10 (4)] there is an earlier 
 
 edition of the 1616 Kunstb'dchlein, No. 22, or of the Eltliche Ki'inMe, 
 
 No. 8, 1563. It is a small square 16mo, pp. I-XXXV, Inhalt, pp. [2], 
 
 , followed by a blank page. The title-page is awanting, so that I have 
 
 been unable to ascertain the exact date : the colophon is as follows: — 
 
 IT Gedruckt zu Augspurg durch | Hans Zimmerman. | 
 
 This little treatise contains, of course, the receipts on inks, gold 
 and silver illuminating, colours, etching, lirc, whicli are to be found 
 in the 1537 edition.
 
 30 Philosophical Society of GJasyoir. 
 
 28.— — ? In the British Museum [1036. a. 10 (2)] there is an imperfect 
 copy in square 16mo, of some earlier issue of the Kunstbachlein, 1687, 
 No. 24. The title is awanting, as well as about a dozen leaves at the 
 end, so that nothing definite can be said about the date or place of 
 printing. From its appearance, however, it was probably printed 
 early in the 17th century, if not in the IGth. The fragment consists 
 of ff. 2-76, and the contents correspond as far as they go with those in 
 the aforesaid 1687 edition. Practically therefore this is a fragment 
 of another edition of No. 3, 1537. 
 
 29. — Swc. XVII. In a small 12mo volume I have a MS. on paper, of what 
 is Kertzcnmacher's treatise, although that person's name is nowhere 
 mentioned. It contains 118 leaves numbered, and 1 not numbered. 
 Comparison witli the edition of 1570 sliows that while it corresponds 
 with the contents of that edition, it does not agree with it absolutely 
 word for word. In some places, also, variations on certain of the 
 processes are omitted, but practically the contents of the two volumes 
 are identical. In the MS. version the tract by Gilbertus Cardinal on 
 tlie solution of the metals is omitted, and instead of it are given a 
 number of other receipts on the preparation of common salt, green and 
 white vitriol, borax, sal ammoniac, tartar, verdigris, on gold, mercury, 
 silver, arsenic, sulphur, marcasite, and other substances, some of which 
 are to be found in the 1537 edition, while others do not occur in the 
 printed copies so far as I have observed. The copyist has evidently 
 thought it desirable to supplement Kertzcnmacher's collection. 
 
 § 3. — The results of this bibliographic sketch may now be 
 summarised. 
 
 The first edition appeared in 1531. In 1532 was published the 
 book about removing spots and stains from cloth, and these two 
 were conjoined in the 1537 edition, certain other receipts about 
 metals being prefixed. Kertzenmacher, in 1539, made a selection 
 of the receipts specially relating to transmutation as he thought. 
 In tlio Dutch translation of 1549 the matter was divided into six 
 books ; all :ibout inks and colours was omitted ; and the sixth 
 book, relating to metallurgy, was enlarged. In the 1581 Dutch 
 rf'])rint of this sixth l)ook a new tract on coloui's made its fii'st 
 appearance. Lastly, tlu; English translation of 1583 added largely 
 to the parts relating to cleaning and colouring. The remaining 
 editions are eitlior reprints or translations, in whole or in part, of 
 the preceding types. 
 
 § 4. — The mere (mumcration, however, of these books, and 
 recapitulation of the notions and methods of a long bygone 
 clicmiKtry which they preserve, would be of small value if some 
 gen(!ral )»rinciple were not illustrated by tliem as well. 
 
 One feature of them, wliich stands ovit strongly and strangely,
 
 Mr, J. Ferguson on Treatises on Technological Chemistry. 31 
 
 is their authors' ignorance or quite rudimentary conception of the 
 properties of material objects. Substances were employed for a 
 given purpose, apparently witliout certainty that they could 
 produce the effect wanted, or, if they did, how the effect was 
 produced. The receipts are empirical, and if they sometimes hit 
 the mark it is more by chance than by good guiding. 
 
 That matter could be depended on, that a substance was 
 individualised by its properties, seems hardly to have had any 
 weight with the compilers of these receipts. They appear to 
 have thought that the jjroperties were variable, or could be 
 extracted from a body, and so Ave meet with such a statement as 
 that sal ammoniac dratcs the colour out of coiyper. From the way 
 the author puts it, one feels in doubt if he knew the difference 
 between gold and a yellow alloy. He certainly did not know 
 that if gold is got out of mercury or lead, it must be there to 
 Ijegin with, and is not made by the process. There was no idea 
 of combination or of chemical action as involving alteration of 
 properties. Bewildered by changes to which he had no clue, 
 with phenomena passing constantly before him which he could not 
 control or produce at pleasure, the technical chemist fell back upon 
 empirical trial, and so put a stop to progress. For empiricism is 
 due to ignorance of the rationale of a process. 
 
 Wherever that ignorance exists a process must be imperfect; what 
 is unessential is as likely to be included as what is indispensable, 
 for there is no certainty about either one or the other. Hence in 
 the receipts there are details which could have no bearing on the 
 result, and operations are repeated with great expenditure of 
 labour, time, and material, which, if they had been understood, 
 would have been finished more speedily and economically. 
 
 § 5. — So it happens that these books and their contents illus- 
 trate what I have said in the other paper* about the progress of 
 the arts relying on mere practice, as compared wdth that based on 
 inquiry into causes. The receipts give us insight partly into the 
 manipulation of the old chemists and partly into the experience of 
 others that they were the best to be got, and that the employment 
 of them constituted the " right use of Alchemy " — something of 
 practical use, as we hear about even now, as distinct from the 
 examination of the phenomena and laws of nature. That these 
 
 * The paper meant is on Tht First History of Chemistry, read the same 
 evening as the present one, and printed in tlic Procecdimjs for 1885-86, 
 vol. xvii. See p. 222.
 
 32 l^hilosophical Societ// of Glasgoiv. 
 
 receipts were appreciated is evidenced by tiie demand for tlie 
 books and the number of editions of them. Their persistence is 
 one of their characteristics. 
 
 But if anything could ilkistrate the unsatisfactoriness of 
 empirical methods it would be the contents of the books. For 
 these practical receipts never got any further. They were 
 reprinted ivordfor ivord in 1687 as they had been set forth in 1631 
 and 1537, and in 1720 as in 1539 and 1570 ; that is, they existed 
 and were repeated without even verbal change for 150 years.* The 
 collections were varied by omissions or additions of receipts; bvit 
 the retained receipts were not altered or improved. The science 
 of chemistry had, meanwhile, gone past them, and other books, 
 like those of Beguinus, Glaser, Glatiber, of Becher and Stahl and 
 Boerhaave, had been published, which threw new light upon 
 chemical processes, and enabled them to be carried on in a more 
 rational way, and, as a natural consequence, with ever so much 
 better results. 
 
 If there were not constant evidence of the vitality of error, one 
 might feel offended at Avhat was considered a secret in practical 
 art worth knowing at the beginning of the sixteentli century, 
 being thought of equal value in the eighteenth, and being repub- 
 lished, unchanged, for the benefit of those who cared to use it. 
 In our days a process can hardly continue for even a short time 
 without its undergoing some modification. So widely diffused is 
 the knowledge of natural science, so irresistible is the ambition to 
 discover something unknown, so rapidly do theories change with 
 new facts, so pressing is the demand for the application of dis- 
 covery to human uses, that it would be impossible merely to 
 reprint any work on pure or applied chemistry, even were it but 
 two or three years old. It is difficult, therefore, to conceive the 
 state of experimental science when a treatise of applied chemistry 
 could still be of use 150 years after its first appearance. Such 
 slow ])rogrcssion is liardly intelligible, unless we remember that 
 there were receii)ts, trade secrets, jealously guarded, but no real 
 .science; no knowledge of the laws of nature wiiicli could be 
 api)lied to make man's existence easier. Society besides had its 
 attention directed in cuiitc: difTcreut dii-ections, and was not fitted 
 
 'I'lioy, Imwcvcr, arc not tlu: only examples of literary longevity. Even 
 more remarkable casea are described in my Notes on Books of Secrets, parts 
 IV. anil \'., in tlic 'J'rftiisacdoiis of ihr ArclKrologko.l Sodef;/ of Glasiiow.
 
 Mil. J. Ferguson" on Treatises oh Technolof/icul Chemisfri/. '^'^ 
 
 for the pliysical amenities of the present time. So far as chemistry 
 was concerned its principles were too narrow and too inaccurate 
 to permit of teclmical applications of thom. The latter had to wait 
 until the science had grown, by slow correction of its errors, to a 
 fuller comprehension of its own scope. The history of technical 
 cheinistiy shows tliat the only foundation for progi'ess in practical 
 applications and production lies in scientific investigation and in 
 the employment of principles and laws; not in " rule of thumb,'' 
 however absolute; not in haphazard discovery, however lucky and 
 brilliant; not in mere practical dexterity, however consummate. 
 Even if an epoch-making discovery be found by random search, 
 its- value is not understood until it has been brought under tlie 
 law of its being. Pi'iestley isolated oxygen, the most important of 
 all bodies; but he was unable to deduce any law or generalisation 
 from it, and to the end of his life he never grasped the significance 
 of his own work ; oxygen remained barren in his hands. Prussian 
 blue, discovered by the merest accident, was manufactured empii-i- 
 cally with the utmost uncertainty, until Scheele inquired into the 
 cause of the blue colour, and demonstrated what substances are 
 absolutely necessary for its production. Thereafter the manu- 
 facturer could proceed with rapidity and certainty. Coal tar, 
 practically produced, was, as an utterly offensive product, practi- 
 cally wasted, until scientific investigation showed practice -what 
 can be done with it, wdiat can be made of it. The coal tar 
 industry, in its very widest form, rests on science, not on practice. 
 Had not chemists pursued the examination of the substances in 
 coal tar, merely for the sake of knowing them and without any 
 intention of practical application, the coal tar colours Avould never 
 have been discovered, and the series of manufactures tliereon 
 depending would never have been called into existence. Every 
 industry that has truly progressed lias acquired, sooner or later, to 
 a greater or less extent, a scientific foundation. The history of 
 the manfacture of sulphuric acid exhibits the economy of scientific 
 working, as compared with that of mere practice. 
 
 No more hampering, no more fatal delusion can exist than that 
 science is inimical to practice — tliat the manufacturer does not 
 need science. If that has any meaning, it is that the producer on 
 the large scale can get on better in his dealings with matter by 
 ignorance of its laws than by knowledge of them; that he can 
 afford to neglect them on the large scale, while the scientific 
 investigator must obey them implicitly at any cost.
 
 34 Philosophical Society of Glasgoir. 
 
 This is self-contradictory, and it is shown to be so by liistory. 
 No thesis is easier to maintain or easier to illustrate than that the 
 mere manufacturer is at the mercy of him who makes discovery 
 his chief aim, and must follow wherever he leads. If it i^equired 
 anything to show how all-important is science to the progress of 
 technology it would be the contemplation of tlie first attempts at 
 technical or applied chemistry as recoi'ded in these old books.
 
 pbilosopbical Socict^^ of GlasGow. 
 
 1893-94, 
 
 SOME EARLY TREATISES 
 
 ON 
 
 Technological Chemistry. 
 
 SUPPLEMENT. 
 
 BY 
 
 JOHN FERGUSON, LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.C.S., 
 
 REGIUS PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF 
 GLASGOW, PRESIDENT OF THE SOCIETY. 
 
 GLASGOW: 
 PRINTED BY ROBERT ANDERSON, 22 ANN STREET.
 
 [FROM THE PROCEEDINQS OF THE rHILOSOl'HICAL SOCIETY OF GLASGOW.] 
 
 Some Early Treatises on Technological Chemistry. Supplement. 
 By John Feugusox, LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.C.S., Regius Pro- 
 fessor of Chemistry in the University of Glasgow, President 
 of the Society. 
 
 [Read before the Society, May 2, 1S94.] 
 
 § 1. How difficult it is to exhaust a subject, or to make sure 
 that nothing has been overlooked, experience has shown me once 
 more. 
 
 In 1886 I communicated to the Society a paper describing a 
 series of twenty-eight different books and editions, published 
 between 1531 and 1720, which, though varying in their contents 
 to a considerable extent, revealed an unmistakable connection 
 with one another. For that reason these books were chosen as 
 illustrating the state of technological chemistry, or, as may be 
 said, the chemical processes for the accomplishing of certain 
 practical results, used in the first half of the sixteenth century, 
 the time when the books were first compiled, and for a couple of 
 centuries later. 
 
 In the original paper the books were described as being rare. 
 I have found no reason for altering this statement ; for, although 
 on the watch for the occurrence of copies of them, and especially 
 of copies that I did not know, I have, during the past eight years, 
 met with only two or three in catalogues, where they have been 
 usually called scarce, and priced accordingly. 
 
 Though at the time I did not believe that I had seen all the 
 existing variations and editions (Proceedings, Phil. Soc, Glasgow, 
 1888, Vol. XIX., p. 126, Reprint, p. 25, No. 17), I thought 
 I had exhausted all that were accessible to mo. Tliis, however, 
 was an erroi', for, by following up one of my own references, I 
 should have founil the group of editions, the consideration of 
 which has rendered this supplementary notice necessary.
 
 2 Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 § 2. In the original paper {Proceedings, "Vol. XIX., 1888, 
 p. 13G, Reprint, p. 12), a Dutch translation of a German version 
 of the receipts was described under No. 6, dated 1549. It was 
 translated by Symon Andree, and published in a tiny volume of 
 60 leaves. The chief difference between the two versions consists 
 in the German collection running on continuously, whereas in 
 the Dutch the receipts arc divided into six sections or tracts. 
 Again, in 1581, under No. 14, an edition in Dutch was described, 
 consisting of a set of receipts in two sections. The first of 
 these agreed with and was a reprint of the sixth tract in the 
 1549 edition, while the second consisted chiefly of a set of 
 receipts which did not correspond to anything in the 1549 edition. 
 It appeared, therefore, that while the sixth tract had been 
 selected for reprinting, the remaining five had, for some reason 
 or another, been omitted. 
 
 No. 19, however, dated 1600, supplied a I'eprint of the missing 
 sections I.-V. This edition Avas in two parts ; the first being a 
 reprint of the 1581 collection just mentioned, and the second 
 consisting of parts I.-V. of the 1549 edition. At the time, 
 attention was directed to this rather gratuitous transposition of 
 the sections of the original Dutch edition. Although I did not 
 specially refer to the matter, it seemed to me anomalous that a 
 reprint of a book first published in 1549 should be made in 1600 
 along with a book published in 1581, while in 1581, when an 
 opportunity, or even necessity, for an identical reprint occurred, 
 this was not made ; and I thought that there might be a second 
 part of the 1581 edition as there was of the other, although I had 
 mis.sed it. I had no means of settling this conjecture until, 
 on consulting the British Museum Catalogue, I found under 
 Simon Andree what I required. 
 
 § 3. The following, then, is an account of the 1581 reprint of 
 the first five sections of the 1549 Kunst Boeck, from the Museum 
 copy, 719. a. 38 : —
 
 Prof. Ferguson on I'echnological Chemistry {Supplement). 
 
 I.— 1581. 
 
 CONST B O E C K, 
 
 : H y e u 1 i j c k w t e n 
 
 Alchemiftichfchen gront ver- 
 gadcrt. Tracterende van alien 
 grondtlijcken ghebruyckinghe 
 der Conften. 
 
 N u 1 1 i c k V o o r alien W e r c k 1 i e d e n, a 1 s 
 
 Muntmeefteren, Goudtwerckeis, Scheyderen, 
 
 Goutfmeden, Schilderen, ende alien Wercklieden 
 
 werckende in Stael, Yfer, Koper, ende alle ander 
 
 metalen. Item cm alderhande plecken \vt te doen. 
 
 Om alderhande colueren te vervven. Van ver- 
 
 guldinghe ende verfilueringhe. Ende van 
 
 Werckinghe der Alchemiftiflchen 
 
 dinghen. &c. 
 
 Gecolligiert ende eenfdeels getranf- 
 
 lateert, door Symonem Andree van 
 
 Aenifterdam. 
 
 Niemant en haet die konft, dan 
 
 die onwetende. 
 
 Gedruckt toe Reefs, By my Derick 
 
 Wylicx van Santen. Anno. 1581. 
 
 Small 8°. A — D in eights ; or ff. xxx [2]. Black letter. 
 Collation : — Ai f [i] Title, verso blank. 
 Aij f iir Text begins, and ends Dvjr., fol. xxx?-. 
 Dvjy Die Tafcl, ends Dviijf. 
 Colophon : 
 
 Gedruckt Toe Ileefs, By my Derick 
 Wijlicx van Santen. Anno. 1581. 
 
 It is divided into five Tracts : — 
 
 The first begins Ora 5^ser hardt te makeu. 
 
 and ends Om alle Instrumeuten fchoon te lioudG. 
 
 f. iir to f. viiji'. 
 The second begins Om laecken fyne verlooren verwe wedder te gheven. 
 and ends Vlecken van Olye wt perkcment. 
 
 f. viijt' to f. y.\r. 
 
 The third begins Om garcn ende lijnwact briiyn te verwen. 
 and ends Gi-au Garcn te verwen. 
 
 f. xjf to f. xvjr.
 
 4 Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 The fourth begins Mercurium arbeyden encle harden datmen hem 
 
 ghieten ende fmeden kan. 
 
 and ends Een glas broock te remedieren. 
 
 f. XV jv to f. xxij?-. 
 
 The fifth begins Om gout te scheyden wt Siluer. 
 
 and ends Tin te maken dattet miet kraeckt. 
 
 f. xxijj- to f. xxxr. 
 
 § 4. The following is a summary of the Dutch editions, of 
 which I know three: — 
 
 a. The first, printed in 1549 (1551 in the Colophon), contains six tracts 
 corresponding practically with the German of 1537 (see origmal paper, 
 No. 6). 
 
 h. The second, printed in 15S1, is in two parts. One part, entitled Const 
 Boeck, just described, contains tracts I.-V. of Andree's 1549 edition. 
 The other part (see original paper. No. 14), entitled Een Schoon 
 Tractact, contains tract VI. of the 1549 edition, and a number of other 
 receipts which do not occur in the earlier versions of the collection. 
 
 c. The third, Mhich appeared in 1600, is merely a reprint of the 1581 
 edition. In its arrangement, however (see title page under No. 19 of 
 the original paper), the order is inverted, Een Schoon Traciaet comes 
 first, and the Contt Boeck last. 
 
 To complete this review, it has still to be decided w^hether or 
 not there be an earlier edition of the additional receipts — either 
 separate, or conjoined with some other work — than 1581, or 
 whether they first appeared in that year in the volume above 
 mentioned. 
 
 § 5. The editions of this collection of receipts, the recent 
 investigation of which has formed the chief reason for the present 
 supplement, must now be considered. 
 
 In the original paper, under the following numbers and dates, 
 viz. :— No. 10, 1573; 13, 1576; 23, 1637; 25, 1691, four 
 editions of the French translation by Dr. Christofle Landre of 
 the Secrets of Alexis were described, eacli of tlicm containing in 
 the third part the receipts of the Ktinst Boeck, arranged in six 
 tracts as in the. Dutch version. Notwithstanding the obvious 
 suggestion supplied by these references to examine other editions 
 of Alexis for the receipts, I did not follow it up, chiefly from not 
 liaving r(!ady access to the various editions, and from not having 
 made a special examination of the bibliography of that author. 
 Since then, liowever, the latter difliculty has been at least partly 
 overcome, for having recently investigated all the available editions.
 
 Prof. Ferguson on Technological Chemistry (Supplement). 5 
 
 I am in a, position to supply tliis blank in the original paper. 
 Even now, however, I am not confident that the list is complete, 
 because I am not quite certain that I have examined all the 
 editions. It would be out of place to go into the bibliography of 
 Alexis' book here, l)oth because of its extent, and because I mean 
 to treat it in a monograph, in connection with a different branch 
 of the subject of books on receipts and secrets, so that I must 
 confine myself to a bare enumeration of the editions of Alexis 
 which I know contain the Kunst Boeck receipts. 
 
 § G. It may be necessary, however, to premise that Alexis' 
 receipts are arranged in four parts, Avhich, at least in the early 
 editions, appeared separately with diflferent dates, though they 
 were afterwards printed together. The first part is undoubtedly, 
 the second may be by Alexis, the third is a compilation from 
 divers sources, though said to have been made by him, I am 
 entirely doubtful about this, but for the present theme it is only 
 of importance that the compilation was made at all, not that it 
 was made by Alexis. The best evidence that it is not by him is 
 to be found in the fact that this part differs in different versions, 
 in the Italian and French, for example. 
 
 So far as I have observed, the Kunst Boeck receipts occur only 
 in the third part of Alexis ; the other parts, therefore, may be 
 left out of account. 
 
 In the original paper, I followed a strictly chronological order, 
 irrespective of language. This was necessary in order to trace 
 the liistory of the collection in its growth and divergences. On 
 the present occasion, however, as there are no variations to be 
 considered, I shall deal with the successive editions in each 
 language by themselves. 
 
 § 7. Alexis' work was published originally in Italian. The 
 tii'st part was printed in 1555 or 1556, the second at Milan in 
 1558, the third also at Milan in 1559. I have examined this 
 edition of the third part, and others, dated respectively 1563, 
 1568, 1595, 1674, but not one of them contains the Kunst Boeck 
 receipts. I am inclined to believe, therefore, that these receipts, 
 which, in various forms, passed through so many editions in other 
 languages, were not translated into Italian, and were never 
 included in the Italian editions of Alexis. 
 
 § 8. I pass, therefore, to the French translation, all the copies 
 of which that contain the third part include, as an integral
 
 6 Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 portion of it, the Kunst Boeck receipts. The Secrets of Alexis, 
 translated from Italian into French, was first printed at Antwerp 
 by Plantin in 1557. This, of course, contained only the first 
 part in six books. The whole three parts were not printed by 
 Plantin at Antwerp till 1559, in octavo. 
 
 2. — 1559. The third part has the title: Secrets, ov Receptes Sovvraines, hien 
 experimentdfs et approvvies par Divers Avtevrs. The diiferent parts 
 are not distinguished as first, second, third, but have separate titles, 
 and this third part is not ascribed to Alexis at all. In this edition the 
 Kunst Boeck Receipts are contained, ff. 41-67 verso. The only copy 
 of this edition which I have seen is in the Bibliotheque Ste. Genevieve 
 at Paris. 
 
 3. — 1560. Tlie Lyons edition of this year is entitled Empiric, et Secrets dv 
 S.Alexis . . . and it was printed by GnillaunieRouille, in 16mo. The 
 third part has this title : La Troisieme Partie des Secrets ou Receptes 
 Somieraines, experimentees <£; approuu6cs par diuers Avteurs. Con- 
 tinuant les liures d'x Seigneur Alexis Piemontoys. It was printed, 
 however, not by Rouille, but by Thibauld Payen, and is dated 1561. 
 It is obvious that this part was thought not to be by Alexis. The 
 Kunst Boeck Receipts are contained in this part, pp. 143-240. The 
 copy of this edition is also in the Bibliotheque Ste. Genevieve at 
 Paris. 
 
 4. — 1561. Plantin's third edition of Alexis, Antwerp, in 8vo. Part III. is 
 again distinctly ascribed to diflferent authors, and Alexis' name does 
 not appear. The Kunst Boeck Receipts are in Part III. flf. 35 recto 
 to 56 recto. From a copy in my own possession. 
 
 5. — 1564. Rouille, at Lyons, reprinted the edition of 1560 with the same 
 title : Empiric, et Secrets Do S. Alexis . . . The title of the third 
 part is also a reprint, and the contents are still distinguished from 
 those by Alexis. Tliis is a tidy, clearly printed volume in 16mo. As 
 in the 1560 edition, the Iteceipts are contained in Part III., pp. 
 143-240. Tlie third part has Rouille's name on the title-page, but at 
 the end is the colophon : — A L3'on. Par Hvgvcs Barbov. 1565. 
 
 6. — 1564. An edition similar to tho.sc of Lyons came out at Paris chez 
 
 Iliero/iiie de Marncf, d; Ouillaume Cauellat, in 16mo. The book is 
 paged continuously, and there are no separate title-pages. Part III. 
 is described, however, as being by divers authors, in continuation of 
 Alexis. Tiie Receipts arc contained pp. 760-846. This edition is in 
 the Bibliotliuquc Ste. Genevieve at Paris. 
 
 7. — 1573. A similar edition was again printed at Paris by Mai'nef and 
 
 Cauellat. This was tlie earliest edition in Frcjich, which I quoted in 
 the original paper. Heing acquainted with it, I sliould liave examined 
 the otlicr editions in French. The Receipts occur pp. 760-846. This 
 edition is iu the British Museum, 7944. a. 25.
 
 Prof. Ferguson on Technological Chemistry {Supplement). 7 
 
 8. — 1576. A third (?) edition by Marnof and Cauellat was published in the 
 same form. I mentioned it in the original paper under No. 13. The 
 Receipts are contained pp. 7C0 840. From a copy in my own 
 possession. 
 
 9. — 1578. Tliere was au edition of AlexLs iiublished at Lyons in this year 
 by Estienne Michel, in 16°, but, as the contents have been to a certain 
 extent classified, the K^inst Boech Receipts have disappeared as a 
 separate section, and have got scattered among the others. Though the 
 receipts, therefore, may be all present, this can hardly be reckoned as 
 one of the editions of the Kunsl BoecJc. 
 
 10. — 1579. The same may be said of the re-issue of this book in 1579 by 
 Loys Cloquemin, in which the only differences are the title-page, and 
 sheets a and b, which have been re-set. These editions are in the 
 BibliothJjque St. Genevieve. 
 
 11. — 1614. Printed at Rouen, by Robert de Rovves, in \Q)^. The Receipts 
 occupy pp. 760-846. There is a copy in the Bibliothtsque Ste. 
 Genevieve, and one in my own collection. 
 
 12. — 1637. Tliis is a very shabby i-eprint by Jean Berthelin, at Rouen, in 
 small 8°. The Receipts are in pp. 564-631. This edition will be 
 found in the original paper. No. 23. 
 
 13. — 1642. An edition similar to that of 1637 was pi-inted at Kouen by 
 Martin de la Motte, if, indeed, it be not the same book with a new 
 title-page. As the two copies are in non-lending libraries, it was out 
 of my power to compare them. The Receipts, as before, are in 
 pp. 564-631. The present copy I examined in the Bibliotheque Com- 
 munale at Amiens. 
 
 14. — 1691. Still another Rouen edition, by Jcan-Baptiste Bensongne, in 
 8vo. This is certainly different from those of 1637 and 1642, as, after 
 an interval of fifty years, it could hardly fail to be. The receipts 
 occupy pp. 602-670. It is in the British Museum, 7321. aaaa. 5. 
 
 This is the last of the French editions of Alexis with which I 
 am at present acquainted. It is not impossible that there were 
 other early sixteenth century issues in 16mo at Paris, and in 8° 
 at Rouen during the seventeenth or even eighteenth century, in 
 the degenerate chap-book form in which some of the above 
 mentioned appeared. 
 
 § 9. The same collection of receipts makes its appearance in 
 English in the third part of Alexis. The translation of the first 
 three parts was made by William Warde, and the first editions of 
 each are dated 1558, 1560, and 15G2 respectively. The fourth 
 part was by Richard Androse, and appeared in 15G9. These 
 first editions are very difficult to get together. Various reprints 
 of the separate parts were made in subsequent years, but in the
 
 8 Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 latest editions the four parts were printed continuously and 
 uniformlv. All the editions are in small quarto, and are printed 
 in black letter. In the title the third part is stated to have been 
 collected by Alexis " out of diuers excellent Authours," which is 
 going a good deal further than the French of 1560 and 1564, and 
 is not justified by facts so far as I am aware. 
 
 The following is a list of the editions of the English transla- 
 tion of the Kunsiboeck as contained in Alexis, Part III. : — 
 
 15. — 1562, by Roulande Hall, for Nycholas Englande. ff. 52 recto, to 79 
 
 verso. 
 10. — 1566, by Henry Denhani, for John Wyght. flf. 50 recto, to 75 verso. 
 17. — 157S, by Thomas Dawson, for John Wyght. ff. 50 recto, to 75 verso. 
 18.— 1595, by Peter Short, for Thomas Wight, ff. 242 recto, to 267 verso. 
 19. — 1015, by William Stansby, for Richard Meighen and Thomas Jones. 
 
 ff. 242 (misnumbered 250) recto, to 267 verso. 
 
 § 10. The translation, unlike the German of 1537 (original 
 paper, No. 3), but like the Dutch of Andree or Andriessen and 
 the French of Landre, is divided into six tracts, which are titled 
 respectively as follows. I quote the first edition of 1562, and 
 compare it with the Dutch rather than with the German, on 
 account of the division into sections : — 
 
 f. 52 redo. Here after folowe manye | goodly receyptes, touchynge the 
 handelynge | of dyiiers metalles, all well tryed | and approued. | 
 
 This agrees with the first tract in the Dutch of 1549. 
 
 f. 57 verso. The | feconde Booke containyug | the maner howe to take 
 cute quickly with water or | lye, without hurtiuge any thynge, all 
 maner of '| fpottes of garments of clothe, veluet, filke, | or other, 
 whether they be fpottes of | oyle, greafe, wyne, or what fo I euer they 
 be. I - 
 
 This agrees with the second tract in the Dutch of 1549, except 
 a receipt to stiffen velvet, which has been omitted from the 
 translation. 
 
 f. 60 rerto. The | thyrde Booko, for to dye | threede, yarne, or linnea 
 cloth, teaching howc to | make the dying colours, and alfo to dye 
 bones | and liornes, and to make them fofte, | vnto what forme and 
 fafhion | a man wyll. | 
 
 This agrees witli tlie Dutch so far as it goes, but at the end 
 certain receipts whicli are in the Kunst Boeck are omitted. These 
 are : to dye faded silk black; to dye coifs or silk red; to dye yarn 
 "terrat" (which was dono by mordanting with alum and then
 
 Prop. Ferguson on Technological Chemistry {Supj)lemeni). 9 
 
 boiling with the rinds of pomegranates and oranges) ; to dye yarn 
 black and grey. These extra receipts appear also in the French 
 of 15G4, but not in that of 1561, 157G, and 1G14, so it would 
 appear as if Warde followed Plantin's French edition, and not the 
 original Dutch. 
 
 f. 64 redo. The | fourth Booke, teuchynge | diners wayes of giltiiig, 
 fyhieryuge, and di- | ynge copper, iron, and other metalles : | Likewife 
 to forme, melt, and to make | certaine colours. | 
 
 In this book, also, there are some receipts omitted which are 
 in the Dutch, but not in Plantin's French edition of 1501 : to 
 make moulds for casting ; to make cinnabar and azure ; to make 
 goldsmith's boi'ax. 
 
 f. 68 recto. The | fyfte Booke, toucliynge | all feparations of gold, of 
 filuer, of copper, and | other metalls, and how a man may try them j 
 and to vse them profitably. Which is a | thing very gainefuU for all 
 gold- I fmithes, marchantes, and o- | ther that hauc nede | of it. | 
 
 In this book there are several omissions from the Kunst Boeck : 
 to give tin a golden colour ; to cast twelve and nine carat gold ; to 
 give weight to gold ; to separate silver from slags ; to silver copper ; 
 to give copper a golden colour ; to give copper a golden colour, and 
 to make it draw, hammer, and cast like gold ; a red water, which 
 makes objects dipped in it like gold ; a strong parting water 
 (nitric acid) ; water of tartar ; to whiten copper. 
 
 f. 73 redo. The | fyxte Booke, touchyug the | makynge of certayne oyles 
 and waters and o- | ther fubftances whiche are of a mer- | ueylous 
 uertue and ope- | ration. 
 
 The omitted receipts are these : to make gold out of mercury ; 
 brass into gold ; to purify gold ; to make filver from salamanders ; 
 to make crocus martis ; to make ais ustum or crocus veneris ; 
 coagulation of mercury ; to calcine and purify the seven planets 
 (metals), gold, silver, copper, lead, tin, or lead, to calcine tin hard 
 and white, ii-on, purification of copper, calcination of alum ; and, 
 the last receipt of all, to grade gold, or purify it to a very high 
 degree. 
 
 So far as I am aware, the above is a complete list of the editions 
 in English. 
 
 § 11. In the original paper there was not included a Danish 
 translation purporting to be from Alexis. There is a copy in the 
 British Museum (441. b. 22(2)), and I took note of it in 
 connection with that author. But, though nominally by Alexis,
 
 10 Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 a more careful examination of it, which 1 have just made, shows 
 that it also belongs to the set of tracts now under consideration. 
 The following is an account of it — 
 
 20. — 164S. 
 
 En liden dog konfterig Bog 
 
 Om adfl^illige flags 
 
 Farffve oc Bleck. 
 
 Hvorledis mand fkal farffve Tr?e, 
 
 Been, Jem, Tin, Glas, Byrfter, Klasde, Sil- 
 
 cke, Skind oc Ledder, faa om atfkillige flags Farffve at 
 
 berede, at fkriffve oc male med. 
 
 Alle Skriffvere, Malere, Billed- 
 
 huggere, Indleggere, Snedickere, Beendreyc- 
 
 re, Fellbercdere, Farffverc, Skomagere oc an- 
 
 dre fom til faadant Lyft haffver 
 
 til Tienifte. 
 
 Paa Tydflce Tungemaal forft fammenfkreff- 
 
 ven aff den vjtberomte, velforfarne 
 
 mand 
 
 ALEXIO TEDEMONTANO. 
 
 Oc nu meenige Mand til befte oc Tienifte paa 
 
 vort Danfke Sprog transfereret, udfat oc til 
 
 Trycken forfterdiget. 
 
 Prcntet i Kiobenhaffn, Aar 164S. 
 
 Aff Peter Hake. 
 
 Paa Jorgcn Ilolftis Bogh. Eekoftning, oc findis 
 
 hos hannem tilkiobs. 
 
 Small 4^. Title ; reverse p. 2 and p. 3, verses to the reader. Text, pp. 
 4-G4. Alphabetical Index, pp. [4]. Signatures G to in fours. P. 
 in two. 
 
 Though printed as a distinct tract, the signatures show that it 
 is really a supplement to a tract of the same printer, place and 
 date, entitled : 
 
 Gllconomia EUcr Nodvcndigc Beretning oc Anlcding, hvorledis en gandske 
 Iluufzholding paa dct nytteligste oc bcste (faa frcmt Gud allcrma^ctigste 
 giffvcr sin Velsignolae) kand anstillis. — From the German of Caspar 
 Jugel. 
 
 § 12. On examination, there was little difficulty in ascertaining 
 the sources from which the tract had l)cen taken, and the reason 
 for assigning it to Alexis. It contains, in all. 122 receipts, 
 brought together for the use of a variety of people who employ 
 inks, colour?, dyes. The sources are these : —
 
 Prof. Ferguson on Technological Chemistry {Supplement). 11 
 
 The receipts from p. 4 down to p. 38 form a translation of 
 Alexis, Part I., Book V., with hardly any variation. 
 
 It begins on p. 4 : 
 
 I. Ell god blaa Farffve at berede, or, in the English version (15G8), " To 
 make perfyt asure, such as commeth from beyond the seas ;" and ends 
 at the foot of p. 37 : 64. Bleck at giure Linier racd, hvilcke mand 
 igien Kand udslette, naar mand hafver skrefven der effter, or, To make 
 incke to rule paper for to write by, wherof the writinge being drie, 
 the lines maye so be taken out, that it shall seeme ye have written 
 without lines ; the receipt coming at the top of p. 38. Then follows : 
 65. At giore Bleck behendigt oc konsteligt aff mangehaande slags 
 Konster, Skriffvere meget nyttige at vide, which is the beginning of 
 the translation of the Ettliche. Kiinste (1563) Receipts. 
 
 Tlie last receipt is : 
 
 122. Mange haande Farffve, at Farflfve Pergament med, corresponding to 
 Mancherley Farben Pergamen zu ferben on Ciij verso of Ettliche 
 Kiinnte. 
 
 This Danish translation, therefore, takes up the section on inks 
 and colours which appear in the German Kilnsibiichlin of 1537 
 (original paper, No. 3), but which were omitted in the Dutch of 
 1549 and its reprints, and were printed separately in German in 
 No. 8, Ettliche Kiinste, 1563; No. 22, Kimsthiichlein, 1616; and 
 in English, 1596. For these, reference must be made to the 
 original paper. 
 
 § 13. The preceding list shows that, whatever value is to be 
 attached to the practical instructions imparted by this collection 
 of receipts, it was always before the public in German, Dutch, 
 French, English, Danish, and if not in one form, then in another. 
 Tlie Kilnstbiichlin had a considerable circulation by itself, but it 
 had also the fortune to be associated with the work of Alexis, and 
 it shared in the popularity which that book undoubtedly enjoyed. 
 Perhaps, but for that, it would have been superseded by Alexis' 
 collection. The fact remains, however, that from the year 1531, 
 when the little quarto volume first appeared, down to 1720, which 
 is the latest date I can fix, it Avent through somewhere about fifty 
 editions. I say somewhere, because it is likely that there are other 
 editions of which I have found no copies, and not even a notice. 
 
 The contents of the book must have soaked very thoroughly 
 into the public mind by actual reading and by tradition. The 
 methods which the book contained would be often employed
 
 12 Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 ■without ihe operator knowing where they first came from, or who 
 first described them. 
 
 P.S. — In the original paper I have observed certain errors and 
 omissions, which I take this opportunity of correcting : — 
 
 Vol. XIX., p. 137 (Reprmt p. 12), 1. Q,for attained, read attained to. 
 p. 139 ( ,, p. 14), 1. 1,/or dyeing, read Aye. 
 p. 144 ( ,, p. 19), 1. 12, /or SO, read SI. 
 p. 146 ( ,, p. 21), 1. o2,for use, recuX use of. 
 p. 149 ( ,, p. 24), 1. 16), /or 55, read 59. 
 p. 150 ( ,, p. 25), 1. Qfrom bottom, after Museum insert 
 
 (C. 31. c). 
 p. 153 { „ p. 28), 1. 24, /or 1037, read 1036.
 
 SOME EARLY TREATISES 
 
 ON 
 
 TECHNOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 
 
 SUPPLEMENT II. 
 
 BV 
 
 JOHN FERGUSON, LL.D., 
 
 KEr.irS PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY I\ 
 THE UNIVERSITY OF GLASGOW. 
 
 I'RINTKI) FOR TlIK KOVAL rillLOSOrillCAL SOCIETY 
 
 OK GLASGOW 
 
 n\ e AK 1 KR & PRATT. LTD.. r.l.(i.i CA.NAL STRKKT. S..S. 
 
 1 910.
 
 SOME EARLY TREATISES 
 
 ON 
 
 TECHNOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, 
 
 SUPPLEMENT II. 
 
 BV 
 
 JOHN FERGUSON, LL.D., 
 
 REGIUS PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY IN' 
 THE UNIVERSITY OF GLASGOW. 
 
 <; i..V!-i<; ()>v 
 
 rRINTHU FOR THE ROVAL PIIILOSOrillCAl- SOCIKTV 
 
 OF GLASGOW 
 
 BY CARTER & PRATT, LTD., 51-6r> CANAl. STKFKT. S..S 
 
 1910.
 
 VOic nmnn aWc farbcfJt / wAp 
 
 frr/ olea / falia vnb damim I txmit 
 maniialk (o:pot«}/fptnri!drn6cal 
 CC6 prrparirt/ fudlimiir rri&fjxirt/ 
 fitflc^en fol « Una toic m»;n 5ifc J>in0 
 MtjRC/ miff 6tio Sol vnb ilimawcr* 
 ben rti(50 • 2lu<^ voii! foluiKH viin6 
 fc^KJibun^ alUr metal/ Polmin^al 
 Xtt^xnht <bcl0c|l4in/ Jurtrcfii4?* 
 cnrD<J|ft'm5uinenc»i/fc^Jibm rn2> _ 
 fojiiimt/ »nb jlAjl t»icbu £*i(f^t0e ^ 
 J>Anip|f5uccrl)UtcciMfuri3£ib0rif '^ 
 
 ^ym^mcrlunbcr 311 Stra^biirjj . dE^^^ ^^^
 
 From ilie Proceediit^i^'s oi \.\\v Rnyal I'hilnsnpliiiMl Society of Glasfjow.] 
 
 Some Early Treatises on Tecliiioh\\:;ical CJiemistry. Supplement 
 II. By John Ferguson, M.A., LL.I)., Rei^Mus Professor of 
 Chemistry in the University of Glasgow. 
 
 [Read before the Society, 15th Deccmher. 1909.] 
 
 1. It was at a meeting of this Society on January 6, 1886, that I 
 read a paper oil the above topic,^ and to it added a Supplement 
 on May 2, 1894,- the two together containing an account of forty- 
 nine books and editions in various languages : Danish, Dutch, 
 English, French, German, Italian, on the preparation and use of 
 some chemical substances for practical purposes. 
 
 The present Supplement is in two parts and deals, first : with 
 an undescribed edition in German, and, secondly : with two or 
 three editions that have to be added to the list of those in English. 
 
 2. These books of chemical receipts fall into half-a-dozen or so 
 well marked groups or types, but comparison of their contents 
 shows that they are all more or less closely connected with one 
 another. 
 
 3. The earliest formofthe collection of receipts appeared in 1531. 
 without the printer's name, and is entitled : — 
 
 Rechler Gebrauch d"Alcliinu'i, mil \il hissher verl)orgenen, nutzl)aien 
 vnnd lustigen Kiinsteii, . . .■' 
 
 In 1539, another collection was printed by Cammcrlander. witii 
 this title : — 
 
 Alchimia, wie man alle faibcn, wasser. olea, salia vnd aliimina. . . . 
 machen sol.^ 
 
 which, however, has as its sub-title, the title of 1531, and purports 
 
 ' Proic'cditti^^s of the Philospphical Socirly of Glasi^oii\ iSSS. .\IX.. pp 
 126-159. 
 
 '^ Ibid, 1S94, XXV., pp. 224-235. 
 '^ Ibid, 1 888, XIX., p. 126. 
 ^ Ibid, p. 137.
 
 4 Royal rhilosnphicaJ Society of Glasgow. 
 
 to have been compiled by a certain Petrus Kertzenmacher. This 
 book, as well as that of 1531, ran through several editions, which 
 were enumerated in the 1886 paper referred to above. There 
 the 1 531 book was described from an actual copy, but the notice 
 of the 1539 edition of the Alchiinia, was not taken from the book 
 itself, but was copied from the description in a second-hand book 
 catalogue of C. H. Beck's at Nordlingen, and on the strength of 
 that I inserted it as probably the hrst edition of Kertzenmacher's 
 work. 
 
 4. Since the reading of the first paper four and twenty years ago, 
 I had neither heard nor seen anything of this book, until the 
 summer of the present year, when, happening to visit once more 
 the great Germanic Museum at Niirnberg, I spent some time in 
 the department devoted to Chemistry and Pharmacy. There, 
 while looking at the display of manuscripts, books, prints, portraits 
 and pictures relating to these subjects, I observed a small pam- 
 phlet with the title : — 
 
 Alchimia, wie man alle farhen, wasser, olea, salia vnd alumina, 
 machen sol. 
 
 5. This title was quite familiar to me, though the title-page was 
 not, and, as it had all the look of having been printed in the first 
 half of the sixteenth century, it seemed possible that here at last 
 was a copy of Cammerlander's edition of 1539, or, if not, that it 
 might be a copy of an unknown and undescribed edition, which 
 would be equally interesting and valuable. My curiosity having 
 been aroused, I applied to the Director of the Museum, Or Von 
 Petzholdt, for permission to examine the .book. This was im- 
 mediately and most courteously granted, and in the Library of the 
 Museum I was able to make a minute inspection of the volume 
 at my leisure. Not only so, but further permission was given mc 
 to have the title-page photographed, which was undertaken for me 
 by Mr Christoph Miiller, who does the Museum work, and by that 
 means I am enabled to illustrate this [)aper with a facsimile of the 
 title-page and its curious border. 
 
 As I had surmised, the volume proved to be a copy of the 1539 
 edition of Kertzenmacher's tract, which, so far as 1 know, is the 
 first of that particular tyi:)e. 
 
 6. An account of the book and a list of its contents will now be 
 given, so as to fill up Beck's description as quoted in my original 
 paper. The title may be transcribed as follows : —
 
 Sonw Early Treatises on Technological Chemistry. 5 
 
 Alchimia. 
 Wie mann alle farljeri was- 
 ser, olea, salia, vnd alumina, damit 
 mann a'le corpora, spiritus vnd cal 
 CCS preparirt, subliniirt vnd fixirt, 
 machen sol. Vnd wie man disc ding 
 nutze, auff das Sol vnd Luna wer- 
 den mog. Auch vom soluiren vnnd 
 schaidung aller metal, Polirung a) 
 ler handt edel gestain, Fiirtreflicli- 
 en wassern zum etzen, schaiden vnd 
 soluiren, vnd zletst wie die gifi'tige 
 
 dampff zu veihUtc ein kurtzer bgrif. 
 Bvm Camerlander zu Straszburg. 
 
 Small 4". 4 leaves not numbered, the signature, probably A, if there was 
 one, has been torn off; B to M in fours ; or ff. [4 not numbered], B to Mj 
 numbered [i] to xlj, [3 leaves not numbered] ; so in all there are 48 leaves. 
 There are 30 lines to the page, and the book is printed in bold black letter. 
 
 In this copy the numbering of K is in arabic numerals 33-36 ; all the rest 
 are in roman, but in tliis copy Kiiij and Lj (that is ff. 36 and xxxvij) are 
 awanting. 
 
 On the verso of Mj (f. xlj) is the colophon : 
 
 Gedruckt zu Stras'-Viurg bei IVI. Jacob Caunnerian- / 
 dern von Mentz Anno M.D. XXXjX. / 
 In lliis copy sheet H seems to be printed on different — apparently thinner^ 
 jxiper, and the edges are uncut while the others are cut. 
 
 Collation. 
 (.•\j) The title. 
 
 (Aij 7-ecto) I'etrus kartzenniachcr / clwan Innger zu Mentz, ein berhtinUer 
 Al / chemist, wlinscht dem Leser alles guts. / ends verso, followed 
 by a woodcut of a " circulatorium," and a jar. 
 (.•\iij ;•. ) Woodcuts: Calcinir offen, Violglass and Circulirglass. 
 
 7'. Woodcuts : Alembicus rostratus, Circulatorium, Referber offcn, 
 
 Cucurbita, Pellican. 
 (.\iiij /•. ) Woodcut of a furnace, a still with alembic and receiver ; praclically 
 the Offen, Cucurbita, Alembicus and N'iolglass combined. 
 Woodcut : Balneum Maii;c. 
 1; j /•. (f. j) the Text begins : 
 
 Rechter gebrauch der Al / 
 cliimei, mil vil bissher verborgnen, nutrbaren und lusti / 
 gen kunsten, nit allein den fiirwitzigen .\lchimisten, sunder / 
 alien kunstbaren wercklewien, auch sunst aller menigklichen / 
 in vil weg zugebrauchen. 
 l-'ii) /. (f. xix ;-. ) \'orred in dz ander buch. 
 
 On Kiiij or Lj begins the " Bericht " 01 Gilberlus Cardinalis, but llie be- 
 ginning is unfortunately wanting. It ends on — 
 -Mj verso (f. xlj v.) followed by the colophon and a wocdcul, ahead)' given.
 
 6 Royal PhilosopJiical Society of Glasgoiv. 
 
 There is probably a woodcut at the beginning of this tract. 
 Mij r. Register disz buchs, ends vey-so. 
 Miij ;-. Woodcut : Figur dess faulen Heintzens. 
 
 V. ^Voodcut : Schaid offen. 
 Miiij ;-. Woodcut : Balneum ]\Iariix', quite different from tiiat on Aiiij v. 
 The distilling apparatus is within a case above a boiler on a furnace, 
 so that it is really heated by steam. Outside is the receiver. 
 Miiij V. Cammerlander"s device : a winged draped female figure, with a 
 band over her eyes, standing on a ball over a landscape, and carrying 
 a shield in her right hand. 
 Besides the woodcuts already mentioned some of them are repeated in the text : 
 f. X ;-. Viol glass, 
 f. xiij r. Alembicus rostratus. 
 f. xviij V. A man working at a furnace, assaying (?), and llie interior of a 
 
 mine, 
 f. xxj V. \'iol glab.> again, 
 f. XXV ;-. Viol glass again. 
 
 f. 36 or xxxvij may contain a woodcut at the beginning of Cardinalis' tract, 
 f. xlj V. Cucurbita and pellican. 
 
 All these are repititions, except those on f. xviij v. 
 
 They are identical with those in the folio editions of Ulstadius and Geber, 
 published about this time. 
 
 The border round the title-page is a reproduction of the same pieces ol 
 apparatus. 
 
 7. As the index in this edition differs in detail from those in later 
 editions which I have seen, it may be reproduced here for the 
 convenience of those who may wish to compare any of those 
 editions with it. 
 
 Register disz buciis Mij recto. 
 
 Alle ertz fliissig machen xxxvij. 
 
 Alranient machen iiij. 
 
 Alun calcinirn v. 
 
 Aquam causticani UKu.lien vij. 
 
 Aejuam Mercurij maclien viij. 
 
 Aquilla wasser machen ix. 
 
 Alle metal schaiden xxvvj. 
 
 Alle spiritus fixirn xiij. 
 
 Alle spiritus nider in jr erste materi zulningen xvij. 
 
 Borax vj. Blcych golt ferben xxxvj. 
 
 Calccm Lune |)rcparirn ad Calcem .Solis xiiij. 
 
 e , 
 
 Calcinir often zumaciien iij. Cinobcr j ij. 
 
 Crocuni Marlis zemaciien x. 
 
 Ducaten golt vnd poslulalz gulden zemachen xxxvj. 
 
 Eyerschalen calcinirn iiij. I'.lixir xxxiij. 
 
 ICyn starck wasser das cisen scluucll/.l xsxviij.
 
 Soiiic Early Treatises tut Tcc/i/iolos^ica/ Chemistry. 7 
 
 Goklt VDii kupffer schaideii xxxiiij. 
 
 Golt von vergultem kupffer schaiden xxxvj. 
 
 Jouem calcinirn xvj. 
 
 Ivoleni verborgne kunst voni goklt nmclieu xxxiij. 
 
 I.ac virginis wasscr x.cmarhcn i\. 
 
 I-asur j. i). I.unain niaclicu xvij. \\\\\. 
 
 Marl'jiu calcinirn wij. 
 
 Mcrcuriuni confrelirn \ii(l hcilcn 
 
 "J- 
 
 Mcrcurium subliniirn • xj. 
 
 Oleum tarari {sic) x. ( )lcuni heiulicluni ^sic) x. 
 
 ( )kum sul|)huris x. I'elruleum x. 
 
 Mij x-crso. 
 
 I 'Iciw ciss iiij. 
 
 Tolirung aller handt edel gestain xxxvij. 
 
 Sal comnuine v. Salarnioniac v. 
 
 Sal alkali vj. Salpeter vij. 
 
 Saturnum calcinirn xvj. Spangriin ij jij. 
 
 Semperardes wasser x. Solem calcinirn xvj. 
 
 .Sulphur purgiren und suMiniircn xj. 
 
 Solcni niachen xxij. Seyffen goldt xxxiiij. 
 
 Sol von luna schaiden xxx\. .Silijer soluiren xxxv. 
 
 Silber von schweffel bringen xxxvj. 
 
 Thutiam calciniren iiij. \ enereni calcineren xiiij. 
 
 Under welchc planetc gut odcr l)os.s in fewr werckt- xxxvij. 
 
 Wasser dz alle metal durchschineltzt in einer stud xxxviij. 
 
 Wasser .sal alkali ix. Weinstein calcinirn iiij. 
 
 e 
 
 Wie man man {sic) alle metal haniniern sol. xvij. 
 
 Wie niaiin ein drittagig fewr machen sol. xx. 
 
 e e 
 
 Wie man sich hiiten sol vor den gifftigen bosen dampffen / der metal xxxviij. 
 
 e 
 
 • Ausslegung etlicher latinischen worter. 
 Sol goldt. Luna silber. .Mercurius <^|uecksilber. 
 Mars eisen. Jupiter zin. !~aturnus blei. Venus 
 Kupffer. Allunien allun. Sulphur schwefiel. Aqua 
 Wasser. Jgnis fewr. Acetum essig. Antimonium 
 spiess glass. Calx puluer. Calciniren zu puluer machen. 
 Coagulirn schmeidig machen. Corpus ein jedes metal 
 oder maleri. Soluirn, zertreiben, zerscheyden. 
 
 I'reparirn bereyten. I'urgiren reinigen. Reducirn wi 
 der biingen. 
 
 This list of words is contained in most of the edition^. 
 
 8. To complete the view of the contents of tlie treatise and to 
 facilitate comparison of this very rare first edition with tiiose which 
 came after, a list of the chapters under whicli the subject is com- 
 prised may be given.
 
 J'iova/ Philosophical Society of Glasgozv. 
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 Fol. j r. Cap. ]. Wie man C3"nober macheii sol. 
 
 ij. Wie man Lasur machen sol. 
 
 7: iij. Lasur zumachen. 
 
 ij r. iiij. Eyn ander kunst Lasur zumachen. 
 
 7'. V. Kyn ander kunst Lasur zu maclien. 
 
 vj. Cynober zu machen. 
 
 \ ij. Spangrlin zu machen. 
 
 iij r. viij. Eyn ander ler von Spangriln. 
 
 i.\. Eyn ander ler von Spangrtin. 
 
 V. X. Wie mann pleiweiss mache. 
 
 e 
 
 xj. \'on den often, 
 
 xij. ^ On dem calcinier offen. 
 
 iiij ;•. xiij. Norn often sublimationis. 
 
 xiiij. \Vie man weinstein calcinieren soil. 
 
 V. XV. V'om besten atrament. 
 
 xvj. Wie man eyerschaln calcinieren soil. 
 xvij. Wie man Thutian soil calciniren. 
 
 xviij. Wie man j\.lun calcinieren soil. 
 V r. xjx. Wie mann sal commune sol machen. 
 
 20. \'om sal armoniaco. 
 
 vj ;-. xxj. Wie mann sal alkali sol machen. 
 
 xxij. Wie mann sal borax machen sol. 
 
 V. xxiij. Eyn ander kunst Korax zumachen. 
 
 xxiiij. Vom goldtschmidt Borax, 
 
 vij ;■. 25. Wie mann Salpeter sol machen. 
 
 26. \'on den wassern. 
 7'. xxvij. Wie mann aquam causticam sol machen. 
 
 viij ;•. xxviij. Wie mann Mercurium congelieren vnd 
 
 herten sol. 
 T. 29. Wie mann aqua Mercuij sol machen. 
 
 ix ;•. XXX. Von wasser Aquila. 
 
 xxxj. Wie man das wasser lac virginis sol machen. 
 T. 32. \'oni wasser salis alkali. 
 
 3 j. \'om wasser crocus Marlis. 
 
 34. Ein apder ler von croco Martis. 
 
 X r. 35. \'om wasser semper ardens. 
 
 f. 36. Wie mann oleum Tartari machen sol. 
 
 37. Wie mann Petroleum mochen (si,) stil. 
 
 xj ;■. 3'^ (*/' 1^1 »■ 3S). \"om oleo benidicto. 
 
 39. Wie mann oleum sulphuris .sol maciicii. 
 
 Wie mann sulphur puvgicren sol. 
 Sulphur zu sublimieren. 
 Wie mann Mercurium sublimieren sol. 
 Wie mann alio sjiiritus fixiren sol. 
 I Die sieben I'laneten calcinieren, is.c.'] 
 Wie mann .Solem calcinieren soil. 
 
 7'. 
 
 40. 
 
 
 41. 
 
 xij r. 
 
 42. 
 
 xiij r. 
 
 \ 1 1 i i . 
 
 V. 
 
 44. 
 
 iiij ;•. 
 
 45-
 
 Some Early Treatises on Technological Chemistry. 9 
 
 46. Wie mann Lunam calcinieren sull. 
 
 47. l'2yn ander calcinatio Solis. 
 4S. l"'yn ander calcinatio Solis. 
 
 l'"nl. 7'. 40. Wie man calceni Lune sol preparitien ad 
 
 calccm Solis. 
 
 50. Wie mann Venerem soil calcinieren. 
 
 XV ;•. 51. I'in ander kunst Venerem zu calciniren. 
 
 52. Kyn ander calcinatio Cupri. 
 
 7'. 55. ICyn ander calcinatio \'eneris. 
 
 xvj ;•. 54. I'^yn ander calcinatio Veneris. 
 
 55. W^ie mann Saturnum calcinieren sol. 
 
 71. 56. l\yn ander calcinatio Jouis vnd Saturni. 
 
 xvij ;•. 57. 1', in ander calcinatio Jouis. 
 
 58. Wie mann Martem calcinieren sol. 
 
 V. 59. Kyn ander calcinatio Martis. 
 
 60. Wie mann alle spiritus wider in jr erste 
 materi bringt. 
 
 wiij y. 61. Wie mann alle mctalla hammcrn kan. 
 
 BOOK II. 
 Fol. xix ;•. Cap. j. Wie mann Lunam machen sol. 
 
 e 
 
 XX 7'. ij. Wie man eyn drittagig feur machen sol. 
 
 xxj r. iij. Ein ander operatic ad Lunam. 
 
 xxij 7'. iii). Solem zumachen. 
 
 xxiij ;•. V. Eyn bewerte operatio ad Lunam. 
 
 xxiiij ;-. vj. Eyn ander operatio ad Lunam. 
 
 vij. Eyn ander operatio ad Lunam. 
 
 V. viij. De Sole bono. 
 
 XXV -'. ix. Eyn ander operatio ad solem. 
 
 x. Eyn ander operatio ad Solem. 
 
 XX vj r. xj. Ad augmentationem Solis. 
 
 7'. xij. Eyn ander operatio ad Solem. 
 
 xiij. Ad .Solem. 
 
 xxvij ;•. xiiij. Eyn gut operatio ad Lunam. 
 
 XXX 7'. XV. Operatio ad Solem und Lunam. 
 
 xxxj r. xvj. [No title, but apparently the same continued.] 
 
 xxxij V. xvij. Wie mann Solem machen sol. 
 
 Tf'i, r. 18. Von atrimenti {sic). 
 
 19. Eyn wasser aqua lilij. 
 
 t'. XX. [Archilaus. Solem machen. 
 
 Primuni — quartum Elixir.] 
 
 34 V. 21. Kolenus, vom goldt machen. 
 
 22. Eyn ander operatio ad solem bonuin. 
 
 35 r. Cap. xxiij. Seyfl'en goldt machen. 
 
 V. 24. Wie mann golt von kupfler schaiden sol. 
 
 [Two leaves are wanting here. In the 1589 
 edition they contain the following sections :
 
 10 Royal Philosflphical Society oj Glasgow. 
 
 Cap. XXV. Wie man Solem von Luna 
 scheiden soil. Gilbert! Cardinalis kunst 
 alle Metall zu soluieren, with a woodcut of a 
 man distilling. Silber zu soluiern. Silber 
 von Schwefel zubringen. Ducaten golt von 
 Pcstulatz gulden zumachen. Goldt vom 
 vergullen scheyden. ] 
 
 Fol. xxxviij r. Alle metal zu schaiden. 
 
 Bleych goldt ferben. 
 
 Alle Ertz fliissig machen. 
 
 e 
 
 Die Planeten darunder gut oder boss in 
 
 fewr wercken. 
 Win polirung allerhandt edel gesleyn. 
 
 Kyn starck wasser das eisen schmeltzt. 
 Kyn bewert wasser das alle metal durrh 
 schmeltzt in einer stund. 
 
 e 
 
 Eyn wunderbar starck wasser viler kraft't. 
 
 e e e 
 
 \"on den gifftigen bosen dampffen vnd rauchen 
 der Metal, wie man sich dabei halten, vnd 
 dero gifift vertreiben sol. ein kurtzer bericht 
 an gmeine goldt schmit. 
 
 \"on dem dampft" des Quecksilbers, IJieis, 
 vnd andern metal damit die Goldt schmit 
 gewonlich vmb gan. 
 
 e 
 
 Wie man den schaden diser dampft" 
 sol mindern vnd wenden. 
 
 9. The second part of this Supplement contains additions to the 
 list of English editions described in the original paper. The 
 English version may have been made from a Dutch or German 
 original, but possil)ly it is a collection from several sources, as 
 formerly explained. 
 
 I o. Ik'sides the editions there described I have found mention 
 made of other three, though it has not been my good fortune to 
 sec any of them. The references, however, help to construct what, 
 I should presume, is a complete list so far as it goes, unless there 
 be an edition between 1588 and 1596, which is not impossible. 
 
 They may be taken chronologically :
 
 Sonic riarly Trcatisa on Tccli/tol()s:;iial Cliciiiistry. \ \ 
 
 1583. 'I'his iias been already (iescribed.' 
 
 1588. 
 
 1596. Already described. - 
 
 1 600. 
 
 1605. Already described/' 
 
 1606. 
 
 The undcscril)ed editions may now be considered briefly. 
 
 11. 1588. The title here given is copied from Andrew 
 ^[aunsell, and is obviously contracted.'* 
 
 Remedies to lake out Spottcs and Staines, in Silkes, Veluels, Linnen 
 <.\: WoUen clothes. Also how to Die .Silks, Linnen, and Wollen, etc. 
 Also to dresse Leather, dt to colour Fells, Howe to Gylde, Graue, 
 Sowder, and \'^ernishe, and to harden and make soft Iron & Steele, 
 tianslated hy L. M. Prin. by Tho. I'urfoote. 158S. 4". 
 
 This edition is quoted by W. Carew Hazlitt'' without detail, as 
 follows, but he does not say where a copy is to be seen. 
 
 A profitable booke declaring dyuers approoueil remedies to take out 
 spottcs and staines, in silkes, volucts, .Xic. Translated out f)f Dutche. 
 l.ond. 15SS. 4to. 
 
 12. 1600. In the same place Hazlitt t[UOles an edition of this 
 
 date : 
 
 London Printed by lolin Wolfe, and are to be sold 1)_\' lulward White, 
 &c. i6oo. 4t<). With woodcuts. 
 
 If it contain woodcuts it differs from all the editions which I 
 have seen. 
 
 13. 1606. I'or this edition Hazlitt refers tt) the Harleian Cata- 
 logue, but supplies no particulars, and I have seen no other notice 
 of it. As there was an edition of 1605, already described by me, it 
 is not likelv th.at a new one was called for in 1606. It seems more 
 [jrobable that the reverse was the case ; that the sale of the book 
 had slackened and that a new dated title-page was inserted to give 
 it a recent look. That however is a mere conjecture. 
 
 ^ Protctdhi^s of ihc Philosophiial Society of Glasgo%v, 1888, XL\. p. 148, 
 Xo. 15. 
 
 - Ibid, p. 148, No. 17. 
 
 * Ibid, p. 152, Xo. 20. 
 
 ■* Maunsell, Catalo;^iic oj English priiilcd Book'cs, London, 1595, Part II.. 
 1>- 23. 
 
 '"Handbook lo tin- Popular . . . . I.ittraturc 0/ Ciral Britain, 1S67, 
 p. .382.
 
 12 Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgo7V. 
 
 14. The possibility of the existence of an edition between 1588 
 and 1596 is based on the interval of four or five years between the 
 other editions, which makes the gap of eight years anomalous. If 
 this were a solitary instance there would be no reason to take 
 notice of it, but there are so many examples of editions of these 
 receipt books being published every four or five years, that, as I 
 have pointed out elsewhere, one may almost calculate on the 
 recurrence of new editions at that interval. So there may have 
 been an edition of this tract about 1592 or 1593. 
 
 15. According to most authorities, the translator's initials L. M. 
 stand for Leonard Mascall, whose name I did not know in 1888. 
 There is some diversity of opinion about him, owing to the dates 
 assigned to his works making it difficult to believe that they can 
 be the composition of one person. Leonard Mascall is mentioned 
 as early as 1 5 1 4 ; Leonard Mascall was clerk of the kitchen to 
 Matthew Parker, Archbishop of Canterbury in 1573, and his death 
 is placed in 1589. On the other hand a book under his name 
 was published in 1596, and Leonard Mascall is called farrier to 
 King Jame?, which would bring him down to 1604. Pending the 
 solution of the problem of one, or of two, or more Mascalls, it 
 may be stated that a person of the name had the reputation of 
 being skilful in the breeding and treatment of horses, dogs, cattle, 
 sheep, goats, and hogs, skilful too in arboriculture, agriculture, 
 country sports, raising of poultry, fishing, grafting, and practice 
 of medicine, and he published books on these topics. Having 
 given elsewhere some account of Mascall and his books, it is 
 unneccssarv to say more about him here.' 
 
 ^ Transact ions of the (:ias,i;ow Anh:cobi:;ical Society, \ Ol. \. p. 135, and 
 Addenda. (Reprint, 190S, .Siipplemcnl V. §g 17-21, and AiUUnda.)
 
 SOME EARLY TREATISES 
 
 ON 
 
 TECHNOLOGICAL CHEMISTIiY 
 
 SUPPLEMENT III. 
 
 liV 
 
 JOHN FERGUSON, LL.D., 
 
 REGflS PROFKSSOR OI" CHEMISTRY I.V 
 TlIK INIVERSITY OF tll.ASCOW. 
 
 G L A S G O \y : 
 
 PRINTED FOR TlIK ROVAL I'l 1 1 [.OSOrillCAL SOCIKTV 
 
 OK GLASCOW. 
 
 BV CARTER & PRATT, LTD., r.l-C.'. f.WAI. STRKl-T. S.S. 
 
 191:?.
 
 soil-: EARLY TREATISES 
 
 ON 
 
 TECHNOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 
 
 SUPPLEMENT III. 
 
 BY 
 
 JOHN FERGUSON, LL.D., 
 
 KEGUIS PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY I.N 
 THE UNMVERSITY OF GLASGOW. 
 
 G L A S G O \\- : 
 
 PRINTED FOR THE ROVAL I'll II.OSOI'IIICAL SOCIETY 
 
 OF GLASGOW. 
 
 1?V CARTER & PRATT. LTD.. r.l-O:, C.VNAL STKKLT. S.S. 
 
 1912.
 
 Wlicbe Kuiifte niancberlev 
 
 xvcyfc iDinten vnt) allcr^nb 5<^tbcn jube^ 
 rcytm/'2(iid:)(5olbt\>nO Silbcr fampt cX^ 
 len rtOctallcii/aug bet fe^et^u fd)i:cvben/ 
 (iOitvi! anient iiaQlid)cnlKijn(lld»/ Qd)reibfe^em 
 vnt> Pcr^amen/allcrlcy farben jii ferbcn, Slucb 
 wie matt fd)riffc vrl ^ettielbc^iuff ^K\^^\xiU 
 cyfcnc waffcn/vn be^^leycben/c^en fol 
 3(llcii©d)reybem/!^rtcffm(;lcm/fartipt M<^m 
 fold)cr 'kiin jlen liebl^abcrn / ^oxit^ liijli^ 
 vnb frucbcbarlid) $u ti'ilfm* 
 
 CvDeii tnbalt allct "Riinffe bifed ^ud)!fti0 /pnbct 
 
 mow in nad)uol^cn^cr fcj^tcn byfce blabd/na^ 
 
 o;bnim^ cina ^c^iJTere/vcricicbDCt. 
 
 (BebrucFt %\x niirmbcr^ burA ©mwil 
 piittcfd (m (©,1D,w:ri. jar* 
 
 TI II r.-l',\(;K, IKACT 1.
 
 [From the Procctcli/t^^s of the Royal riiilosophical Socieiy of Glasgow.] 
 
 Soi/ie Early Treatises on Technolo^^ical Chemistry. Sui)plemenl 
 III. By John Ferguson, LL.D., Regius Professor of 
 Chemistry in the University of Glasgow. 
 
 Read holore the Society, Wednesday, 29th Novenibt-r, 191 1. 
 
 1. Since tlie last Supplement was submitted to the Society two 
 se.ssions ago, some more of these treatises have come to light. 
 They happen to be valuable by their su{)plying dates, as well as 
 the first form of material which was utilized to a greater or less 
 extent in subsequent publications. 
 
 One of them I accjuired four or five years ago, and it might 
 have been included in the last Supplement. As it happens, how- 
 ever, it goes better with the other two tracts to be described, than 
 with that of Kertzenmacher, which deals with a different branch 
 of the subject. 
 
 2. The recent acquisitions may now be discussed in the order 
 of their dates. 
 
 FIRST TRACT. 
 
 The first tract is concerned with the preparation of inks and 
 colours, and for its identification I have added a facsimile of the 
 title-page, as well as a transcript of it. 
 
 So far as I have ascertained there is no copy in the British 
 Museum. 
 
 Artliche kunste mancherley 
 weyse Dinten vnd aller hand Farben zube- 
 
 reyten, Auch Goldt vnd Silbcr .sampt al- 
 ien Metallen, ausz der Feder zu schreyben, 
 
 e 
 
 Mit vil andern niitzlichen Kunstlein, Schreibfedern 
 vnd Pergamen, allerley Farben zu ferben. Auch 
 
 wie man schrifft vn gemelde auff staheline, 
 eysene waffen, vn deszgleychen, etzen sol 
 Allen Schreybern, Brieffmalern, sampt andern 
 solcher Kiinsten liebhabern, gantz liistig
 
 4 Roval J'hilosopliicai Societv of Glasg(nv. 
 
 vnd fruchtbarlich zu wissen. 
 
 ^ Den inhalt aller Kiinste dises Buchlins, findet 
 
 man in nachuolgender seyten dyses blads, nach 
 
 ordnung eins Registers, verzeichnet. 
 
 Gedruckt zu Niirenberg durch Simon 
 
 Dunckel im j\I. D. xxxj. Jar. 
 
 Small 4". A, H, C in fours, of which Ciiij is blank, or pp. xxij. [2 blank]. 
 30 lines to the page. Two sizes of black letter. Ornamental capitals. 
 No colophon. 
 
 For comparison and reference a transcription of the contents 
 follows. 
 
 ^ Innhalt dises Buchlins. 
 
 Am iij. iiij. v. vj. wirt hcschriben mancherley weys dinten zu 
 machen. 
 
 Am vij. Dinten in der noth. Das die dinten nit verdrticknet 
 oder eindorret. Das das papier von den motten vnd meiisen nit 
 gefressen werd. 
 
 Am viij. On dinten zu schreyben, das mans nit lese, man ziehs. 
 daii duch ein wasser. Kin schwartzen brieff mit weysser schrifft. 
 Schrifft auff pergamcn ausz zuleschen. 
 
 Am i\. X'on rolhcr farb, vh wie man prcsilgen setit. 
 
 Am X. Purpur farb, Rosin farb. Fewer farb. Braiin farb. 
 
 e e 
 
 Am xj. Von galben farben. Auripigmentimi, vnnd von grunen 
 farben. 
 
 Am xij. \'on grunen farben, vnd safftgrun vber jar zu behalten. 
 
 .All) \iij. Grtuispan zu temperiern. Cjriechisch grun zu machen, 
 vnd von hiawen farben. 
 
 Am xiiij. Fasur zu machen. 
 
 o 
 
 Am XV. \'on weyssen farben. Krcyden atisz der feddern zu 
 
 schreyben. \'on golt ferben, vnd aurum musicmn zu machen. 
 
 Am xvj. Argentum musicum. l'".in schone gokltfarb goldl 
 ausz der federn zu schreyben. 
 
 e 
 
 xvij. Alle metal zu schreyben, vn cin schone goltfarb. 
 Am xviij. f ioldt auff |)apier vnd glasz zu legcn. 
 Am xix. \\. \\\v. man etzen sol in stahel, schrifft vnd gemeldt. 
 .\ni wj. wij. I'cdern vnd pcrgamen mancherley farben zu 
 ferben.
 
 S(>//ic Jiarly 'J^/rti/ists on Te':/iii<>l(>\:^ical Cluniiislrv. 5 
 
 3. As this tabic is a mere summary, I have thought it desirable 
 to enumerate the titles of the individual recei|)ts. 
 i )inten zu machen behend vnnd kiinslh'eh, auff mancherley art 
 
 vnnd weyse, den Schreybern fast niit/hch /ewissen. |). iij. 
 1 )inten aiiff Papier. 
 
 Dinten zum Pergamen. p. iiij. 
 
 l*"-in andere Dinten 
 
 \\\x\ andere auff die weyse, vnd leichter. p. v. 
 
 Vaw andere. 
 Vaw andere. 
 
 I'^in andere.' p. vj. 
 
 Eyn andere. 
 P.yn andere Dinten. 
 Jicliend in der noth dinten zu niaehen. 
 
 I'^in andere in der noth mit geringern kosten. j). \ ij. 
 
 J )inten zu behalten, das sie nit verdrucknet, auch das 
 
 sie nit schymlet, vnd die Motten vnnd Meiiss das 
 
 Papier nicht fressen. 
 On dinten zu schreyben, das man nit lesen kan, man 
 
 zyhe es dann durch eyn wasser 
 Ein schwartzen brieff mit weysser schifft zu machen. j). viij. 
 
 Schrifft auff pergamen aus zu leschen. 
 Ein anders. 
 
 Von Rothen Farben, vnd zum ersten von der IVesilgen. p. ix. 
 
 Auff ein ander weyse Presilgen zu sieden. 
 
 Rothe Farb. P- x. 
 
 Pur[)ur Farb. 
 Ivosin Farb. 
 Eyn ander Rosyn farb. 
 F'ewer Farb. 
 
 P.raiin Farb. P- >j- 
 
 A'on Gelen Farben. 
 
 o 
 
 Ein ander guth Gelb. 
 lun ander Gelb. 
 Auripigmentum. 
 
 e 
 
 Grune Farben. P- >^'j- 
 
 Safftgrun vbers jar zubehalten. 
 
 Iliibsch (]run. 
 
 Blawe Farb. P- ^''j-
 
 6 Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 Lasur zu machen. p. xiiij. 
 
 Lasur zu temperirn. 
 
 e o 
 
 Zu schonen blumen. p. xv. 
 
 Von Weyssen Farben. 
 Kreyden ausz der Feder zu schreyben auff schwartze 
 
 e 
 
 tafelin. 
 Kalck von oyer schalen wirt also gemacht. 
 
 o 
 
 Eyn guthe Weysse Farb. 
 
 Von Goldt Farben. 
 Aurum Musicum. 
 
 Also sol man es temperieren. p. xvj. 
 
 Argentum Musicum. 
 
 Goldtfarb zu schreyben. p. xvij. 
 
 Goldt ausz der feder zu schreyben. 
 Von alien Metallen zu schreyben 
 
 o 
 
 Kin gute Goldtfarb. p. xviij. 
 
 o 
 
 Cioldt auff zu legen. 
 Goldt auff glas aufifzulegen. 
 
 Wie man in Stahel vnd Eysen, schrifft vnd geiiialde 
 
 etzen sol. 
 Ein andere art, mit wassern zu etzen. 
 Eyn anders vnd scherpffer. 
 
 Federn vnd Pergamen, mancherlcy Farben zuferbcn. 
 
 e 
 
 Federn grun zuferben. 
 Rothe Federn. 
 Gelc Federn. 
 Schwartze Federn. 
 
 Mancherlcy I'urbcn Pergamen zu ferben. 
 
 4. Where these receipts came from and by whom they were 
 gathered and put in this tract, I do not know. 'rherc is no 
 sign of a previous edition in German or otlier language, so that it 
 may be concluded that this is the first i)ubHcation of the collec- 
 tion. The receipts were reprinted several limes and some of them 
 survived till well on in the eiglit(;enth century, as I shall try to 
 show in a future coniiiiuiiication. 
 
 5. Ill my oiJLjinul jiaper, under No. 27, there was ciuoted an 
 edition of lliesu rec(;ipts on inks and colours in the llritisli Museum 
 
 p- 
 
 XIX. 
 
 p 
 
 XX. 
 
 p- 
 
 xxj. 
 
 p- 
 
 xxij.
 
 Some Early Treatises on Tec/mo/oi^ical Cliemislrv. 7 
 
 [1036. a. 10. (4.)], which was put down as an earlier edition of 
 the Etiliche Kiinsfe, 1563, or of the 16 16 Kiinsthiichlein. Since 
 acquiring this 1531 edition, I have compared it with tliat in the 
 Museum, and as the account given in 1886 is meagre, I may 
 extend what was then said about it. 
 
 The Museum copy [new press mark, 1036. a. 48] unf(;rtunately 
 wants the title-leaf, so that one can only surmise that, as the book 
 resembles the 1531 edition in other respects, the title will be the 
 same also. 
 
 The heading of the book is as follows : it is the same as that 
 of '531- 
 
 o 
 
 Dinten zu mach- | en behend Vnnd Kiinstlich | 
 au ff niancherley art vnd weyse, | 
 
 den Schreybern fast nutz- | lich zu wissen. | 
 
 Aj wanting, Aij to Ciiij in eifjhts ; or pp. [title-leaf wanting] I-XXXV. 
 [Inhalt 2, I blank J. 24 lines to the page. Two .sizes of black letter ; 
 ornamental capital.s. 
 
 Ciiij 7-ecto, tlie colophon . 
 
 H Gedruckt zu Aug.spurg durch | 
 Hans Zimmerman. | 
 
 The date assigned to this book in the British Museum cata- 
 logue is (1620?). It seems to me, however, to be earlier, say 
 about 1540, if that be not before Zimmerman's day. 
 
 6. Another point of resemblance between it and the edition of 
 1531 is the table of contents, which is constructed on exactly the 
 same plan. It is reproduced here for comparison. 
 
 e 
 
 Inhalt dises Buchlins. 
 Am j. ij. iij. iiij. v. vj. vij. wirdt beschribenn mancherlay weisz 
 
 dinten zumachen. 
 viij. ix. X. Dinten inn der not. Das die dinten nit der trucknet 
 
 oder eindorret. 
 Das das papir von den motten vnd meijsen nicht gefressenn werd. 
 
 On dinten zu schreyben, das mans nit lose, man ziehe ehs 
 dann durch ein wasser. 
 X. xj. xij. Ein schvvartzenn brieff mitt weysser schrifft. Schritilt 
 
 auff Pergamen ausz zu leschen. ^'on roter farb, vnd wie 
 man I'resilaen seiidt.
 
 8 Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 xiij. xiiij. xv. Purpur farb. Rosin farb. Fewer farb. liraun 
 farb. A^)nn gelen farben. 
 
 e 
 
 xvi. xvij. xviij. Auripigmentum. Vonn grunenn farben, \\\d 
 
 *-, o 
 
 safft grun vber jar zu behaltenn. Indig vnd Auripigmentum 
 
 e o 
 
 zusamen temperiert. Grunspan zu temperirn. 
 
 e o 
 
 xix. XX. Griegisch grun zu machenn, vnd von blawen farben. 
 
 XX. xxj. Lasur zu machen. Lasur zu Temperieren. 
 
 xxij. xxiij. xxiiij. Von weissen farben. Kreiden ausz der federn 
 
 zu schrciben. 
 
 o 
 
 Von gold farben, vnd Aurum musicum zu machen. 
 
 XXV. xxvj. Argentum musicum. Ain schone Gold farb. Gold 
 
 ausz der federn zu .schreiben. Alle metall zu schreyben. 
 
 xxvij. xxviij. Ain gute gold farb. Gold auff papir vnd glasz zu 
 
 legen. 
 xxviij. xxix. XXX. xxxj. Wie man etzen soil in Stahel, schrifft vnd 
 
 e 
 
 gemalde. 
 xxxij. xxxiij. xxxiiij. xxxv. F"ederen vnnd Pergamen mancherlay 
 
 farben zu ferben. 
 
 This is obviously a reprint of the previous taljle, and the two 
 editions are practically the same. 
 
 7. When the English version of 1596 was formerly described 
 (1886, No. 18), from the copy in the British Museum (C. 31. c. 
 21), I was unable, of course, to compare it with the German of 
 1 531. I have done so now, and have no doubt that " W. P." 
 made the attemjjt to turn the contents into V^nglish. Comparison 
 of the two books, however, shows differences that may have to be 
 accounted for in more ways than one. 
 
 The Englisli tninslation is a small (]uarto pamphlet, A to E in 
 fours, without leaf or [)age numbers. It is in l)lack letter, except 
 the title page, running title, and the headings of chapters, which 
 are in mniaii. Ihit in the title there are some italics and black- 
 letter as well. The Museum coi)y wants Ai, either a blank leaf, 
 or containing a large A, with possibly a typographical ornament, 
 or a title slij). 
 
 'I'he text of the ink and colour receipts runs from A3 rcc/o, to 
 C4 Vt'fso, i.e. 10 leaves. 
 
 'J'iie second part, from the Italian, containing "Instructions for
 
 So??ie Early Trcalisa oti Tec/mological Chci/iisfry. 
 
 ordering Wines," runs from Di redo, to E4 verso, i.e. 8 leaves. Il 
 has no connection with the present series. 
 
 These with the missing first leaf and the title-leaf make up the 
 20 leaves. 
 
 8. As this pam[)hlet is not provided with a table of contents or 
 index, I have thought it necessary to furnish a list of the receipts 
 which have been included in the translation. 
 
 And first to make Inke in diuers maners 
 
 i'o make Inke to write vpon paper 
 
 To make Inke for parchment 
 
 Another sort of Inke ' 
 
 Another of the same sort, but easie to make 
 Another 
 Another 
 Another 
 Another 
 To make inke vpon a suddaine, to serue in an extremitie 
 
 To keepe Inke that il sinketh not into the paper neither 
 that it come not off, and that moths nor mise hurt 
 not the paper 
 
 To write without inke, that it may not be seen, unlesse 
 the paper be wet with water 
 
 l\) take Inke out of paper or parchment 
 Otherwise 
 
 Of red colour, and first of Brasill 
 To seeth Brasill another way 
 Another red colour 
 Purple colour 
 To make Rosin 
 Another Rosin 
 Fire colour 
 Tawny colour 
 .Yellow colour 
 Another good yellow 
 Another yellow 
 Otherwise 
 Auripigmentum 
 Greene colour 
 A faire greene colour 
 
 A3 rec/o 
 A3 verso 
 A 4 recto 
 
 A4 verso 
 
 Ri recto 
 
 Bi verso 
 
 B2 recto 
 
 152 verso 
 
 153 recto 
 
 Wx verso
 
 10 
 
 Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgozv. 
 
 To temper or prepare Verdigreece B4 recto 
 
 To make good greene 
 
 Blew colour 
 
 To make Azure B4 verso 
 
 To temper or prepare Azure 
 
 A faire blew Ci recto 
 
 White colour 
 
 To make chalke of egshels 
 
 A good white colour 
 
 Gold colours. 
 To make Aurum AFusicum Ci verso 
 
 Otherwise 
 
 Argentum Musicum C2 recto 
 
 To write a gold colour 
 'I'o write with gold out of a pensill 
 
 To write all mettals out of the pen C2 verso 
 
 A good gold colour 
 To lay gold vpon anything 
 To lay gold vpon glasse C3 recto 
 
 End of the colours. 
 How to graue in iron and steel, or in other mettals with 
 
 strong water 
 Another way to graue with water C3 verso 
 
 Another way, but more piercing 
 
 To colour quils and parchment of diuers colors C4 recto 
 
 To die (|uils greene 
 
 Red quils C4 verso 
 
 Yellow quils 
 JMacke quils 
 To colour i)archmcnt and vclim of diuers colors 
 
 9. In going over the translation with the original German, I 
 made a few notes which may as well be reproduced. For con- 
 venience of comparison the tables of contents given above, §i^ 3 
 and 8, may be used. 
 
 ( icrin:m. 
 
 J). vj 
 vij 
 vij 
 
 'I'hc 2nd receipt is omitted. 
 'I'he ist reccijjt is omitted. 
 2nd receipt: ])/. sic aber nit schymlet werd, 
 so thu ein wcnig saltz darcin. 
 
 En<;Iisli. 
 A 4 7) 
 Br r
 
 Oernian. 
 
 VI ij 
 X 
 
 XJ 
 
 xij 
 
 XVJ 
 
 Some Early Tnatises on Technological Chemistry 
 
 Translalioii : And lluit il may not come off, 
 put a little salt into it. 
 
 I'he German of 1 53 1 means : " in order that it 
 may not grow mouldy, |)ut a 
 little salt in it." 
 
 The I St receipt is omitted. 
 
 2nd receipt : heydelber (bilberry), is called 
 Heidleber in the English version. 
 
 3rd receipt : Rosin Farb (crimson colour) is 
 translated: "To make Rosin." 
 
 4th receipt : Eyn ander Rosin Farb is trans- 
 lated : "Another Rosin." 
 
 5th receipt : Methwertz is omitted in the 
 translation. 
 ,, ,, zinoper (cinnabar) is translated 
 
 "gineper." 
 
 I St receipt : The first part is omitted in the 
 English. 
 
 3rd receipt: The translation runs: "Take 
 the bark of a tree," instead of 
 "apple-trees." 
 
 2nd receipt : Sap-green is omitted in the 
 translation. 
 
 3rd receipt : To make a fine green : this pas- 
 sage is commented on below § 12. 
 Sections 4, 5, and 7 are omitted 
 but the tempering of verdigris 
 is given. 
 
 I St receipt : To make blue colour. The 
 translation omits holderbern 
 (elderberries) atligbern (dwarf 
 elderberries) heidelbern (bil- 
 berries) and Methwertz. 
 
 Lines 16 and 28 : Wissmat (bismuth) is 
 translated Tartarum. 
 thus dann in ein glasz mit eym 
 langen halsz, verkleyb das glas 
 vmbher mitguthen leymen, &c. 
 Translated : " Put it in a glass 
 with a long neck wel stopped 
 
 Line S 
 
 l^nglisli. 
 
 Bi V 
 B2 V 
 B2 V 
 B2 V 
 B3r 
 B3r 
 B3r 
 
 B3r 
 B3Z/ 
 B3 2' 
 
 B4r 
 
 B4 r 
 Ci V 
 
 Ci V
 
 12 Royal Pliilosflpliical Society of Glasgotv. 
 
 German. Englislu 
 
 witli luttum," which is not a 
 rendering of this German. The 
 glass vessel is to be coated with 
 a good lute, so as to protect it 
 when heated in the furnace, and 
 nothing is said about stopping 
 it. 
 xvij 2nd receipt : 2nd section, Saltzstein (rock- 
 
 salt) is translated Saltstone. C2 r 
 
 3rd receipt : the 2nd section is omitted. C2 v 
 
 xviij 2nd receipt : the ist section is omitted. C2 v 
 
 4th receipt : about etching on steel ; in the C3 r 
 
 2nd section the directions about 
 linden charcoal are omitted and 
 the use of a paste of red lead 
 and oil, &c., is put after the 3rd 
 section. The fourth is omitted. 
 xxj ist receipt : 3rd section about colouring red 
 
 feathers green is omitted. C4 7' 
 
 The translation concludes with the colouring of parchment and 
 "velim." The sections about dyeing horn and bone, colouring 
 leather, and a few receipts about taking out spots and stains from 
 velvet, silk and other fabrics, included in the 1563 edition, are 
 omitted. 
 
 10. Consideration of these differences — and a closer scrutiny 
 than I have given would doubtless reveal others — raises the 
 question, what was the cause of tiiem ? 
 
 1 1 . Some of the receipts have i)een omitted because the trans- 
 lator may have thought duplicates su[)erflu()us. Other omissions, 
 however, must be ascril)ed, I fear, to tlie translator not being sure 
 of the meaning of tlie (Tcrman, at least of some of the technical 
 terms used, or the processes described. Two or tliree of the 
 examples (luoted abovr (and there are others), show this, I think, 
 pretty clearly. lb- found it safer, presumal)ly, to omit a receipt 
 altogether, or an ingredient, than to risk an erroneous or un- 
 intelligible version. 
 
 12. 'I'here is another (|ucsti(»n. \\\va\ edition did he use? 
 That it was not tiial of 1531 is |)ro\ed, 1 think, by his version
 
 Some Early Treatises on '/\r/i/io/ai^i(a/ Chemist rv. 13 
 
 of tlie receipts to make a fine green colour. In iluj edition (jf 
 1531, p. xij., the first two receipts are as follows :- 
 
 " Nini honig, giesz ein wenig niehr dan des honigs ist essig dran, 
 niisch es vvol in eym verglasten oder kupfern gefesz, verstopffs 
 oI)en wol, vii setz es xij tag vnder eine warmen mysthauffen, oder 
 an ein andre warnie slat. 
 
 o 
 
 Item, Nachtschatten bletter reyb mit kreyden, vnd sihe zu, das 
 dii der kreyden nit zuuil nemest." 
 
 That is : 
 
 "Take honey, pour on it a little more vinegar than there is 
 honey, mix it well in a glazed or copper vessel, stop it up well, 
 and set it for twelve days in a warm manure-heap,' or some other 
 warm place. 
 
 Item, rub leaves of nightshade witii chalk, and see that y(ju do 
 not use too much chalk." 
 
 13. Now in the 1537 reprint, these two receipts have been run 
 together, perhaps by a blunder of the copyist (jr printer. But 
 however it has come about, the result is this : — " Nym honig, 
 geijsz ein wenig mehr dan des honigs ist essig daran, mische es 
 wol in eynem verglasten oder kupffern gefesz, verstops oben wol, 
 
 o 
 
 vnd setz es xij tag vndter eynen mist, sehe zu das du der kreyden 
 nit zeuil nemest." 
 
 Here all about rubbing nightshade leaves with chalk is dropped, 
 and the concluding caution not to use too much chalk is tacked 
 on to the previous receipt, with which it has nothing to do, and 
 thus makes nonsense. 
 
 14. The same combination of the two receipts occurs besides 
 in the undated reprint of the 1537 edition (1886, No. 7); Eitliche 
 Kiinste, 1563 (1886, No. 8); KunsthiUhlin, 1574 (1886, No. 11); 
 Kunstbiichlein, i6i6 (1886, No. 22); Kimst-Biichlei/i, 1687,(1886, 
 No. 24); Zimmerman's edition (15 — ?) (1886 No. 27); and an 
 imperfect copy in the British Museum (with date wanting) (1886, 
 No. 28). Of the 1538 edition I cannot speak, but not one of 
 these has been copied from or compared with the 1531 edition, 
 <ilse the chancre must have been observed and corrected. 
 
 ' The steady, moderate temperature of a fermenting manure-heap was in 
 •constant use by the old chemists for their protracted digestions, when even the 
 gentlest heat of a furnace might have proved too strong, variable and in- 
 tractable.
 
 14 Royal Philosophical Society of Glas<:;o7v. 
 
 15. Curiously enough, however, the Danish translation, 1648^ 
 contains the two receipts in their correct form ; p. 52, receipt No. 
 98. 
 
 H<j!>visk Gr<^nt Farffve. 
 Tag Honning, oc Adicke lidet meer end Honningen er, formeng 
 det vel udi et Glas eller Kaaberkar, stop det vel til, oc set det 12 
 Dage udi en M</)g haab, eller udi en anden varm sted. 
 
 Item, Natskade Blad riff med Krjd, oc see til at du icke tager 
 formeget Krjd. 
 
 If this version was not made from the edition of 1531, from 
 what could it have been made ? 
 
 16. But besides this muddling up of two receipts still another 
 alteration has been introduced in certain of the editions. In that 
 of 1563, for example, no reference is made to a manure-heap at 
 all, and the receipt is as follows : 
 
 Nim honig, geiisz ein wenig mehr dann des honigs ist, 
 esszig daran, mische es wol in einem verglaszten oder kupffern 
 gfesz, verstopffs oben wol, vnd setz es xij. tag vnder ein haften, 
 
 O o 
 
 sih zu das du der kreiden mit zuuil neniest. 
 Here haffen, or hafen, a pot, takes the place of mysthauffen, 
 whether by a misprint or misunderstanding, or as a different read- 
 ing from an unknown source, I am unable to say.' 
 
 17. Be that as it may, it is this jumbled and altered version 
 which W. P. has used, wherever he got it from, for his translation 
 runs thus : 
 
 " Set it [the vessel] twelve daies vnder another pot, and 
 put thereto a little chalk." 
 This is not a translation, but is a pathetic attempt on W. P.'s 
 part to extract some sense out of the reference to chalk in the last 
 clause, the connection of which with the rest of the directions he 
 naturally coukl not make head or tail of, seeing that the original, 
 as it stands, is unintelligible. 
 
 I intend to return to the examination of the English translation. 
 
 siocoM) •rK.\( I'. 
 
 18. A tract about removing spots and stains, published at 
 Niirnberg in 1532, was (juoted l)y me in the first paper (1886, 
 
 ' The same reading occurs in the edition of Collen, l6l6, and in Zimmer- 
 man's, Augspurg, unclatcd. All the rest f]iu)tcd .nhovc (§ 14) use the term 
 " mi.st " or " my.st."
 
 x>nt> f lecke aua gcmnD 
 
 Bammat^/ec^Oert/(0ult)irtcn (!ucf m/ 
 
 :BIeyb«rn ic. ju bnn^cn / if a fein ©Amdltx flaFc 
 
 <DcI dbcr tPon (If cf cn/bbtr wie Ut m&^en^g 
 
 nennet trcrben / Dnb t>Ae aWte lej^c^du^ 
 
 en fc&Abcn / mtt tpaflVm^bbn: (AU^cn/ 
 
 trie C6 bAnn ynn bicrem £>ucl^(cyn/ 
 
 0clm oub/ 5U polbidi0en* 
 
 ©9r5u aucb roie ey nem 
 
 ^e^Iicbcrt ®et»<tnt /friit i^ertonte f4t5 
 
 irtbcv 5u bnngen fe^ / ^eo^Uj^c^cn i9tf 
 
 tn«n(5a{n t>nb lUr ntr At /aiK)^ 
 
 ^oln vR beyn/ moncbctUjr 
 
 /AcbenZ/ttbcnf^f 
 
 ^, Ja. XXXIL 
 
 rrn K talk, i r.\( r ii.
 
 Some Early Treatises on Technological Chemistry. 15 
 
 No. 2) from Graesse, and I have enumerated certain reprints of 
 it, though the 1532 edition itself I have not yet come across. It 
 does not appear in the British Museum Catalogue under " Kunst- 
 hiichlein," the first word of the title. Happening, however, to 
 turn, by the merest chance, to the heading "Mackel" in the Cata- 
 logue, I found there a treatise on taking out spots and stains, 
 which was new to me. As it appeared obviously to be one of the 
 set, I examined it and made the notes on it which follow. In its 
 case also I have added a facsimile of the title-page, which is not 
 without interest. The press mark of this book is B. M. 7742. 
 aa. I 8. 
 
 19. [Allerley Mackel] | vnd Flecke aus gcwund 
 [Sammath, Scyden, Guldinen stucken, 
 
 Kleydern dsic. zu bringen, Es sein Schmaltz flecke] 
 
 Oel oder Wein flecken, oder wie die mugen ge 
 nennet werden, Vnd das alles leychtlich 
 on schaden, mit wassern odder laugen, 
 
 wie es dann ynn diesem Buchleyn, 
 
 gelert wird, zu vol bringen. 
 
 [Darzu auch wie eynem] 
 
 yeglichen Gewand, sein verlorne farb 
 
 wider zu bringen sey, Desgleychen wie 
 
 man Garn vnd Leynwat, auch 
 
 holtz vn beyn, mancherley 
 
 farben, ferben sol. 
 
 [M. D. XXXII.] / 
 
 Small S''. A 8 leaves, B 4 leaves, of which tlie last is blank ; or, pp. [22, 
 2 blank]. No page or leaf nnmliers. 25-26 lines. Title red and black, 
 the red portions are here enclosed in the heavy brackets. Three sizes of 
 black letter, an ornamental and also a roman capital N. The colophon 
 is on Biij verso : 
 
 (iedriickt yfi der 
 
 Churfurstliche stadt 
 
 Zwickaw, durch 
 
 Wolffgang 
 
 meierpeck 
 
 20. Immediately following the title is the table of contents : — 
 
 Inhalt dieses buchleins. 
 Einem yeglichen Gewand sein verlorne farb wider zubringen. 
 
 e 
 
 Flecke vn mackel aus wuUe tiich zubrTgc.
 
 16 Royal Philosophual Society of Glasgow. 
 
 Mackel vn fleckc aus weisse tuch zubrige. 
 
 Schmaltz odder uel flccken aus weyssem tuch zu bringen. 
 
 schmaltz oder ol flecke aus allerlei tuche. 
 
 e 
 
 Wein flecken aus alle tuchern zubringen. 
 Flecken aus scydene schleyern zubringen. 
 Allerlei mackel aus de samaht zubringe. 
 Ein weychen Sammath hart vnd steyff zu machen. 
 
 e e 
 
 Allerley mackel aus Guldinen stucken zu bringen. 
 
 Perlin zu machen die den guten Perlin / gleych sehen. 
 
 Garn vnd Leynwath Braun, Blaw, vn roth zu ferben. 
 
 Holtz vii Beyn allerley farben zu ferben. 
 
 Horn weych zu machen. 
 
 Horn so weych zu machen das man bildwerck in forme, damit 
 
 drucken mag. 
 Horn zu giessen in formen wie bley. 
 
 2 1. The headings of the separate chapters are a little different 
 from the preceding table of contents, and they may therefore be 
 given in detail. 
 
 Einem yegliche gewand sein verlorne farb wider zu bringen. :\ij v 
 Flecken aus dem wullen tuch zu bringen. 
 
 Ein Anders. Aiij r 
 
 Ein anders. Aiij v 
 
 Ein Wasser zu machen, damit man Hccke, aus M'eissem 
 
 gewand mag bringe. 
 
 e 
 
 Wie man schmaltz oder ol flecken, aus weyssem tuch 
 
 bringen soil. Aiiij r 
 
 Wie man schmaltz oder ol flecken ausz allerley gewand 
 
 on aus weissem, vertreyben sol. 
 Ein anders, Schmalcz flecken zu vortreiben {sic). Aiiij v 
 
 Wein flecken aus allerley tuch zu bringen. 
 Allerley flecken aus seydenen schleyern zu vertreyben. 
 Allerley mackel vii flecken aus dem (?armesin Sammat 
 
 zu bringen. Av r 
 
 Ein Sammath der do weych ist, steyff vnd starck zu machen. Av v 
 
 Ein wasser das alle mackel vnd flecke aus (iuldinen 
 
 stucke vii Sammat hinwegt nimpt. 
 Perlin zu machen die den guten Perlin in aller gestalt 
 
 gleych sehen. Avj r
 
 Avj 
 
 V 
 
 Avij 
 
 r 
 
 Avij 
 
 V 
 
 Aviij 
 
 r 
 
 Aviij 
 
 7< 
 
 J''j 
 
 r 
 
 Bj 
 
 V 
 
 Bij 
 
 r 
 
 Some Early Treatises on Tcchnolo'^ical Chemistry. 17 
 
 darn vnd Lcynwal I>iauii /u farhcii. 
 
 Oarn \iul Leynwat l>la\v zii fcrbcn. 
 
 Ein JJIawe farbc, allcrlcy mil vw fcrljcii. 
 
 Rot zu ferljcn 
 
 Kin andcM^ Rote faib. 
 
 ^V'ie man Holt/, IJcjn vnd Horn, ferljon sol. 
 
 Grun zu fcrhen. 
 
 Ein atulcr ( Irun. 
 
 loin anders. 
 
 Roth zu tV'rbcn. 
 
 Oehl zu fcrl)cn 
 
 Swarcz zu ferben. 
 
 Horn AV'uychen. 
 
 Horn so Weych zu machen, das man bilduerck in for- 
 
 men, damit druckcn mag. Bij v 
 
 Yaw anders auff die weise. Biij ;' 
 
 Horn zu giesscn inn formen wie Bley. Biij r ends v. 
 
 22. These receipts are re[)rinted in the 1537 Kiinstbilclilin 
 (18S6, No. 3), as follows: 
 
 S[)ots and stains (Aij v. to Av z'.) are contained in 1537, ff. vi /-. 
 
 to vii V. 
 Colours and softem'ng of Horn, (.\:c. (Avj v. to the end, Biij r.) 
 are contained in 1537, ff xv r. to xvi v. 
 One receipt, to make pearls, is omitted in the 1537 edition. 
 Another receipt for this purpose is given in it, on f. xvii r., but it 
 is not the same. 
 
 Portions are also reprinted in Alangvieistety (see § 29), viz : 
 Spots and stains (Aij v. to Avj v.) are contained in Aiij v. to l^j v_ 
 
 (Cap. ij). 
 Colours (Avj V. to Aviij r.) are contained in Aij r. to Aiij v. (Cap. j). 
 The receipts for making Pearls and softening Horn (Bij r. to 
 Biij r.) are omitted. 
 
 23. The question arises as to the connection of this edition 
 with the 4to of the same date printed at Niirnberg (1886, No. 2, 
 1532), referred to above. Did they come out simultaneously, or 
 did one precede the other, and, if so, which came first? How was 
 it that they appeared in the same year ? It is possible, of course, 
 that, though of the same date, one is a mere reprint of the other 
 including the date, and they need not, therefore, have appeared 
 simultaneously ; but, if so, it is not common, when such reprints
 
 18 Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 exist, to find them of different sizes, and it is more likely that in 
 the present case thy were independent publications. As to their 
 contents one can only suppose that they were identical. All such 
 questions and suppositions, however, are just so much futile specu- 
 lation, and by it one gets no nearer the facts. What is wanted is 
 a copy of the Niirnberg edition for comparison to answer these 
 and other questions that might be asked, but at present I do not 
 know where one is to be seen. 
 
 24. When it is considered that the receipts in the 1532 tract 
 are reprinted both in the Kiinstbiichlin of 1537, and the Alang- 
 meistery (§ 29), but that those on making pearls and softening 
 horn are omitted from the latter, it may be asked further what 
 edition did the compilers use, and does their use throw any light 
 on the contents of the two issues respectively? 
 
 If the Niirnberg edition, like that of Zwickau, contain these 
 receipts, then either may have been employed for the 1537 col- 
 lection. But, if it do not contain them, it may have served for 
 the reprint in the Maiigmcistery. At the same time, the editor 
 of the latter, whatever original he copied, may have deliberately 
 left out those receipts as not bearing on his special subject. 
 
 There is another possibility, that an edition exists without those 
 receipts, and that it was the model of the Afa?igmeistc?y reprint. 
 That, however, is improbable, and it is impossible to say anything 
 definite and useful about a book that one has not examined. 
 
 THIRD TR.\CT. 
 
 25. Some six months ago I chanced to see in a foreign cata- 
 logue a pamphlet, which I judged by its title must belong to this 
 research on chemical receij^ts, and after capturing it I found my 
 anticipations confirmed. It was not, however, a mere reprint, but 
 a new member of the series, differing in parts from those already 
 described. Of one section, indeed, it is the oldest form I have as 
 yet i)erused, but whether it is tlie original, or a ri'|)rint from a still 
 earlier edition, or a translation (as miglit be surmised), I am unable 
 at present to decide. 
 
 26. The title of the tract is as follows. Its appearam-c with the 
 vignette may l^e judged of by the facsimile. 
 
 Mangmeistery. 
 
 \'on mancherlei farben auff gam, U;in- 
 
 wadl, holtz, be)n, Icdcr, <X:c. Amh wie man ciiii jeglichen ge-
 
 woiibt (an vcriorenfAtb wiber bnn0earoll.3fcm (d^nuilt^/dificdtn/ 
 
 p&er toao iiur ftir Pcf fcfifemb/aub 0en>4nb /(3tfmrTWi/fci 
 
 i>€n/gUlbenfiudci\/Heib(rctiX(, leid^tlid? mitiwof 
 
 jucerttciCscn. ®o[5 tJnb filbtc 
 
 farbcn/auff ciri jc&ce mc 
 
 ral m<:nc^rUy txxi 
 
 f*€/em Ftmjc an 
 
 (Semscfrii; @tr4^burd>)ir^^j[4c^b C4mcd4n»a« 
 
 TlTLK-rAGic. ri:Arr 111.
 
 Some Early Treatises on Tecluioloi^ieal Chemistry. 19 
 
 wandt seinvcrloren nirhwidcrWiingcii soil. Item s(:liniall/,6llleckcn, 
 
 oder was nur fur Heckeii seind, ausz gewand, Sanimat, sei 
 
 den, giildenstiickon, kleideren, <!v:c. Leichtlich mit was 
 
 sern oder laugen, darzu bereit, on scliaden 
 
 /uvertreil:)en. (iold viul silhcr 
 
 farbcn, aulTein jedcs rue 
 
 tal nianclierlcy wci 
 
 sc, cin kurt/e an 
 
 zeigung. 
 
 [Vignette. J 
 
 Getruckt zii Strassburg durch M. Jacob Caiiicrlander. 
 
 Small 4''. Signatures A to C in fours, or [12 leaves]. No leaf or i)age 
 numbers, no head lines. No date. 
 
 The vignette represents a man before a fiuiuice, [ncsuinably 
 assaying ; in his riglit hand a pair of tongs, in his left a pair of 
 bellows ; on the ground, i)ieces of apparatus : a mould, crucibles, a 
 distilling apparatus, (.\:c. Through what seems to be the door, is 
 a view of a mine, with miners at work. This woodcut is contained 
 also in Cammerlander's edition of the " Alchimia." At the end 
 of the tract there is a scroll ornament. As has just been said the 
 work is not dated, but the theme of it, the publication by Cammer- 
 lander and the vignette, bring it into immediate connection with 
 the same publisher's edition of Kertzenmacher's "Alchimia," 
 which was described to the Society on 15th December, 1909.^ 
 That book was published in 1539, and it is likely that this one 
 appeared about the same time, say in 1540. It may be observed, 
 as showing the casual methods of the old printers, that the 
 vignette, which was appropriate enough for Kertzenmacher's work, 
 does not apply to the i)resent one, which has no reference either 
 to assaying or mining ; but as the cut was in his hands at anyrate, 
 Cammerlander apparently thought that it could hi' used decorative- 
 ly for filling a blank space. 
 
 27. As far as the book itself is concerned, it also is a novelty. 
 There is no copy in the British Museum, or if there be, it does 
 not appear under its own title, but it is included by Graes.se- in 
 his catalogue of rare books, which is the only reference to it I have 
 
 i Proceeding's of the Roy at Philosophical Society, Glasgow, 1910, .\li., p. 113. 
 - Graesse, Trc'sor de Livres rares et /•n'cini.w Dresde, 1863, iv. p. 363.
 
 ■20 Royal JViiloS(>p}iical Society of G/asgojv. 
 
 observed. Anyhow it is a rarity, which may be due to its small 
 size, and to its having been used up during the last three hundred 
 and seventy years. 'I'he wonder is that a copy should have come 
 down to the present time at all. Perhaps even a greater wonder 
 is that it should turn up just in time to take its place along with 
 the family of treatises to whicli it belongs. What were the chances 
 that it missed recording altogether and having its connection with 
 the other items of the series exhibited ? It is the collocation of 
 these tracts which enhances their value from every point of view. 
 
 28. The word J/az/xmeistery in the title, is the first thing that 
 attracts attention, for it has not occurred before in anv of these 
 books. 
 
 The meaning attached to the word ma/ii^e is threefold.^ First, 
 it denoted a machine used in war for casting great stones, a sort 
 of ballista, or catapult, or mangonel, which is from the same root. 
 Secondly, perhaps from some real or fancied resemblance, it 
 denoted and still denotes a machine for rolling and smoothing 
 woven goods. It was, therefore, a mangle, which word also is 
 probably of the same origin. Moreover, if one remembers the old 
 box-mangle, one can perhaps trace the connection between it and 
 the war engine. For it consisted of an oblong box filled with big 
 stones, attached by a rope at each end to a central roller turned 
 by a handle, so that as one rope was wound up and pulled the box 
 in one direction, the other unwound and allowed it to travel along. '^ 
 The articles to be smoothed and pressed were wrapped round hard 
 wood cylinders, carefully turned, which were put between the box 
 and the smooth solid level bed over which the box passed to and 
 fro. The place where this rolling operation was carried on was 
 
 ^ Matlliias Lexer, Miltilhoihdcutsilus IlaitdworUr/nivh, Leipzig, 1872, L 
 cols., 2029, 2030, 2031. 
 
 - Readers of " Nicliolas Nicklchy"" may remcml)er the picture of the box- 
 mangle, at wiiich inexorable fate l)roii<jlit Mr Mantalini Id .L;riii(i. 
 
 There is a curious, because, on the part of liie auilnir. probably unwittini;, 
 collocation of the two ideas in the lollowinp; passaye, which by the ordinary 
 reader might be skimmed over as fanciful (as possibly the author meant it) 
 instead of its actually expressing identity of origin : 
 
 " In a corner below the mangle, on a couple of stools, sat two very little 
 children : a iioy and a girl ; and when llie very long boy, in an 
 interval of staring, took a turn at the iiiangle, it was alarming to see 
 how it lunged itself at these two innocents, like a catapult designed 
 for their destruction, harmlessly retiring when williin an inch of 
 their heads." Our Miilual Friend, IJk. L, ch. X\ 1.
 
 Some Early Treatises on TecJiiiolo^^ical Cliemistry. 21 
 
 called the Manglius, the manager was tiic Mangmeister, and 
 his art Mangniuistcr)-. 
 
 The word, however, seems to have receixed a third meaning, 
 namely, a dye or colour, and it is said that in Niirnberg J/awj,*-- 
 vieister meant a dyer.' 
 
 It is only in this last sense that the title of the present book has 
 any significance, for there is nothing in it relative to rolling or 
 mangling, and still less to stone-casting in war, whereas the tract 
 is chiefly devoted to dyeing and to the making and use of colours. 
 
 29. Its contents are arranged in five chapters, not very well 
 defined typographically, but clearly enough by subject. 
 
 Chapter i, treats of the dyeing of yarn and linen, parchment, 
 
 horn and feathers. 
 Chapter 2, deals with the removal of spots and stains from 
 
 velvet, silk and other fabrics, and how to restore the 
 
 colour to linen, c^-c. 
 Chapter 3, describes the dyeing of leather. 
 Chapter 4, shows how to impart a gold or silver colour to 
 
 metals. 
 Chapter 5, relates to iron and steel and how to harden and 
 
 soften them, and to etch on them. 
 
 30. As the list is a short one and the little volume has neither 
 a table of contents nor an index, it may be useful to enumerate 
 the receipts. 
 
 Cap. i. Wie niann leinwat soil ferben. Aij r 
 
 Gam vnd Leinwat Braun zuferben. 
 Gam vnd Leinwat 151aw z.uferben. 
 
 Eyn Blawe farb allerley blaw luit zuferben. Aij v 
 
 Rot zuferben. 
 Eyn ander rote farb. 
 
 Wie mann Holtz, Beyn, vnd Horn ferben soil. .\iij r 
 
 Griin zuferben. 
 Eyn ander griin. 
 Eyn anders. 
 Rot zuferben. 
 
 Gelb zuferben. Aiij v 
 
 Schwarl/ /uferbrn. 
 
 ' Grimm, Dcutsches Wbrtahiich, ed. Moriz Heyne, Leipzig, 1885, VI. 
 
 col 1 550.
 
 22 Royal PhilosopJiical Society of Glasgoiv. 
 
 Cap. ij. von allerley Mackel vnd flecken aus Gewandt 
 Sammat seiden, Gulden sti.icken vnd Kleidern zu- 
 bringen, Es seien schmaltzflecken, ol oder wein- 
 flecken, oder wie die mogen genennt werden, vnnd 
 das alles leichtlich on schaden mitt wassern odder 
 laugen, wie es dann inn diseni Biichlin gelert wirt, 
 zu volbringen. 
 Eynem jeglichen Gewandt sein verlorne farb wider 
 
 zu bringen. 
 Flecken ausz dem wiillen thuch zul^ringcn. Aiiij r 
 
 Eyn anders. 
 Eyn anders. 
 Eyn wasser zumachen damit mann flecken ausz 
 
 weissem gewand mag bringen. Aiiij v 
 
 Wie mann schmaltz oder 51 flecken ausz weissem 
 
 thuch bringen soil. 
 Wie mann schmaltz oder olflecken ausz allerley 
 
 gewant, on ausz weissem vertreiben soil. 
 Eyn anders schmaltz flecken zuvertreiben. 
 Weinflecken ausz allerley thuch zubringen. Bj r 
 
 Allerley flecken ausz seiden schleieren zuvertreiben. 
 Allerley mackel vnd flecken ausz dem Carmesien 
 
 Sammat zubringen. 
 Eyn Sammat der do weich ist, steiff vnd starck 
 
 zumachen. 
 Eyn wasser das alle mackel vnd flecken ausz Giilden- 
 
 stiicken vnd Sammat hinweg nimbt. Bj v 
 
 Cap. iij. Von Lederferben. Bj v 
 
 Cap. iiij. Von silber vnnd goldtfarben, auff allerley 
 
 Metal zumachen vnd erstlich ein Gold vnd 
 
 silber grund auff eisen, glocken, gestein &c., 
 
 das nit vom wasser abghet. Biij v 
 
 ICyn goldtfarb auff Silber, Zyhn, kupffcr cVc. 
 Eyn anders. Biiij r 
 
 Eyn anders. 
 Eyn anders. 
 
 I'^yn goldtfarb auff /ihn 
 
 kui)ffer vber silbeni. Biiij v 
 
 Stahcl oder eisen zuvergiilden. 
 Cap. V. Vom stahcl vnd eisen. ]]iiij 7;
 
 Some Early Treatises ott Technohr^ical Chemistrv. 23 
 
 Eysen Harte zu cnthissen. Cj r 
 
 Ryn andcr entlassen. 
 
 Ein anders, so dir etwas zu hart isl, vnd wilt jin die 
 
 harte eins tlieyls entlassen. 
 Eyn anders eisen zuweichen. 
 Eyn anders weich vnd zahe zuniachen. 
 Volgen nun die stiick, wie mann den Stahcl herten soil. 
 Stahel hart vnd gute schneid zumachen. Cj v 
 
 Eyn ander gute hart. 
 Auff das dir das waffen, oder was du herten wilt nil 
 
 zerspalt, oder reisse voni herten. 
 Eyn herte zu waffen. Cij r 
 
 Feyhel herte. 
 Eyn herte zu den hawhemmern der fcyehi, vnd 
 
 anderer schrotwaffen. 
 Eyn Herte die alles durch hawet. 
 Eyn harte zu Nebgeren, Borern vnd anderen Waffen. 
 Volget nun wie mann stahel weich sol machen das 
 
 mann jn sclmeiden mag. 
 Eyn anders. Cij v 
 
 Eyn anders. 
 Eyn anders. 
 Volget wie mann loten soil, Vnd erstlich wie mann 
 
 Eysen kalt soil loten. 
 Warm zuloten. Ciij r 
 
 Eyn lotung auff kupffer. 
 Messing zu Loten. 
 Eysen Loten. 
 Eyn Puluer zumachen das alle Metal fliissig vnd 
 
 schmidig macht. ("iii ?■ 
 
 Item Eyn anders auff Ertz. 
 Item ein anders. 
 Item ein anders. 
 Wie mann in Stahel vnd eisen oder auff waffen etzen 
 
 sol. 
 Eyn andere art, mit wasser zu iitzen. Ciiij /' 
 
 Ein anders vnd scherffer. 
 Comparison of this table with those already given will make 
 plain the connection of these tracts with each oth.er. 
 
 31. Under the KiinsthilchUn of 1537 (1SS6, No. 3), 1 gave a
 
 24 Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow 
 
 short abstract of the substances and methods employed in working 
 out the receipts practically, and this abstract may suffice for the 
 present. The account could be easily extended so as to exhibit 
 a fuller view of the chemical arts in the middle of the sixteenth 
 century, and I may reconsider this topic also on some other 
 occasion. Meantime my purpose is to trace the relationship of 
 the published documents to one another. 
 
 32. The tract called Rechter Gcbrauch d\4lchif?iei {i?>^(), No. 
 i) and the others just described, make up the conjoined edition of 
 1537, as I have tried to exhibit in the accompanying parallel table 
 of contents (^5 41). It will be observed, liowever, that there are 
 differences which might make it more correct to say that the tract 
 Alangmeistery is itself a conjoined edition of that of 1532 with 
 possibly one on iron and steel, which, however, I have not seen 
 mentioned anywhere, and the existence of which I infer only from 
 its presence in the Mangmeistery itself and the Kiinstbiichlin. On 
 the other hand that section may have been printed in one of these 
 for the first time. It seems also open to question whether the 
 Mangmeistery tract was prior or subsequent to the Kibisthiichlin^ 
 because it includes the section on the dyeing of leather, which so 
 far as one can judge from the title is not contained in the 1532 
 Niirnberg tract on taking out spots and stains, is certainly not in 
 the 1532 Zwickau edition, and as certainly is not in the 1537 
 Kiinstbiichliti. From this I think it can be inferred that the com- 
 piler of the 1537 Kiinstbiichlin reprinted the 1532 tract, and not 
 the Alangmeistcry. It does not follow from that that the 
 Mangmeistery is later than 1537, but proI)ably it is, for otherwise 
 the receipts about leather would hardly have been omitted. 
 
 2,2,. There remains still the (juestion whether the Mangmcisteiy 
 is an original work or a lianslulion from the Dutch, in whole or in 
 part. This is difficult to settle, for 1 have not seen an earlier 
 Dutch version of any part of the collection than of 1549. On the 
 other hand, in Mascall's translation, there is a number of the 
 receipts about colours and leather, in the same order too, which 
 appear to have been made from a Dutch and not from a German 
 original. The earliest Dutch version I have seen, that of 1549, 
 contains the sections on dyeing linen, removing stain.s, and on 
 iron and steel, which appear in the Mangmeistery^ and the author, 
 Andree or Andriessen, speaks of his work as a translation and 
 comjjilation, which gives us no help out of the clifficuhv. The
 
 Some Early Treatises, on Techno/oi:^ical Chemistry. 25 
 
 existence, iherefore, of an uarly Diitcli version, wliich may have 
 been used l)y Mascall, must remain, in the meantime, an uncon- 
 firmed possibility. The detailed evidence c)n this topic will be 
 given afterwards, but tlie chief reason may be stated briefly. 
 
 In the course of his translation Mascall seems sometimes to 
 have hesitated about the exact meaning of a word and correct 
 rendering of a plirasc, and then he added the doubtful word or 
 phrase to avoid error, or misconce[)tion. This has happened 
 about twenty times, and it is observable that the equivalent words 
 (Quoted are never in German, but always in Dutch. Now if he 
 had been translating from a German, and not dealing with a 
 Dutch original, it is not easy to see what inducement he had to 
 introduce Dutch words as he has done, besides stating categori- 
 cally that they were Dutch. 'J'he natural thing would have been 
 to insert the doubtful German word, and not go out of his way 
 for a Dutch one. Presumably, tlierefore, in these cases, the 
 original was Dutch. 
 
 I am nc^t now sure, however, that these intrusive words, curious 
 iind numerous though they be, are of themselves sufirtcient to 
 prove the existence of an entire Dutch edition, but they cause a 
 difficulty and require further examination. 
 
 34. 'J'iie theme has developed by the acquisition of tiiis 
 material, and it has thereby received fresh interest. The subject 
 is turning out rather more involved than one would have antici- 
 pated, when the attempt is made to "redd marches" betwixt 
 these dated and undated tracts. 'J'he later reprints present less 
 difficulty, but the early editions are not so easily put in their 
 places on account of apparent gaps, which leave the sequence or 
 arrangement doubtful. 
 
 35. This is illustrated by the contents of the tracts respectively, 
 comparison of which at least suggests, if it do not justify, certain 
 deductions : — 
 
 1°. The Rechter Gebrauch d'Alc/iimei imd the ArtlitJie Kuiiste, 
 both printed in 1 531, are the first editions of these books and 
 the first books of the series. 
 
 2°. In 1532 appeared the first editicMi of the receipts for 
 taking out spots and stains, and restoring faded colours, but 
 whether at Niirnberg or Zwickau first, or simultaneously, is not 
 yet determined. 
 
 3°. There may have been, besides, a contemporary tract on the
 
 26 Royal Philosoplucal Society of Glasgow. 
 
 hardening and softening of iron and steel. If there be such a 
 thing, I have not seen it or any mention of it, but the receipts 
 appeared in Mangmeistery. 
 
 4°. All these, as I have already said, were reprinted in 1537, 
 under the title " Kiinstbiichlin " ; unless the last mentioned 
 section upon iron and steel appeared in it for the first time. 
 
 It is difficult to say which of these alternatives is the more 
 probable. 
 
 5°. With regard to the receipts for the dyeing of leather they 
 too may have appeared in a separate pam[)hlet, afterwards in- 
 cluded in Mangmeistery —\:>M\. it is also possible that they were 
 printed for the first time in that collection. 
 
 36. This research is not yet complete, for as long as there are 
 editions mentioned which I have not seen, and others which, as 
 I have been showing, may be deduced from incidental remarks, 
 it is not possible to stop. 
 
 37. 'The Niirnberg edition of 1532 is still to examine.* I have 
 now little doubt that it was incorporated in that of 1537, but 
 apparently it did not contain the sections on leather dyeing, or if 
 it did they were omitted in the reprint. As has been already said 
 these sections, as far as I know at present, appeared for the first 
 time in the Mangmeistery, which unfortunately has no date. 
 
 38. The 1538 reprint or reissue of the 1537 edition has 
 also escaped me. 
 
 39. I have already pointed out in connection with MascalTs 
 translation the possible existence of an edition or editions in 
 Dutch, as yet unmentioned by the bibliographers, not to speak 
 of the sources from which he got the receij^ts not extant in the 
 other collections. There may be others. 
 
 40. For, if after collecting tiiese l)o()ks for four and thirty years,' 
 examining others elsewhere and hunting in every available list, 
 the tracts now described appeared all at once without any warning 
 of their existence, what guarantee is liiere that others, also (juite 
 unknown, may not start up as suddenly as these have done and 
 involve some new consideration ? I do not think that any 
 material modification of view is iikel)-, but one can never be sure. 
 I have had sullicicnl experience of the unexpt'cled in l)ook col- 
 
 ^ I got Andrec's Kunsthocflc, 1549, in February, 1877. I liavc never 
 seen or lu-ard ol anollier C"|)y since.
 
 Some Early Treatises on Tec/ino/oi^iiai Chernistry. 27 
 
 Iccting to refrain from shutting the door and affirming that none 
 of these wanted will ever aijpear. They may one or all do so 
 at any moment, and in tlie most unexpected locality. I sui)pose 
 I had better wait and sec. 
 
 Ikit I wish that tiic unknown nLunbers would make haste to 
 present themselves and enable one to substitute certainty for 
 speculation. 
 
 41. The following table exhibits in a form convenient for com- 
 parison the contents of the earliest editions of these collections 
 which I have seen in German, Dutch and Flnglish. They are 
 arranged chronologically, the only doubtful point in the table, 
 as has been noted above, being whether the Kiinstbiichlin of 1537 
 should come before or after the Maiii:;meistery. From the fact 
 that it is a reprint of the others and includes what aj)pears only in 
 the Ma?igfneistciy, one would suppose that it must be subsequent 
 to it. On the other hand the Maiv:;meisfcry contains some 
 sections which the 1537 book does not contain, and one might 
 therefore infer that it came later and had taken in those parts. 
 
 But again both omit the receipts about dyeing wood and 
 softening horn contained in the 1532 collection, so that these 
 sections require further elucidation, but for that purpose the 
 material is not forthcoming at the present moment. As far as the 
 table is concerned it makes no difference, though it gives a better 
 view of the contents of the 1537 edition, to j^ut it after the 
 others. 
 
 ERRA-J'UM. 
 
 Supplement II. >; I, line 5, dt-lclc '" Ilalian." So far as I know there was 
 111) edition in Itiiliiin of anv of tiie.se books.
 
 28 
 
 Royal Pliilosdf'liical Society of C/aSi^o7V. 
 
 To make amber, iVc. 
 
 on to 
 To exalt gold 
 
 Inks . - - . 
 
 Colours - - - - 
 
 To write with gold - 
 
 To etch - - - . 
 
 To colour quills, iVc. 
 
 To dye linen - 
 
 To dye wood, bone, horn 
 
 To soften horn 
 
 To take out spots and "\ I 
 stains - - H 
 
 To make pearls 
 
 To dye leather 
 
 To put silver and gold "J 
 colours on metals j i 
 
 To harden and soften iron > 
 
 To harden and soften steel i 
 
 To solder iron, &c. - 
 
 To etch on iron and steel 
 
 Rechler Ge- 
 brauch d' 
 Alchimei 
 
 
 Artliche 
 Kunste 
 
 Allerley 
 Mackel . . . 
 aus gcwand 
 . . zu bringen 
 
 Mang- 
 nieistery 
 
 1531 
 
 
 1531 
 
 1532 
 
 n. d. 
 
 ff. III. ; 
 
 
 
 
 
 to 
 
 
 
 
 
 XXVII. t;(i) 
 
 pp 
 
 Pl> 
 
 pp 
 
 pp 
 pp 
 
 . iij-ix 
 . ix-xvi) 
 . xvij-xviij 
 . xix-xx 
 xx-xxij 
 
 I 
 1 
 
 Avij-Aviij 
 
 Aviij-Bij 
 
 Bij-Biij 
 
 Aij-Av 
 
 Avj 
 
 I. Aij-Aiij 
 Aiij 
 
 II. Aiij l!j 
 
 III. Bj-Biij 
 
 11 1 1. Biij-Biiij 
 
 V. Biiij-Cj 
 Cj-Cij 
 Cij-Ciij 
 Ciij-Ciiij 
 
 (') This is the whole book. 
 
 ('-) This is contained in Parts IV., V. and \'l. with a ijortiuii ol Pail 111. 
 Mf)st of the receipts in the 1531 Gi/iiaiirh are included. Some however 
 are omitted, there is occasional alteration of the order, and receipts have been 
 a(l(ie(l from other sources.
 
 Some Early Treatises on Technoloi^ical Chemislfv. 
 
 29 
 
 Kiinst- 
 biiclilin 
 
 1537 
 
 H. XVI. 
 
 to 
 X XXVI I. 
 
 VIII. -X. 
 
 X.-XIII. 
 
 XIII.-XIIII. 
 
 XIIII.-XV. 
 
 XV. 
 
 XV. -XVI. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 \I.-\II. 
 
 V.-VI. 
 
 II. 
 
 II. III. 
 III.-IIII. 
 
 IIII.-V. 
 
 Kunst- 
 hoeck 
 
 1549 
 
 Tract. 
 III. ff. .xvij 
 to . 
 VI. ^° 
 
 liij (^) 
 
 III. xiij-.\v. 
 xv-xvj 
 xvj-xvij 
 
 II. ix-xiij 
 
 i:illicli 
 Klin si I 
 
 •5(^3 
 
 Aij-Avij 
 
 Avij-Bvij 
 
 Bvij-Bviij 
 
 Bviij-Cij 
 
 (^ij-Ciij 
 
 (liij-Ciiij 
 Cvij-Cviij (■*) 
 Ciiij-Cvij 
 
 V1J-1.\ 
 
 i-iiij (') 
 
 V-VJ 
 
 vj-vij Hviij Cij 
 
 A profitable 
 Book 
 
 A Booke of 
 Secrets 
 
 1583 
 
 1596 
 
 
 A3-B2 
 
 
 B2-C2 
 
 
 C2-C3 
 
 
 C3-C4 
 
 
 C4 
 
 pp. 44-49 
 
 
 pp. 71-72 
 
 
 pp. 59-70 {•') 
 
 
 PP- 73-75 
 
 
 pp. 76-78 
 
 1 
 
 
 (■"') The receipts for hardening iron and steel come first and those for 
 softening them next. 
 
 (■•) Only four of the receipts in Mnii^'nirisUiy Arc re[)rinted. 
 
 (5) Here again are several receipts not contained in the others. The 
 receipts for softening iron and steel and those for hardening them are kept apart.
 
 sOjMI'] eaiily treatises 
 
 ON 
 
 TECHNOLOGICAl. CHEMISTRY. 
 
 SU IMPLEMENT IV. 
 
 15V 
 
 JOHN FEKdUSON, LL.D., 
 
 REGIfS PROFl'.SSOK OF CHEMISTRY IN 
 TIIK CXIVKRSITV OK til.ASlJOW. 
 
 G L A S G O ^^' : 
 
 TRIXTED FOR THK ROYAL PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIKTV 
 OF GLASGOW, 
 
 BV CARTER & PRATT. LTD.. ol-C. CA.NAL STKKKT. S.S. 
 
 1018.
 
 SOMI'] EAIILY TREATISES 
 
 ON 
 
 TECHNOLOGIGAl. CHEMISTRY. 
 
 SUl'lMiEMENT IV. 
 
 I'.V 
 
 JOHN FEIK^USON, LL.D. 
 
 KK(iIlS PKOFISSOK OF CHKMISIKV IN 
 
 Till-; rNiVKRSiTV oi' (;i.Asc:o\v. 
 
 GLASGOW: 
 
 I'KINTKI) FOR THE ROVAL PHILOSOPHKAI. SOCIKTV 
 OF GLASGOW, 
 
 BY CAKTHR \: I'RATT, LTH., r.l-c:, CANAL STKKICT. S.S. 
 
 litis.
 
 5lrt(ic|e futifle 
 
 maticberlev voctfc ^in 
 
 ten vn^ aUer t>art^ ^arbert jubereitett. 
 3tudi (Bolt vnX> 0ilbef \^ampt alien iHTetallen/ 
 one ^«: 5e»t>«:rt ?» p^t^V^* MTi^vicl ^ut^^ 
 
 gmmngii rtllo-lcy fairbai/ jiifffben* 2tu<^ »!€ 
 wi4n fdjnfT^ vH gemel:>i4iif^&tel)chn£/ StyfcH* 
 Hk waffiOT/ vnt> Pes g!eyc^«i/<f 5Cn fol 
 
 ©en vnbalt alter IKuiv 
 
 fti^eCcs :&&d?(ln3/^m^^trt1a«4rft«t•ft» 
 
 ^. -B, XXXII. 
 
 '1'] I i.i. r \'.i . ri:.\i I I.
 
 [From llie Proacdiiixs of the l\iiyal ri)ilosi>|>hical Sncicly of (il;\s};n\v.] 
 
 Some Early Treatises on Techiioloi^ical Chemistry. Siipplemcut 
 IV. By John Fkrouson, LI^.D., Regius Professor of 
 Chemistry in the University of Glasgow. 
 
 [l\ea(l before tlie Society, Wednesday, 4th December. 191 2.] 
 
 1. At the close of my last paper (Supplement III.)' I suggested 
 that there might be editions of these books not yet discovered, 
 and that it might be well to see what fortune would bring. I had 
 not long to wait, for though none of the editions suggested as 
 possible and desirable have presented themselves as realities, yet 
 in confirmation of my forecast (ii 39, 40) that examples of un- 
 known editions might turn up without warning at any time, two 
 such came to my knowledge in July last, as unexpectedly as the 
 copies had shoitly before arrived at the Library of the Patent 
 Office in London, where they now are. By the kindness of the 
 librarian, Mr Hulme, I have had access to these books, so that 
 I can furnish not only a description of them, but facsimiles of 
 their title-pages as well. They contain nothing new, but the date 
 of one of them involves the reconsideration of a problem already 
 stated, while it makes the solution of it rather harder than it seemed 
 before. An account of these books may now l)e given and their 
 relationship to the ether editions examined. 
 
 FIRST TRACT. 
 
 2. The earlier of the two books by date, 1532, has the follow- 
 ing title-page : — 
 
 [.Vrtliche kunste] 
 
 mancherley weise Din 
 
 [ten vnd aller hand Farben zuberciten. 
 
 Auch Golt vnd Silber sampt alien Metallen,] 
 
 aus der Feddern /.u schrcyben. Mil vicl andern 
 
 e e 
 
 nutzlichen Kunstlin, .Schreybfeddern vnd I'er- 
 
 ' Proceedings of the Royal Philosophical Society, Glasgow, 1911- 12, 
 vol. xliii., p. 232.
 
 4 Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 gamenen allerley farben, zu ferben. Audi wie 
 man schrifft vn gemelde auff Steheline, Eysen- 
 
 ne waffen, vnd des gleychen, Etzen sol 
 Allen Schreybern, Brieff malern, sampt an- 
 
 e 
 
 dern solcher Kunsten liebhabern, gantz lu- 
 stig vnd fruchbarlich zu wissen. 
 
 [Den ynhalt aller Kun-] 
 
 ste deses Buchlins, findet man an der er- 
 
 sten seiten des nachfolgenden blats, 
 
 nach ordnug eins Registers, 
 
 verzeychnet. 
 
 [M. D. XXXII.] 
 
 Small 8vo. A, B in eights; or pp. xxxi., and the hxst blank. Black letter 
 of several sizes. Ornamental capitaJs. Title red and black. The red 
 is within heav\- l)rackets. 
 
 p. i. The Title ; p. ij. blank. 
 
 p. iij. Inhalt discs buchleins. 
 
 p. iiij. The text begins, and ends p. xxxi., followed by the colophon: — 
 
 Gedruckt ynn 
 
 der Churfurstlichen 
 
 Stadt Zwickaw 
 
 durch Wolff 
 
 Meyerpeck 
 
 M. D. XX.XII 
 
 3. 'I'his book is a reprint in small octavo form of the (juarto of 
 1 53 1, described in Supplement III., i 2. The .special interest, 
 however, lies in its being printed by Meierpeck, whose edition of 
 the receipt book for taking out spots and stains, (!v:c., was likewise 
 described in .Sui)[)lement III., § 19. That book also was printed 
 in 1532, in the same style and size as the present one, so that it 
 may be inferred that Meier[)eck had an eye for uniformity, as well 
 as a desire to publish books of practical utility. 
 
 4. This edition calls for no special remark. It is simply a 
 reprint with the change of a word here and there, l)ut the receipts 
 arc identical, and even the construction of the table of contents is
 
 ten grundthc(?en gcb29ucl?0 
 
 ^ 
 
 V^n< 
 
 t>nt> mmUdncm grwnC^/nemKcJ)/ 
 
 Bd)mcJ^n/©ct)aibcft. 
 2lbrreyb€H/p^0bient. 
 
 2tbfo:mcrt/2tbgief|ert ?c, 
 '^ctnfAvbin 56berai«rt/cr^lmt/ 
 6c(jcrrt vn^ wbcrbzmgcn/^b juttl 
 tlTkloi/Scbjeybcrt. 
 3(lummicm/t)ergulbcn. 
 Stuf eft/t:^b«lgejlrtm K, 
 
 4lI«e3rtb^lt5S mbdt^d(^n ^cgi(?«(in9. 
 
 M, D. XXXV. 
 
 Ti I I I-. r \':i:. 'I'l; \' i II. i I aili. i IjIi
 
 S()iiie Early Treatises on TechnoUn^ical C/iei/iis/ry. 5 
 
 tlie same, only wilh the pai^iiiatioii necessarily altered to suit the 
 different size of the volume. 
 
 5. One point, however, may be noticed. In Supplement III., 
 j.^ 12-17, attention was directed to the receipt fcjr making a fine 
 ureen colour, which in succeeding editions underwent varitjus 
 alterations from the original as published in 1531. In this edition 
 of 1532, however, the receipt (p. xvij.) " Hiibsch Griin," is re- 
 [irinted exactly as it stands in the edition of 1531. 
 
 6. In Supplement III., i 23, the (juestion was discussed 
 whether the Nurnberg and Zwickau editions of the receipts for 
 taking out spots and stains, both dated 1532, were published 
 simultaneously, or, if not, which came first. In the absence of a 
 copy of the Nurnberg edition it is impossible to decide. Con- 
 sidering, however, that the present edition of the Artliche Kunste 
 is unquestionably a reprint, the inference is plausible at least that 
 the other, uniform with it in every respect, and similar to it in 
 subject, is also a reprint. Comparison of the facsimiles of the 
 title-pages demonstrates that they are companion volumes and 
 may have been brought out together by i\Ieier[)eck intentionally. 
 The publication by Meierpeck of these two books in uniform 
 style may have suggested to some one, perhaps to Steyner, the 
 printer, himself, the plan of gathering the separate tracts into one 
 volume, the Kiinstbiichliii, so often referred to, being the result. 
 
 SECOND TRACT. 
 
 7. The other tract is an edition of the said Kiinstbiichlin, dated 
 1535. Both it and the edition of 1537 were printed by Steyner 
 at Augsburg in the same form ; in fact they are practically identical. 
 I give a facsimile of the title-page of each, that of 1535 from the 
 copy in the Library of the Patent Otifice, and that of 1537 from 
 the copy which has been in my possession since December, 1879, 
 and was described by me in 1886.^ 
 
 8. The following is an account of the book : — 
 
 Kunstbuchlin, gerecht- 
 ten griindtlichen gebrauchs 
 aller kunstbaren Werckleiit. 
 
 ^ Proceedings of the \^Royal'\ Philosophkal Society, Glasgow, 1888, 
 vol. xix., p. 134.
 
 Royal J'hi/osophiciil Society of Gi(isx( 
 
 Von 
 
 f Ertzarbait, in vn ausserhalb feiirs, auss Alchimistischem 
 I vnd natiirlichem grund, nemlich, 
 
 Harten, Weychen. 
 Schmeltzen, Schaiden. 
 Abtreyben, Problem. 
 
 Loten, Etzen. 
 Abfornien, Abgiessen &:c. 
 
 I Jede farben zuberaiten, erhalten, 
 
 bessern vnd widerbringen, als zum 
 I Malen, Schreyben. 
 
 I Illuminiern, Vergulden. 
 
 (^ Stricken, Edelgestain &:c. 
 
 Alles Inhalt zu end beygelegten Registerlins. 
 
 [\'ignette] 
 
 M. D. XXXV. 
 
 Small 4'. A to H in fours, J six, or ff. xxxvii. [i]. 
 
 Jvi. !-€c/o, the colophon, after the table of contents: (jctrucktzu Augspurg, 
 durch Heinrich Steyner, | am XVI. tag Junij, im M. D. XXXV. Jare. | 
 
 The verso is bhink. 
 
 9. 'I'iiis edition of 1535 .supersedes, of course, that of 1537, in 
 all that has been said throughout this research in connection 
 therewith. Hitherto the KiinstbiicJilin of 1537 has been assumed 
 by me as the first collected edition, so to speak, Init it proves now 
 to be not the first, but merely a reprint. There is, therefore, but 
 little to add about the 1535 edition exce[)t to indicate in what 
 respect that cjf 1537 differs from it. 
 
 10. The 1537 edition is a page for page and, with only a few 
 exce[)tions, a line for line re|)rint of that of 1535, and the contents 
 are identical. l!ut there are more misspellings, and the impression 
 is not (juite so clear and carefully done. Such falling off is a 
 common featiu'e of successive editions, and in this case the printer 
 may have hurried out the new edition to supply the demand. 
 
 11. Some other differences which distinguish the two editions 
 from each other may be rt^ferred to. 
 
 'I'he signatures ot:cup\- differeiil positions at the fool of the 
 page, relatively to the line of text above.
 
 ten griind tlicbcn gcbwucbe 
 
 2ft)trcybcri/p:obiarm 
 
 ^[e^efarbcfi jfibcraitcrt/er^Wft/ 
 bcflfcm »rt^ m>erP:mgcrt/4l65um 
 tTkleii/Qdizcybeit. 
 I 3^mimerrt/t?cmn(t>eii. 
 
 2roca>^>5crtbbey3clegt<ltKe3{(ln:lirl«. 
 
 M* a XXXVII, 
 
 Tni-K Page, Tract II. (Later Eil.)
 
 Some Early Treatises on Tee/ino/oi;iea/ Cliemistrv. 7 
 
 The initial, or oniaiiieiita!, capitals are different in various 
 places. 
 
 Different words are contracted in the two editions. 
 
 Here and there lines are different in length to the extent of a 
 word or portion of a word. 
 
 In the two editions capitals are used differently. There seems 
 to have been no rule to follow, not even in the same house. 
 
 12. The following examples of variations in the text, taken at 
 random, will illustrate the kind of differences between the two 
 editions. 
 
 1535 
 fol. III. V. 1. 4 from the bottom: all 
 II II. /■. 1. I werden 
 9 Borres 
 
 5 from the bottom : fiigen 
 16 vh 
 2 I teyl 
 
 6 from the bottom : 
 vh verwiisch dz gemald 
 
 V. r.\. 2 das du es kalt auflegest 
 1. 2 in 
 
 V. The first receipt by 
 
 closer printing and con- 
 tractions occupies 8 
 lines 
 1. 22 Nym dan darzu virniss 
 
 vnd leynol 
 1. 23 verglasurten 
 
 VL r. 1. 1 1 nim 
 
 1. 20 AUerlai Mackel vh 
 flecke auss gwad 
 \\\. V. 1. 19 Nim vier teyl Dragant 
 YHI. ?'. 1. 3 from the bottom : alle 
 
 o 
 
 XIII. r. 1. 7 Ein gutte weysse Farb 
 
 XVI. ;-. 1. 6 from the bottom : 
 Horn waychen 
 
 1537 
 alls 
 
 werdenn 
 Borras 
 
 fugenn 
 
 vnd 
 
 theyl 
 
 vh vermijsch dasgemald 
 das du es auflegest 
 
 inn 
 The first receipt occu- 
 pies 9 lines 
 
 Nim daii darzu firniss 
 
 e 
 
 vnd leinol 
 verglasaurten 
 
 uim 
 
 Allerlay mackel vh 
 
 flecke auss gwand 
 
 Nim vier tail Dragant 
 
 alle 
 
 Ein gute weyse farb 
 
 zumachen 
 
 o 
 
 Horn zuwaychen
 
 3 Royal Philosophual Society of Glasgow. 
 
 1535 1537 
 
 XVII. r. 1. 2 from the bottom : Perlin l^erlin 
 
 XVIII. r. at the top VXIII. XVIII. 
 
 V. Kupffer vnd Messing Kupffer vnd Messig 
 
 vergiilden zuvergulden 
 
 ^'erguld silber schneide \'ergild silber schney- 
 den 
 
 XX. /'. 1. 24 zwo wochen zwu wochen 
 
 Sig. F is mis-numbered XX., XXL, XXII., XXIIII. 
 in l)oth editions. 
 XXX. /-.I. 9 feijl feijls 
 
 XXXVII. r. 1. 9 vitriol victriol 
 
 7'. 1. 24 Stein der sich von .Stein sich von nasse 
 
 nasse anziint anziint 
 
 J. 6 ^■. I. 21 .Maun calcioniern Claun calcioniern, 
 
 whicli is a misprint. 
 
 13. There is, liowever, a more important consideration than 
 that of typographical variations. The throwing back of the 
 pubhcation of the Kiinstbiiclilin by a couple of years alters its 
 relationship to the Mangmeistoy, about which, as I have already 
 shown, most of the trouble gathers. Much more is that now 
 intensified by the earlier 1535 edition, as the following exami- 
 nation will demonstrate. 
 
 14. The question that arises is this: was the collected edition 
 of 1535 actually the first, or was there one before it? If there 
 was, it could not be earlier than 1533, consistently with the dates 
 of the incorporated tracts. If there was one before them, that is, 
 before 1531, then the attem[)t I have been making for a long 
 time to arrange the editions is futile, and nothing more can be 
 done till editions prior to 1531 are forthcoming. It does not seem 
 likely that such editions exist, for every one that has appeared 
 hitherto is either of 1531 or after it. Anyhow, it will be time 
 enough to discuss details or to reconsider the whole question 
 when some of these earlier editions appear, and, until then, I shall 
 <:ontinue the original assumption that 1531 is the first dale with 
 which we are concerned (Supplement III., i 35). 
 
 15. The A7///s7/'//(7///« of 1535, or 1537, is composed of four 
 tracts, the first three of which are extant in separate form, dated
 
 Some Katly Treatiics (in 7\c-/i/iti/(>ji^/i(i/ C/ieuiis/rv. 9 
 
 ■53^ J 53') 1532, respectively. 'I'lie inference is obvious that 
 the fourth tract, in order to be conjoined with the others, must also 
 have existed separately prior to 1535. The only edition, however, 
 of the fourth tract at present known to me was printed by Cam- 
 nierlaiuler under the name Alangmeisiery. 'J'his book is ncjt dated, 
 though, if it could be shown, that it was puljlished before 1535, 
 or, in general, before any edition of the Klinsfluich/in, there would 
 be no further difficulty, as all four tracts would be accounted for. 
 l-5ut Cammerlander's book on account of its size, printing, illustra- 
 tion, ivrc., is probably later than 1537, and it so closely resembles 
 tjie book published l)y him in 1539, described in Supplement II.,' 
 that it may have the same date, or, .say 1 540, assigned to it. 
 Assuming that date to be correct, there are two ways of account 
 ing for the presence of the fourth tract. 
 
 16. Since it forms an integral part of the collection the inference 
 as I have just said is unavoidable that like the other three parts it 
 existed sej)arately in an edition befc^re 1535. If that be so Cam- 
 merlander's undated edition is merely a reprint or new edition of 
 this one. I have not seen or heard of such an edition, but that 
 has no significance. 
 
 The other explanation of the fourth tract is that the receipts 
 composing it were collected by the editor, or by some one for him, 
 and published for the first time in tlie KiinstbnihHn in 1535, or 
 in an earlier edition of it, if such there were. Afterwards these 
 receipt.s, thus constituting the fourth tract, were published separ- 
 ately by Cammerlander under the title Mangmeistery in, say, 1540. 
 
 17. It must be observed, however, that the undated Man^- 
 tiuistcry contains receipts on dyeing leather and making pearls 
 which are not in the Kiiiisibiichliri. Now, if there was an earlier 
 se])arate edition uf the fourth tract, whether it went by the name 
 Ma/ig?neistery, or any other, makes no difference, did it, or did it 
 not, contain these extra receipts? If it did, why were they omitted 
 when the tract was included in the Kiinstbiichlin? If it did con- 
 tain them, naturally when (Cammerlander reprinted the book, those 
 receipts were reproduced also. But if it did not contain them, 
 that explains why they do not appear in the Kiinstbiichlin^ but in 
 that case Cammerlander must have obtained them from some 
 other source and added them on to his reprint. Can there have 
 
 ^ Proceedings of the Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgo^v, 1910, 
 vol. xli., p. 113.
 
 10 Royal Pliilosopkiial Society of G/asxoiv. 
 
 been a separate tract containing those receipts, and, if so, is there 
 a copy of it anywhere in existence? If there be no such tract, 
 where did they conit; from ? 
 
 1 8. Which alternative then is the more probable: that the tract 
 we know as Maiigmeistery — with certain omissions — went along 
 with three other . tracts X.o the making of the 1535, or earlier, 
 KiinstbUchlin, or that the fourth section of the Kiitistbiichliti first 
 collected and published in it, was printed separately with certain 
 additions under the title jSfangmcistery ? 
 
 If the latter, did the editor of the Kiinstbiicliliii himself compile 
 the Maitgmeistery and add the extra receipts? 
 
 When one considers that the first three tracts in the Kiiustbiichliii 
 are reprints of extant editions, one would like to know definitely 
 in what position the fourth tract, corresponding to the Ma/ig- 
 meistery, in the 1535 collection, stands to Cammerlander's edition 
 which was almost certainly later than 1535. It seems to me much 
 simpler to assume that there was an early edition of the Ma/ig- 
 meistery which was reprinted in the Ktiiistbiicldiu. But if on the 
 other hand it is the Mangmeisfefy which is the reprint from the 
 Kuustbiichliii, from what source were the receipts which it contains 
 originally derived? The problem of origin is thus removed only 
 another stage backward. If the Maiigmeisti'ry is not the original 
 collection, where is it, and what is its name ? If it be the original, 
 why were receipts it contains omitted when it was transferred to 
 the Kunstbuchlin. If it be not the original l)ut a re[)rint from the 
 Kiinstbucldin collection, where did the additional receipts come 
 from thai differentiate Cammerlander's edition from the Kunst- 
 bucJiliii version ? 
 
 The answer is ])robably {^uite easy, but no data are forthcoming 
 for it. .\ copy of a pre- 1535 Afaiigmeisfety might dispel the whole 
 difficulty. 
 
 19. It would appear as if copies of these books had been at one 
 time in existence or may be so now, but until ihey are available 
 f<jr comparison, there will remain unsolved these doubts and 
 difficulties relative to their sources, their connections, their 
 succession, iheir entire history. 
 
 TIIK KNC.I.ISII •IKANSF.A'l'ION. 
 
 20. I i)ass next to a iuller examination of the luiglish translation 
 of the tract Arlliclic Kuitsic, 1531, than I was able to afford it in
 
 Sotne Early Treatises on Technolin^Ual Chemislry. \ \ 
 
 SuppleiiieiU III, .^ 717. As tlie tract is a short one I have traii- 
 scril)ecl it liodily, for there are advantages in sci doing : — 
 
 The contents as tliey stand are more concise and correct than 
 any abstract or desrri[)ti()ns of them or (juotations from tliem can be ; 
 
 The actual expressions and form will give the best notion of wliat 
 ])ractical receipts were like in (^)ueen I">li/.abelh"s time, over three 
 hundred years ago, even thougii the original was sixty years earlier; 
 
 It is easier to com|)are the actual translation with the original, 
 and to indicate what appear to be nusunderstandings and to 
 catalogue omissions. Any notes also thai may be necessary will 
 be more intelligible ; 
 
 As the book is a rare one the transcription will at all events 
 preserve the contents should the original ever go astray and it will 
 also make them more readily accessible to those who may feel 
 some curiosity about the subject. 
 
 Reference may be made to Supplement III. ^ 3, for the con- 
 tents of the original German (jf 1531, and to j 8 for the contents 
 of the present l^nglish translation. Comparison of the two will 
 show what receipts ha\e been omitted. In i 9 are some notes on 
 the differences between them, and these in a more extended form 
 are given in the present paper at the end of the reprint of the text.
 
 A 
 
 BOOKE OF SECRETS; 
 
 S^hewingdiucrs waies to make and prepare all 
 
 fottjB! of jnUe, atit) £oloiir0 : n^ BlacHe, naintc^ 
 
 iSlctu, C!5repne,V\eD, J^ellolu, anDot!)erColour0. 
 
 jaWototoMtciDUli ©oIDfinD'§ilufr,e^ anJ•^.lnDof iT.3cnalI 
 
 outoftlje JQtti: tDitlimftnpotljer pjoritablffccrttsi, 
 
 (15 ro celeur^nils ano Parc5nifnt of 
 
 anp colour: anDtoGrgurtuu^j 
 
 arong anatetin'i)tetU 
 
 ana 3ton. 
 
 NcccfTarle to be knownc of all Scrlueners , Pair tcrS/ 
 
 and others tlut Jelighi la futhArts. Traoflac^d ©uc of 
 Duich )nco EiigliHijby W. V, 
 
 Hereunto is annexed a little Trcatife^ 
 
 infiruled, Jnflruff tons for orderit?^^ of Wines : 
 Shewing how to make Wine , That it may continue 
 
 ■ g«oii aiitl famt rior,i\Jcitl'cr become (owcr,nor loolc colour. An J 
 
 how you ma)' rcmedic taint Wirrc, take aw.iy the hoati- 
 
 nefltfjWidi other inftruftions tot tbc }Jre- 
 
 fciijationof ihclamc, 
 
 IVnttef] fn-fiin Iralun, ay$dnsvp nervlji trAnJiated 
 
 
 
 V> ^ ^ ^c^ Vvt^-> ^y^ 
 
 LONDON, 
 
 Printed by Adam lllip for Edward 
 
 White J and arc to be fold at his iliop 
 at the httic North dorc ot Pouls^ 
 
 at the fignc ot'thc Ouii.
 
 A 
 BOOKE OF SECRETS: 
 
 Shewing diners waies to make and prepare all 
 
 sorts of Inke, and Colours : as Blacke, Wliite^ 
 
 Blew, Greene, Red, Yellow, and other Colours. 
 
 Alsolo write with CmUl and Siluer, or any kind of Mettall 
 
 out of the Pen : with many other profitable secrets, 
 
 as to colour (^uils and Parchment of 
 
 an\' colour : and to graue with 
 
 stron<f Water in Steele 
 
 and Iron. 
 
 Necessarie to he knowne of all Scriueners, I'ainters, 
 
 and others that deliijlil in such Arts. Translated out of 
 
 Dutch into English, by //'. /'. 
 
 Hereunto is annexed a little Treatise, 
 
 intituled, J nst i iictions for 07-dering of IVines: 
 
 Shewing how to make Wine, That it may continue 
 
 good and faint not. Neither become sower, nor loose colour. And 
 
 how you may remedie faint Wine, take away the hoari- 
 
 nesse, with other instructions for the pre- 
 
 serualion of the same. 
 
 Wrillci! first in Italian, and now ncw/y translated 
 into English, by. W. P. 
 
 [Ornament.] 
 
 LO X 1) () X, 
 
 Printed by Adam Islip for Edwatd 
 
 White, and are to be sold at his shop 
 
 at the little North dore of I'ouls, 
 
 at the signe of the CUm. 
 
 1 596.
 
 % A Bouke of Secrets, shewing dj. 
 uers waies to make and prepare all 
 sorts of Iiikc and colours. 
 
 A//d first to make Inke in diners vianers. 
 
 T is first to bee vnderstood 5 
 
 that if you wil make a great 
 quantitie of Inke toge- 
 I ther, you must encrease the 
 
 waight, and measure, accor- 
 ding to the proportion you 10 
 meane to make, as for exam- 
 ple, if you will make ten cjuarts of Inke, then 
 take foure quarts of water, and sixe quarts of 
 vineger and wine, that is, three of each sort, 
 which together with the water make ten 15 
 quarts, and so must you doe with other quanti- 
 ties, either more or lesse. The like must you doe 
 in the waight of your other stuffe that belon- 
 geth therevnto, as for a pint of water, sixe oun- 
 ces of gaule, foure ounces of victriall, and foure 20 
 ounces of gum, and if you take foure quarts of 
 water (which i^ eight pints) if you giue to eue- 
 ry pint his proportion, then multiplying eight 
 by sixe they make fortie eight, so many ounces 
 of gaule must you put to ten quarts, mixed as 25 
 afore said with wine, vineger, Ov: water, and of 
 victrial and gum, of each xxxii ounces, accor- 
 ding to the first proportion, and so must you ob- 
 serue your (quantities, of waight and measure 
 in each proportion, as you are minded to en- 30 
 A X crease 
 
 A4
 
 A Booke of Secrets, 
 crease the same, as in this treatise you shal read. 
 
 To make Inke to write vpon paper. 
 Take halfe a pint of water, a pint wanting 
 a quarter of wine, and as much vineger, which 
 
 5 being mixed together make a quart & a quar- 
 
 ter of a pint more, then take six ounces of gauls 
 beaten into small pouder, and sifted through a 
 sine, put this pouder into a pot by it selfe, and 
 poure halfe the water, wine, and vineger into 
 
 ID it, take likewise foure ounces of victriall, and 
 
 beat it into pouder, and put it also in a pot by it 
 selfe, whereinto put a quarter of the wine, wa- 
 ter, cV vineger that remaineth, and to the other 
 (juarter, put foure ounces of gum Arabike bea- 
 
 75 ten to pouder, that done, couer the three pots 
 
 close, and let them stand three or foure daies to- 
 gether, stirring them euery day three or foure 
 times, on the first day set the pot with gaules 
 on the fire, and when it begins to seeth, stir it 
 
 20 about till it be throughly warme, then straine it 
 
 through a cloath into anotlier pot, and niixe it 
 with the other two pots, stirring them well to- 
 gether, and being couered, then let it stand three 
 daies, till tliou meanest to vse it, on the fourth 
 
 25 day, when it is setled, poure it out, and it wil be 
 
 good inke. If there remaine any dregs behind, 
 l)oure some raine water (that hath stand long 
 in a tub or vessel! into it, for the older the water 
 is, the better it is, and keepe that vntill you 
 
 30 make more inke, so it is better the clean water. 
 
 To
 
 A Booke of Secrets. 
 
 To make Like for parchment. 
 Make it in all points like to the inke afore- 
 said, only take a pint of water, iS: of vineger antl 
 wine a pint more, that is of each half a [)int. 
 
 Another sort of Inke. 5 
 
 Take a (piart of cleare water, and put it in a 
 glasse, put into it thirteene ounces beaten vic- 
 triall, let it stand three daies, and stir it three or 
 foure times euery day, then take thirteene oun- 
 ces of beaten gaules, and put them into a new 10 
 earthen pot that is wel leaded, poure into them 
 a cjuarl of cleane water, that done, set it on the 
 fire, and let it seeth till it consumelh about a fin- 
 ger deepe, but suffer it not to seeth so fast that it 
 seeth oner the pots brim, then strain it through 15 
 a wolle cloath, into another pot, that is leaded, 
 poure into the cloath a cup full of good vineger, 
 and strain it through likewise, that done, if there 
 remaineth any thing in the cloath, cast it away, 
 then put into the matter foure or fiue ounces of 20 
 beaten gum, and stir them well together, then 
 againe straine them through a cleane wollen 
 cloath, and poure into it a cup full of good vine- 
 ger, and straine it through the cloath, and let it 
 stand till it be coole, then put it into a straight- 25 
 necked glasse, stop both the glasses well, till you 
 haue occasion to vse them, then take of each wa- 
 ter a little (juantitie, and mix them together, so 
 haue you good inke. 
 
 Another of the same sort, but easie to make. 30 
 
 Take
 
 A Booke of Secrets, 
 
 Take the beaten gauls, and put them in the 
 water, doe the like with the victriall in a pot by 
 it self, let those two waters stand, and when you 
 haue cause to vse inke, pour out of each pot a 
 like quantitie, and it will be blacke, then put in- 
 to it a little beaten gum, & it will bee good inke. 
 
 Another. 
 Take a quart of strong wine, put it into a 
 new pot, and set it on a soft fire till it be bote, but 
 let it not seeth, then put into it foure ounces of 
 gauls two ounces and a halfe of gum Arabike, 
 and two ounces of victriall, al beaten into smal 
 pouder, and sifted through a siue, stirre it with a 
 wooden sticke, and it will be good inke. 
 
 Another. 
 Take an ounce of beaten gaule, three or four 
 ounces of gum Arabicke, put them together in 
 a pot with raine water, and when the gum is 
 almost consumed, strain it through a cloath, and 
 put into it almost halfe a cup of victriall beaten 
 to pouder. 
 
 .Inother. 
 
 Take a pint of beere, [)ut into it an ounce of 
 
 gaules beaten to pouder, let it seeth till it seeme 
 
 25 somewhat red, then put to it three quarters of 
 
 an ounce of greene victriall, in small pouder, and 
 
 let it seeth againe, when you take it off the fire, 
 
 cast
 
 A Booke of Secrets. 
 
 cast into it lliree <iuarters of an ounce of gum, 
 and a small peece of alum, both in ponder, and 
 stir them all together till it be cold. 
 
 Another. 
 Take two handfull of gauls, cut each gaule 
 either into three or four peeces, poure into them 
 a pint of beere or wine, (which you wil) then let 
 it stand eight houres, straine it frcjm the gaules, 
 and put victriall therein, and to the victriall a 
 third part of gum, set it on the fire to warm, but 
 let it not seeth, and it will bee good inke : and of 
 those gaules you may make inke foure or fiue 
 times more. 
 
 To make inke \[)on a suddaine, to 
 
 serue in an extremilic. 15 
 
 Take a wax candle, and light it, hold it vn- 
 der a cleane bason or a candlesticke, till the 
 smoke of the candle hangeth theron, then put a 
 little warme gum water into it, which tempe- 
 red together will be good inke. 20 
 
 To keepe Inke that it sinketh not into the 
 
 paper neither that it come not off, 
 
 and that moths nor mise 
 
 hurt not the paper. 
 
 Take the shels of hazell nuts, and put them 
 
 tino the inke, and it will not sinke through the 
 
 paper. 
 
 1^ And
 
 A Booke of Secrets. 
 
 And that it may not come off, put a little salt 
 into it. 
 
 To keepe that neither Mise nor eat or fret 
 the paper, put a little wormewood water into 
 5 the inke. 
 
 To write without inkc, that it may not be seen, 
 vnlesse the paper be wet with water. 
 
 Take pouder of victriall, and put it into a 
 cleane inkehorne, put a little cleane water to it, 
 
 lo when the victriall is dissolued, write with it 
 
 either vpon paper or parchment, and let it drie, 
 and it cannot bee read : when you will read it, 
 take halfe a pint of water, and put thereto an 
 ounce of pouder of gaules, mix them well toge- 
 
 15 ther, then straine them through a linnen cloath 
 
 into a cleane pot, then draw the paper through 
 the water, and the writing will be blacke, as if 
 it had been written with inke. 
 
 To take Inke out of pajjcr or parchment. 
 
 20 Take Colofoniam, which is called pi.K grit- 
 
 cum, beat it small, and cast it on the paper that 
 is written, then wet a cloath, and lay it on the 
 Colofoniam, vpon the cloath lay some fresh 
 horse dung, tS: vpon that set a smooth tile stone, 
 
 25 then if it be in winter let it stand a whole night, 
 
 but if it biHj sunnner, let it stand but from mor- 
 ning till nine of the clocke. 
 
 Otherwise. 
 Take Salarinoiiiacke, and alum, slill it in a 
 
 limbeck,
 
 A J5o()ke of Secrets. 
 
 limbeck, and with this water wet the writing 
 and it will goe out. 
 
 Of red colour, and first of Brasill. 
 
 Vou must take care when you seeth Brasill, 
 that you do it when the element is clear, with- 5 
 
 out clouds raine, or wind, otherwise it will not 
 be good you must make it thus : 
 
 Take quicklime poure raine water vpon it, 
 let it stand all night, in the morning poure the 
 water softly from the lime or straine it through 10 
 
 a cloath, & for a quart of water, take an ounce 
 of Brasill, let it seeth till it be halfe consumed, 
 then put into it one ounce of beaten alum, one 
 ounce of gum Arabike, two ounces of gum of a 
 Cheritree, or else two ounces of cleane glue, 15 
 
 straine it from the wood : you may likewise put 
 into it some chalke beaten to pouder. 
 
 To seeth Brasill another way. 
 To an ounce of Brasill, take the third [)art 
 of a quart of beere, wine, or vineger, [)ut it in a 20 
 
 new pot, let it stand a night, in the morning set 
 it on the fire, and let it seeth till it be halfe consu- 
 med, then for euery ounce of Brasill, take two 
 penny worth of alum, beaten to pouder, and as 
 much beaten gum Arabike, stir them wel toge- 25 
 
 ther, and let them seeth againe, Init if you desire 
 to haue it somewhat darke, then scrape a little 
 chalke into it : when it seetheth, let it not seeth 
 ouer the pot, and being cold, strain it through a 
 cloath, and put it into a glasse well stopped. 30 
 
 B 2 Another
 
 A Booke of Secrets. . 
 
 Another red colour. 
 Mingle salt and honny together in a bason, 
 let it stand eight daies, then seeth it, and it will 
 be a red colour. 
 
 Purple colour. 
 Take two pound of blew Heidleber, two 
 ounces of alum, one ounce of ashes of copper, 
 which you may haue at the brasiars, a pint of 
 water, put them into a ketle, let it seeth till it 
 consume two fingers deepe, when it is cold, 
 straine it through a clout, in a cleane glasse or 
 pot, let it stand a while, then straine it into ano- 
 ther pot, and let it stand till it be thicke enough. 
 
 To make R(jsin. 
 
 15 Take strong vineger, or wine, and put pou- 
 
 der of alum therein, when the alum is dissolued, 
 then make a strong and thicke lee with quicke- 
 lime, and take foure times as much Brasill as 
 your alum waieth, put it in a clout, and hang it 
 
 20 in the lee, and let it stand a day & a night, then 
 
 straine it, and hang the Brasill again in the lee, 
 and let it stand as long as it did the first time, 
 which doc in like manner three or foure times, 
 when you haue done so let it stand and dric, and 
 
 25 it is perfect. 
 
 .\nothcr Rosin. 
 Take two i)arts red lead, one part white 
 
 lead,
 
 A Booke of Secrets. 
 
 lead, and mingle them together, or take Auri- 
 pigmentum and red lead, of each a like quanti- 
 tie, and mingle tliem together. 
 
 Fire colour. 
 Take sout of a chimney, and u little alum, 5 
 
 let them boile, then take gineper, granded with 
 water, and temper it together, with alum and 
 i^um Arabike. 
 
 Tawny colour. 
 Take blacking, and mingle it with red lead 10 
 
 and gum Arabike. 
 
 Yellow colour. 
 Take hauthorne berries, gather them eight 
 daies after Saint Laurence day, liruse them 
 and put a little beaten alum vnto them, stirre 15 
 
 them well together, and let them stand one 
 night, and it will be a faire yellow. 
 
 Another good yellow. 
 Take the barke of a tree, cut off the outside, 
 and throw it away, cut the rest in small peeces, 20 
 
 and poure water vnto them, let them seeth two 
 or three times, then put pouder of alum into it, 
 stirre them well together, and let them seeth 
 againe. 
 
 Another yellow. 25 
 
 Mix saffron with the yolke of an eg, and it 
 niaketh a faire shining colour. 
 
 B 3 Other-
 
 A Booke of Secrets. 
 
 Otherwise. 
 Put saffron and alum inco a clout, and put 
 vineger into it, and strain it out: or take saffron, 
 the yolke of an eg, gum Arabike and alum, and 
 mix them together. 
 
 Auripigmentum. 
 Take gaule of Eeles, or of other great fishes^ 
 or oxe gaule, put some vineger to it, and a little 
 chalke, and make a paste thereof. 
 
 lo Greene colour. 
 
 Take the blacke berries that grow on the 
 hauthorne tree, and gather them eight daies 
 after Michaelmas day, bruse them, poure wa- 
 ter vnto them, and put therein a little beaten a- 
 
 15 lum, stir them well together, and let them stand 
 
 two daies and a night, iv it will be good greene. 
 
 A faire greene colour. 
 Take honie, put a little quantitie of vineger 
 more than the honie is, into it, mingle it well in 
 20 a leaded or a copper pot, stop it wull, and set it 
 
 twelue daies vnder another pot, and j)ut there- 
 to a little chalke. 
 
 Also take copper plates, put tlicm in a co})- 
 per pot, and [)ut stilled vineger to them, set them 
 25 in a warme place, till the vineger become blew, 
 
 then put it into another leaded pol, poure vine- 
 ger
 
 A l)()()kc of Secrets. 
 
 ger into it againe, let it stand so till it l^econie 
 blew, this doe so many times, till you thinke 
 you luuiL- inougli, then let it stand till it he thick. 
 
 To temper or {prepare \^erdigreece. 
 Grind it with wine, and put two or three 
 drops of honny to it. 
 
 To make good greene. 
 Take copper plates, let them lie six months 
 in vineger in a warm [)lace, then take them 
 out, and drie them in the sun, and the flower you 
 find vpon the plates, scrape it of, for that is the 
 colour. 
 
 Blew colour. 
 
 Grind chalke with the iuice of the elder ber- 
 ries, straine it through a clout, i)ul a little alum 15 
 water vnto it, let it drie, and keep it til you need. 
 
 In the same sort you may make colour of 
 the blew corne flowers. 
 
 Also the iuice of the blew corn flowers alone, 
 with alum and gum tempered together, is a 20 
 
 good blew. 
 
 Also mulberies boiled with alum. 
 
 Also take blew corn flowers that are not too 
 much blowne, and gather them in a morning 
 before the sun riseth, plucke the blew leafe, and 25 
 
 let not any of the white come among them, and 
 put them into a copper kettle, and hang it in see- 
 H 4 thing
 
 A booke of Secrets. 
 
 thing water, till they be drie, keepe them in a 
 glasse well couered. When you wil make colour 
 of them, then take some of the blew leaues, and 
 put them into a drinking glasse, poure water 
 into them, till it be thicke like dowe, let it stand 
 couered twelue houres, then presse the liquor 
 through a cloath into another glasse, and put a 
 little glue into it, and set it in a warme place, or 
 else in whote water, vntill it bee drie and thicke 
 to vse. 
 
 To make Azure. 
 
 Take one ounce of white lead, nine ounces 
 of Indicum, pour good vineger vnto it, put them 
 in a leaded dish, let them seeth well, and that 
 which swimmeth on the top is the colour. 
 
 Or lake two parts of chalk made of egshels, 
 one part of \"erdigreece, one part of Salarmoni- 
 acke, mingle them together with strong vine- 
 ger, put them in a new pot, stop it well, that no 
 aire issue forth, set it in a warme place for a 
 month long, and it will be Azure. 
 
 To temper or i)repare Azure. 
 Wash il wel in cleane water, and thai swim- 
 meth on the lop, cast it away, and that which 
 lieth in the bottome, is good, doe so three or four 
 times one after another, and let the water bee 
 cleane poured from it, then take white of egs, 
 that are well beaten, put thereto a little beaten 
 gum Arabike, and let it stand till the gum is 
 
 dissolued,
 
 A llooke of Secrets. 
 
 dissolued, then put the Azure into it, and mingle 
 them well together, straine it tlirough a linnen 
 cloath into an inkehornc, and vsc it when you 
 will. 
 
 A faire blew. 
 Grind the Azure with faire water very well 
 vpon a stone, then put it in a home or shell, and 
 pour water theron, stir them wel together, then 
 let them stand half a day, then pour out the wa- 
 ter, and take the gaule of a great fish, and grind 
 it with gum and the white of egs, and vse it 
 when you thinke good. 
 
 ^\'hite colour. 
 To write with chalke out of a pen v[)on blacke ta- 
 bles or paper. 1 5 
 Grind ciuicklime, egshels, and chalke, toge- 
 ther with the niilke of a goat. 
 
 To make chalke of egshels. 
 Take egshels, and let them lie three daies in 
 vineger, then wash them well in faire water, 
 drie them in the sun, and beat them to ponder, 
 then grind them vpon a stone. 
 
 A good white colour. 
 Take white glasse wel beaten to pouder, put 
 thereto some brimstone in pouder, and keepc it 25 
 
 C in
 
 A Booke of Secrets. 
 
 in a pot wel couered, set it vpon a soft fire, til it be 
 red bote, then let it coole, and grind it on a stone. 
 
 Gold colours. 
 To make Auruni Musicum. 
 5 Take one ounce of Salarnioniack, one ounce of 
 
 quick siluer, one ounce of Conterfein, halfe an 
 ounce of brimstone, bruse the brimstone, set it on 
 the fire, but let it not be ouer bote least it bur- 
 neth, or become black, then take the Salarmoni- 
 lo ack, & the quick siluer, being in ponder, mix tliem 
 
 * wel together, then mingle them with the brim- 
 
 stone, stir them well iv: quickly with a sticke, till 
 the brimstone hecommeth hard, then let it cool, 
 grind it on a stone, and put it in a glasse with a 
 15 long neck wel stopped with luttum, and set it in 
 
 a pan with ashes, make a fire vnder it, and let i^ 
 stand halfe a day, in such maner, not ouer bote' 
 till a yellow smoke riseth vpon it, and when the 
 yellow smoke is gone, then it is prepared. 
 
 20 Otherwise. 
 
 Take an ounce of Cin, melt it in a pot, put in- 
 to it half an ounce of Tartarum, &: one ounce of 
 (juick siluer, stir them together, till it bee hard, <!v: 
 congealed into a cake, then grind it well vpon a 
 
 25 stone, put to it one ounce of beaten Salarnioni- 
 
 ack, mix them wel together, the melt one ounce 
 of brimstone, but make it not too hote, poure the 
 ground ])ouder into it, stirre it well vntill it bee 
 hard, let it coole, and doe as before is said. 
 
 30 You must temper il thus. 
 
 (Irind it well, wash it wel in clean water out 
 
 of
 
 A booke of Secrets. 
 
 of one mussell shell into another, till it bee very 
 cleane, then put it into a pewter pot, put some 
 i^uni water therein, stir it about, and write ther- 
 with, let it clrie, and polish it. 
 
 Argentum Musicum. 5 
 
 Melt an ounce of Tin, i.^: put thereto an ounce 
 of Tartaruni, an ounce of cjuick siluer, stirre it 
 well til it be cold, beat it in a morter, then grind 
 it on a stone, temper it with gum water, (.\: write 
 therewith, then polish it. 10 
 
 To write a gold colour. 
 
 Take a new laid hens eg, make a hole at the 
 one end of it, and let the substance out, then take 
 the yolk of an eg, without the white, and foure 
 times as much in (juantity of quick siluer, grind 15 
 
 them well together, stop the hole of the egshell 
 with chalke <!v: the white of an egg, the lay it vn- 
 der a hen that sitteth with six egs more, let hir sit 
 vpon it three weekes, then breake it vp «S: write 
 therewith, some say it must bee laid vnder three 20 
 
 seueral hens, and vnder each hen three weekes. 
 To write with gold out of a pensill. 
 
 Take hony & salt a like quantity, grind them 
 wel, put to it a leaf of gold with a little white of 
 an eg, put it into a mussell shel, and let it purifie, 25 
 
 temper it with gum water, c\: write therewith, 
 let it drie, and polish it with a tooth. 
 
 Or grind saltstone well with the white of an 
 eg, put into it a leafe or two of gold, and write 
 therewith as before. 30 
 
 Or grind a leaf of siluer or gold very smal with 
 gum water, and wash it in a mussell shell as a- 
 foresaid. 
 
 C 2 To
 
 A Booke of Secrets. 
 
 To write all mettals out of the pen. 
 Grind cristall well, temper it with gum wa- 
 ter, or the white of an eg, write with it, then let 
 it drie, then take the mettal, which you wil, and 
 
 5 rub it vpon the letters writen, till the letter bee 
 
 well coloured with the color of the mettall, then 
 polish it with a tooth. 
 
 Or take cristall and pomestone, both ground 
 very small, put thereto a little verdigreece, bea- 
 
 lo ten likewise to pouder, and put them all into a 
 
 leaded pipkin, set it vpon a soft fire, but let it not 
 bee too hote, let it not stand so long on the fire, 
 that it becommeth as blacke as a coale, then 
 grind it on a stone, temper it with gum water, 
 
 15 write with it as aforesaid. 
 
 A good gold colour. 
 Take linseed oile, i)ut into it a little Aloe 
 Kpaticum, and alum, let them seeth well in a lea- 
 ded pot. 
 
 20 To lay gold vpon any thing. 
 
 Take red lead, temper it with linseed oile, 
 write with it, and lay gold vpon it, so let it drie, 
 and polish it. 
 
 Or lay gum Arabike in vineger, so long til it 
 
 25 waxeth white, lake it out and put it into the 
 
 white of egs, till it melteth, write with it, when 
 
 it is almost drie, lay the gold vpon it, then let it 
 
 stand one night, and polish it. 
 
 To
 
 A IJooke of Secrets. 
 
 To lay gold vpon glasse. 
 (liind (halke, and red lead in like quantity to- 
 gether, with linseed oile, lay it on, when it is al- 
 most drie, lay your gold vpon it, and Ix-ing well 
 dried, polish it. 
 
 Kud of the colours. 
 
 How to graue in yron and steel, or in other 
 niettals with strong water. 
 For as much as that euery man in this our 
 age, is giuen to write, learne, and practise all lo 
 
 manner of arts, I am of opinion it will not be 
 vnprofitable vnto such as are desirous to learn, 
 if I set somewhat before them that may teach 
 them to write letters, and graue any other 
 thing in Steele, yron, or other mettals, which I 15 
 
 willingly present vnto them, although it be but 
 a small matter, if it be profitable vnto them, I 
 wish them to vse it. 
 
 Take two parts of verdigreece, one part of 
 common salt, beat it in a morter, put thereto 20 
 
 sharpe vineger, and when \()U will graue, an- 
 noint vour plate first with red lead tempered 
 with linseed oile, let it drie, this substance lay 
 vpon the plate, and the warmer the place is, 
 when it lieth, the sooner it wil eat in, and when 25 
 
 it is drie, take away the pouder, and make the 
 plate cleane againe. 
 
 Or take two parts victriall, one third part 
 C 3 Salarmoniack,
 
 A Kooke of Secrets. 
 
 Salarmoniack, grind it together vpo a stone with 
 vrine, and lay it on as aforesaid, but lay it cold 
 vpon the place where you graue, and set it in a 
 seller four or hue houres. 
 
 5 Anothe way to graue with water. 
 
 Take verdigreece, Mercuric, sublimated vic- 
 triall, cV- alum, of the one as much as the other, 
 beat them all to pouder, put them into a glasse, 
 let them stand so half a day, & stir it often about, 
 
 lo then lay wax mingled with linseed oile, or red 
 
 lead with linseed oile, and write in it that you 
 mean to graue, then put the water vpon it, & let 
 it remaine so halfe a day, if you will haue it very 
 deepe, then let it stand longer, if you will graue 
 
 I 5 any other worke as image?, &c. Then lay the 
 
 wax v[M)n the yron or Steele very thinly on, and 
 draw what you will therein with your instru- 
 ment, that it may touch the mettall, then put 
 water into the strokes, and it will be grauen. 
 
 20 Another way, but more piercing. 
 
 'lake one ounce of verdigreece, half an ounce 
 of Alum plumosum, halfe an ounce of Salarmoni 
 ack, half an ounce of Tartarum, halfe an ounce 
 of viclrial, and half an ounce of common .salt, all 
 
 25 beaten to pouder, mingle them together, <!<: pour 
 
 strong vineger vnto them, let them stand one 
 houre, and when you wil graue, write vpon the 
 yron or Steele with linseed oile and red lead, <.\: let 
 it drie, then heat llie water aforesaid in a leaded 
 
 30 pan, iV let it stand on the l'\w, iv hold the yron or 
 
 steel ouer the pan, |)()urr the hole water vpon it 
 with a s|)Oon, and Id it run again into the i)an, 
 
 which
 
 A liookc of Scnx'ls. 
 
 which doc tor the spucc of a (luailcr olati hourc, 
 
 then rub il off willi ashes (jr \tislcact h'liic, l)Ut be 
 
 sure that the places \()ii will eat into he all well 
 
 coiiered with red lead. 
 
 To colour ([uils and parchment of divers colors. 5 
 
 Take the (juils, Ov: cut away the tethers, and 
 rui) the wel witii a wollen cloath, that the skin 
 go clean off that the iiuil may he smooth, which 
 must alwaie.s be done before you die the, cut off 
 a little of the end of the ([uil tiiat the colour may 10 
 
 enter into the, la\- them in alum water, for halfe 
 a day, take them out iV drie them, then die them, 
 when they are died, as I will teach \'on, let them 
 be wel dried, and strike them ouer with a cloath 
 betweene two fingers, then stick them in a bord 15 
 
 that is full of holes, antl let euery one haue a 
 space l)etweene it, that the)- touch not together 
 and drie them in the aire. 
 
 To die ([uils greene. 
 Take two parts verdigreece, a third part 20 
 
 Salarmoniacke, grind them well together, steepe 
 them in strong vineger, and put the ([uils into 
 it, a!id couer them close, let them lie therein till 
 they be green as you desire to haue the : you may 
 die likewise bones c'v: wood in the same manner, 25 
 
 lav the cim'ls, wood, or bones, in a leaded pot, 
 poure vineger vpon them, wherein Greekish 
 green is nuxed, couer it, and set it .seuen daies or 
 more vndi'r warme horse dimg. \'ou mav al 
 so tem[)er verdigreece with vineger, till it be 
 somewhat drie. put the ([lu'ls into it, let them lie 
 long therein, then take them out, X: put them in 
 C 4 warm
 
 A Booke of Secrets. 
 
 warm liorse dung, & let them continue therein 
 eighteene daies together: you may die red quils 
 in that sort and make them greene, also take 
 strong vineger, put it in a copper pot, or kettle, 
 5 put verdigreece into it, let it stand til it be green, 
 
 put the quils into it, &: let the lie til they be green. 
 
 Red quils. 
 Seeth the in Ikasil, as before you are taught, 
 hauing first laid them in alum water. 
 
 lo Yellow tjuils. 
 
 Seeth ihem in yellow colour, as before you 
 are taught what you shall do with the barke of 
 aple trees. 
 
 Blacke (|uils. 
 15 Seeth beaten gaules in strong vineger, lay 
 
 the cjuils in it, and let them seeth likewise, then 
 lay them in the white of egs, and put vnto them 
 the green pi Is of walnuts, and let them seeth all 
 together. 
 
 20 i'o colour parchment and velim of diuers colors. 
 
 Take as much |)archment or velim as you 
 will, and fasten it at thi' corners and sides with 
 nailes vnto a bord, with the smooth side out- 
 wards, aniioint it then with what colour you 
 
 25 will, bu it yellow, blew, red or black, such as you 
 
 find set down in this booke, let it drie well, then 
 stroke it oner, and let it dric in a ])lace, where no 
 dust is stirring. 
 
 F I N I N.
 
 Some Early I'rcatiscs on Tccltitoloi:^ical Chemistry. 35 
 
 Notes. 
 
 2 1. Thougli the title page is copied in full, I have not reprinted 
 the second section about wine, as it has nothing to do, either as 
 regards subject or origin, with thf books at present under con- 
 sideration. 
 
 The original i)ani])hlel is not paged, and reference to it, is, there- 
 fore, possible only by the signatures. 'I'he numbers, printed on 
 the margin of the pages, indicate the lines, and have been added 
 by me for convenience of reference in these notes. 
 
 The present reprint is not a facsimile, for the tract is in black 
 letter, but it corresponds page for i)age and line for line with the 
 original. 
 
 The British Museum co[)y is cut rather close at the foot of the 
 title-page, so that only the u[)per [)art of the figures composing the 
 date, 1596, appears. Unfortunately it has been omitted 
 altogether from the ])hotographic reproduction. 
 
 It may be noted that the translation is not literal, but is a good 
 deal condensed, and that words and phrases, sometimes of im 
 portance, are not unfrequently omitted, but on the whole it is 
 fairly accurate and useful. As I have shown in Supplement III. 
 %\z. sqq., the translation was not made from the original (nor from 
 that of 1532, above, i$ 5), but from one of the later editions. 
 
 A3 V. 1. 7 The German is 'sauber,' i.e. 'sifted r/m//,' omitted 
 
 in the translation. 
 !. 13 German: ' fiinfften,'/?//'// da)-, not /?/-.<■/. 
 1. 21 German: 'sauber,' i.e. 'another rAv?// pot," omitted 
 
 in the translation. 
 1.2 1 After 'pot' the clause is ouu'tted : 'Let it run 
 
 through of itself and do not wring the cloth.' 
 1. 24 After 'daies,' add : 'but stir it at intervals." 
 1. 25 German: 'so seiheesab,' 'strain it off,' rather than 
 
 'pour it out.' 
 A4 r. 1. 7 German : 'eng glass' ; 'a strait glass,' omitted in 
 
 the translation. 
 1. 1 1 'welleaded.' The German is 'verglassten, "glazed.' 
 
 This translation is given throughout the tract. I
 
 36 Royal Philosophual Society of Glasi^ow. 
 
 can find no other instance of this use of the 
 word 'leaded.' 
 1. 14 The clause : ' but suffer . . pots brim ' should 
 
 be in parentheses. 
 1. 16 'leaded,' see above, 1. 11. 
 
 1. 18 ' straine it through.' The (lerman is ' [)ress it out.' 
 
 1. 20 'matter.' Tiie German is 'Brii,' 'infusion,' or 
 
 ' extract.' 
 1. 21 'mix them intimately.' In the original text it is 
 
 'grind and mix them intimately.' 
 A4 /•. 1. 28 ' a little quantitie.' The German is ' of these two 
 
 waters take an ecjual quantity.' 
 A4 V. 1. 9 'soft fire.' The German is 'zum koln feiir.' 
 
 This translation of the phrase is given throughout 
 the tract. 
 1. 19 'consumed.' German, 'zergangen,' 'dissolved' or 
 
 ' melted.' 
 1. 20 'cup of victriuU": German: 'lot," 'an ounce of 
 
 victriall ' (i.e. green vitriol, or ferrous sulphate). 
 1^1 /-. 1. 2 'a small peece of Alum.' German: ' einer erbis 
 
 gross Alaun,' i.e. 'a bit of Alum the size of a pea.' 
 11. 3-4 lietween these lines in the editions of 1532, 1537, 
 and 1563, there is another receipt for making ink, 
 as follows: 'boil for an hour aldertree buds cut 
 small, powdered vitriol and beer. When cold 
 strain through a cloth and add powdered galls 
 and a little alum, stirring the whole well.' 
 1. 17 'or a candlestick.' These words have no equiva- 
 
 lents in the original text. 
 Hi r. 11. 20-21 In the translation a receipt for making ink in 
 a hurry is omitted. It consists in immersing a 
 well-worn blue whetstone in milk and rubbing 
 well-burnt charcoal on it until the milk is black 
 enough. This ink does not kecj). Another 
 method is to lake whey, put into it hammer scales 
 and the fine sand from a grind stone, then as 
 before rub charcoal on a whetstone. 
 1. 21 Tlie title of this receipt in German is: ' to keep 
 ink hom drying up and turning mouldy, and to 
 prevent moths and nu'cc from gnawing the paper.'
 
 So/ne Early 7'/ru/ist'S on 'rtclinolo^^ical C/iein/'s/rv. 37 
 
 1. 25 The (lerman words arc 'outside rough husks.' 
 
 1. 26 'HiL- (ieruiaii is: 'so dorret sie nicht ein,' 'it does 
 not dry up'; the translation is: 'and it will not 
 sinke through the paper.' 
 
 1. 26 'tino' is an original misprint for 'into.' 
 Bi 7'. 1. I 'And that it may not come oiV is W'.P.'s ren- 
 
 dering of the words: ' Das sie aher nicht schimlig 
 werde,' i.e. 'that it may not become mouldy.' 
 
 1. 3 The word 'moths' has been omitted after 'nor.' 
 
 1. 6 'that it may not be seen.' The CJerman is: 'das 
 
 mans nicht lesen kan,' 'that one cannot read 
 it.' 
 
 1. 7 'wet with water,' should l)e 'wet witli a water.' 
 
 The (lerman is: 'ziehe es dam durch ein wasser.' 
 The water is a watery extract of galls. 
 
 1 12. 'when you will read it.' The German is: 'So du 
 oder ein anderer das will lesen,' 'You or anotlier.' 
 
 I. 16 'into a cleane pot.' 'J'he German adds 'nach der 
 
 grosse des brieffs,' 'according to the size of the 
 paper.' 
 
 II. 18-T9 A receii)t is omitted: 'To make a black letter 
 
 with white writing.' Mix yolk of egg with water 
 and write with it. AVhen dry wash the whole 
 paper with ink. When it is to be read scrape the 
 paper with a knife and the writing will appear 
 white on a black ground. 
 1. 29 The German is 'alumen plumosum.' 
 B2 r. 1. 3 For 'colour 'read 'colours.' 
 
 1. 5 The word 'element' is here used in its old meaning 
 
 of the sky or air. The German word is 'himmel.' 
 1. 9 At the end insert the words 'clear supernatant.' 
 
 'Let it stand over night, in the morning strain 
 the clear supernatant part off through a cloth," is 
 a stricter rendering of the original. 
 1. II for 'a quart of water' read 'a quart of the water.' 
 1. 12 read 'of Brasill wood shaved.' 
 1. 21 read 'let it stand a night on the wood.' 
 1. 24 'penny' is here the translation of 'pfennig.' 
 1. 27 'darke.' The German is 'braun,' which is a 
 specific colour.
 
 38 Royal Pkilosopliual Society of Glasgow. 
 
 II. 28-30 The last clause is more precise in the German : 
 'as soon as it has boiled, and see that it does 
 not run over when you put in the chalk, when 
 it has grown cold, strain it off and put it in a glass 
 or clean jar, which can be closely stopped 
 above.' 
 
 Between this receipt and the next one there are 
 two others for making a red colour with Brasill in 
 the 1563 edition, but they are not contained either 
 in the 1532 or 1537 edition. 
 B2 V. 1. 6 ' Heidleber ' is a transformation of the German 
 
 Haidelber, or Heydelbeer, bilberry, which ap- 
 parently the translator did not know. 
 
 1. 1 1 For ' straine ' read ' press.' 
 
 1. 12 'let it stand awhile,' add : ' till it settle.' 
 
 1. 13 Insert 'clean' before 'pot.' 
 
 1. 14 'Rosin,' or ' Roszin' in German means 'crimson.' 
 I do not know whether it ever had tlie .same 
 meaning in English, or whether the translator has 
 simply used the German term for want of an 
 equivalent. 
 B)3 ;•. 1. 4 This receipt is not complete: Take soot, meth- 
 
 wertz (honey and water), alum, boil them up, add 
 cinnabar ground with water, mix them all together 
 with alum and gum arabic. 
 
 Methwertz is literally 'mead wort.' It is omit- 
 ted in the translation. 
 
 The German is 'Cinober,' or 'Zinober,' cin- 
 nabar, liere translated 'gine[)er," which, according 
 to Murray, is 'juniper.' He gives no example of 
 the present use of the word. 
 
 I have found no authority for 'granded.' 
 
 1. 9 Tlie fust i)art of the recei[Jt for a brown or tawny 
 
 colour is omitted: 'Take boiled Brasill and white 
 vitriol, mix them and boil them well.' 
 
 Ill the I 53 I and 1563 editions the reading is 
 'Galgenstein,' in that of 1537 it is 'Galitzenstein,' 
 ' while vitriol.' The word 'Galgenstein' is not 
 in any dictionary of old or modern German, 
 which I have consulted.
 
 So/iii' Early Treatises on Tciluioloi^iial Clwinistry. 39 
 
 B3 r. 1. 19 Read: 'take llic l);uk (jf;ii)])U' trees.' C'ompare 
 
 nott- oil ( "4 7'. 1. I 3. 
 1^3 V. 1. 2 ' inco " is aiiotlier ()riji;in;il inispiinl for 'into.' 
 
 H3 V. 1. 16 'The German is V.wo iiacht viid tag.' 
 
 11. 16-17 Here is omitted a receipt: 'To keei) ■''^P gi'een for 
 
 a year.' 
 1. 17 'A faire greene colour.' This receipt was fully 
 
 discussed in Supplement III. §§ 12-17. 
 11. 20-26 'leaded,' meaning 'glazed.' See A4 r. 1. 11. 
 1. 23 'copper plates.' The German is ' Feihelspen,' 
 or, 'Feyhlspen vom kujjffer,' i.e. 'copper filings.' 
 B4 r. Two or three short receipts for making green 
 
 colours are omitted. They are as follows : — 
 11. 3-4 Indigo and orpiment ground together make a 
 green. 
 
 Verdigris ground with vinegar, in which saffron 
 in a cloth has been steeped, and the yellow colour 
 extracted and mixed with gum water, makes a 
 good liglit green. 
 11. 6-7 Grind verdigris with juice of rue, init it in a copper 
 vessel, mix with vinegar and add a little }()lk of 
 egg to keep it from running. 
 1. 7 Instead of 'good greene,' the title should be 
 
 ' Greek greene.' 
 B4 /-. 11. 18-19 Here is omitted a receipt to make a blue colour 
 with Alum and the juice of elder-berries, or dane- 
 wort berries. 
 11. 22-23 Also by boiling bilberries and 'Metwertz' together. 
 B4 V. 1. 2 'well couered.' The German is 'oben verstopffet.' 
 
 1. 14 For 'leaded' read 'leaden.' The German is 'in ein 
 bleien Schiissel.' Here it does not mean 'glazed." 
 Ci r. 1. 5 The German title is: 'Zu schonen Blumen.' 
 
 1. 16 The German is more detailed: 'unslaked white 
 lime, lime from eggshells, chalk, grind them to- 
 gether with the milk of a goat.' 
 Ci V. 1. I 'Soft fire'; German, 'ein kolenfewr.' 
 
 See A4 V. 1. 9 and note. 
 Ci v. 1. 15 The translation is not accurate: 'thus dann in 
 ein glass, mit einem langen Hals, verkleibe das 
 glass vmhcr mit gutem leymen, und setze es in
 
 40 Royal rhilosopJiical Society of Glasgo7V. 
 
 ein scherben niit aschen, maclie ein fewr dar- 
 under,' &c., i.e. 
 
 'put it in a glass with a long neck, plaster the 
 glass all round with good lute, and set it in a 
 potsherd in ashes, make a fire under it,' &c. 
 1. 2 1 'Cin' is a misprint for 'Tin.' 
 
 1. 22 'Tartarum.' The German is 'W'issmat,' 'bismuth.' 
 See C3 V. 1. 23. 
 C2 ;•. 1. 2 'a pewter pot.' German: 'ein zinnen hornlein,' 
 
 'a little tin horn.' 
 1. 7 'Tartarum,' 'wissmat.' See Ci v. 1. 22. 
 
 C2 ;-. 1. 25 'let it purifie.' The German is more exact : 
 'streichs biss du nichts vnreyns darinnen findest,' 
 'strain it till free from all impurity.' 
 C2 r. & V. In the 1563 edition there is a receipt to write 
 
 with gold and silver out of the pen another way, 
 which is not in the 1531 and 1537 editions or in 
 the English translation. 
 C2 r. 1. 12 The translation is defective: Take a fresh hen's 
 egg, make a hole at each end and blow it, 
 then take the yolk of another egg without the 
 white, and the fourth [)arl as much of quicksilver, 
 grind them well together, close one of the holes 
 with lime and the white of an egg, set it under a 
 hen with six other eggs, let her sit on it for three 
 weeks, (S>:c. 
 
 But the author neglects to say that the mixture 
 is to be put into the empty eggshell, before it is 
 laid under the hen. This curious receipt was 
 (juoted in my first pai)er, (1888, §3). 
 C2 /-. 1. 28 'Saltstone.' In Sup|)lement III. ^ 9 under this 
 word I indicated that in translating ' Saltzsteyn ' 
 'saltstone,' W.F. had made a mistake for 'rock- 
 salt.' I am not certain now that the criticism 
 was justified, but, whether ox not, it is a more con- 
 fused piece of nomenclature than I was aware of. 
 In the first i)lace ' stein-salz ' is 'rock-salt,' 
 natural crystallized salt which is mined, as at 
 AVieliczka. In the second ])lace ' salzstein ' 
 according to JJenecke and J^cxer is eciuivalent to
 
 S(»/ic Early Treatises on Techiiolin^ical Chemistry. 41 
 
 'salzkrystall,' which I take it is imich tlie same 
 as the preceding. J^ut il is alscj cciuivalent to 
 'Pfannenstein,' tliat is the stony deposit or in- 
 crustation which forms in the pans when the salt 
 is boiled and which consists of difficultly soluble 
 salts of lime and magnesia with other impurities. 
 It is not (juite plain in which sense the word is 
 used in the present receipt, and whether the 
 translation is correct or not. Now, according to 
 Murray, the word ' saltstone ' is equivalent to 
 'salzstein,' and signifies 'rock-.salt,'as he illustrates 
 by various quotations. Again, if 'saltzsteyn ' in 
 the receipt meant 'rock-salt', W.P. was correct in 
 translating it 'salt-stone,' as ttiat was a current 
 English word. But if it denoted 'Pfannenstein,' 
 which is apparently the common use of the word, 
 then 'saltstone' was not a satisfactory rendering 
 of it. Perhaps the translator did not know there 
 was any difference. 
 
 C2 V. 11. 7-8 Between these lines another method is given in 
 the 1531, 1537 and 1563 editions, ])ut omitted 
 in the English : — 
 
 'Take tripoli with which the barbers rub their 
 basins, and sugar Benit or candy : grind them with 
 warm gum water, write with it, let it dry, and then 
 rub it with the metal as above said.' The word 
 'Benit' is Middle-German for a species of barley 
 sugar, made by concentrating honey till it forms 
 a stick or rod. 
 1. II 'leaded pipkin,' German: 'verglassten;' 'soft fire,' 
 
 German: 'kolenfewer.' 
 
 C2 V. 1. 12 The translation seems to be the reverse of the 
 original: 'setz es auff ein kolen fewr, thu jhm nit 
 zu heyss, roste es wol, biss es Schwartz wiirt wie 
 ein kol, reibs dann vff dem stein,' i\:c. the direction 
 being to roast it well till it grows as black as 
 a coal. 
 1.18 'leaded pot,' German: 'verglasten hafen.' 
 1. JO After 20 is a receipt in the 1531, 1537 i^nd 1563 
 editions, omitted in the English version ; —
 
 42 Roval Philosophical Society of Glasi:;o7V. 
 
 Take strained, or litiuid, or virgin honey (honig- 
 seini) mix it with glue and write with it. Let it 
 dry a Httle, then lay silver or gold on it and when 
 quite dry, polish it. 
 C3 r. 11. g-i8 This paragraph is not a very close rendering of 
 the original. It is printed in the 1531 and 1563 
 editions but not in that of 1537. In the trans- 
 lation the first paragraph about etching has been 
 shortened and differently arranged so that it has 
 become unintelligible. Shortly it is as follows: — 
 Make a thick paste of lime-tree charcoal, vitriol, 
 and salammoniac with vmegar. Then sketch 
 or write what you wish to etch with red lead and 
 linseed oil and let it dry. Then lay on the paste 
 about as thick as the little finger, and heat it, 
 short of burning it. AVhen it is quite dry rub off 
 the powder, and wipe the picture. 
 
 Another mi.xture was vitriol, alum, zinc sul- 
 phate, vinegar, salt and linden charcoal. 
 C3 V. 1. 6 The punctuation here , is wrong. Instead of 
 
 'Mercuric, sublimated victriall,' read 'Mercuric 
 sublimated, victriall.' 
 C3 V. 1. 14 The punctuation here is most misleading. After 
 "longer" there should be a full stop and then a 
 new paragra])h should begin and run thus: 
 
 If you will grave any sunk writing or carving, 
 then spread the iron or steel with a thin layer (jf 
 wax, write with an awl or l)<)dkin (IMriemen) in 
 the wax down to the metal, {)our I he water on it 
 and it eats its way in. 
 1 23 'Tartarum,'' read 'tartar,' (jcrman 'W'einstein." 
 
 W.V. uses the word 'tartarum' for two absolutely 
 different substances. See ("1 f'. 1. 22. 
 1. 27 The translator has omilled from the original the 
 
 words:- 
 
 'and that whidi )()u mean to clch and is to be 
 raised or in relief, ilnnv with linseed oil and 
 massicot (lileigelb), let it dry,' &c. as in the 
 translation. 
 1. 29 'leaded,' German is 'glazed.'
 
 Some Early Treatisi-s on 'ft'c/i/ioloi^iail Chemistry. 43 
 
 C4 r. 1.3 The conclusion of this receipt is not satisfactory ; 
 
 it may run thus: 'afterwards rub it off with ashes 
 
 or unslaked lime, taking care that what you are 
 
 etching is covered with the massicot, in all 
 
 directions where it should be entire.' 
 I. 6 'cut away the felhers," 'with a sharp knife' is 
 
 omitted. 
 1. 7 the German is: ' that the skin of ihc ([uill be quite 
 
 clean and smooth.' 
 1. 14 'strike them over with a cloath betweene two 
 
 lingers.' The German is: 'spread on them a very 
 
 thin coat of [)ainters' \arnish between two fingers.' 
 1. 18 'in the aire,' 'in a place where there is w> dust,' 
 
 is omitted. 
 I. 26 'leaded,' German : 'glazed.' 
 1. 27 'Greekish green.' See 1^4 ;-. 1. 7 and note. 
 1. 28 after 'mixed,' add: 'provided it is not made too 
 
 thin with the vinegar.' 
 C4 V. 1. 1 after 'warm ' add ; 'and moist.' 
 
 C4 V. 1. 13 'aple trees.' See B3 /■. 1. 1 (j and the note. 
 
 1. 18 'green pils of walnuts.' The German is; the 'juice 
 
 of walnut shells.' 
 1. 2T^ 'vnto a l)ord.' The (ierman is *ein schlechtes 
 
 brett," 'a smooth boa^d.' 
 1. 25 before 'yellow,' insert 'green.' 
 1. 27 'stroke it ouer,' add 'quite thin with painters' 
 
 varnish.' 
 
 22. To ensure accuracy and facilitate com{)arison, phototyj^es 
 are here added of the title-pages of three of the editions which 
 have been described in previous papers. They may be either 
 kept here together, or distributetl in the volumes of the Proceedings 
 where the descriptions occur. 'I'hey are as follows : — 
 
 1. ' Rechter Gebraucli d' .Alchimei,' 1531. JVoeeedings, 1888, 
 
 vol. .\i.\., ]). 126. 
 
 2. 'A profitable Hook,' 1583. Proeeetiinj^s, 1888, vol. xi.\., p. 148. 
 
 3. ' I'.n liden dog konsterig Bog,' 1648. Proceedings, 1894, 
 
 vol. XXV. p. 2 2^:-,. 
 
 There are two or three other editions of which 1 hope to give 
 similar facsimiles on a future occasion.
 
 I
 
 miflrtt/ ^.ont)etf a Wen fttnfi6rtrm ©ercfleutte «/ . 
 in t>n^ au(]cr§a(6 fmra» §Kw(^ funflrtlkc 
 nun^Iic^cntnni^dvpc^eiu^e^ 
 
 . C^e0i(Tetr <jm pol0cnbm Waft: : 
 
 * * 
 
 »v«-^ 

 
 A profitable boke * 
 
 declaring dyucrs approoued re - 
 
 mcciics,to take out fpottcs and Itaincs, in Silkcs, 
 XJelHetSfLinnneriAudWcilUn 
 (kthet, 
 
 With diners a lours hoyp to die XieU 
 
 YCts and Silkcs, Linncn and WooDcn, Fuftiaio 
 andThrcadt, 
 
 l^iro to D;eCre HeatD er, ant) to co^ 
 
 lour Fcllcs. How to Gylde,Grauc, Sowder,and Vcj:» 
 
 p((^c. 9nB CO Uxttxi anu maltefofce 
 
 YroQ and Steele, 
 
 Werp nmfUitit foii all meit, fpectali^fbt ti^ot^ 
 
 ^hich hath or (hall batii 4ny doin^tt thmin ; with 
 ^ pcrfite tabic hcrevnto, to fyndc aU 
 
 t|un{<( rtadyc, not th* like tcuMl(i« v 
 
 in En^luh hcrfto* 
 
 fort* 
 
 TAKEN OVT OF DVTCHE, 
 and cngliflicd by L* %^, 
 
 ^fmprintedat London ^Thomas 
 
 Purfootc, and WUlUm PouirTonbic*
 
 J^i) 
 
 
 «tfFt)e Of S(f d 
 
 ^wrlcbj^manb ffal farffec 2rdp/ 
 
 55ecit/];crn/^iti/©Ia^/?&t)r^crKtetc/eir# 
 
 tf (/ @f InD o( icbDcr / faa otn otflhaidc fl^g^ ^orffpc of 
 (crcDe/ ac ffriffoc oc maU mcO« 
 
 §U9^crc/3;nDlcg9crc/®tifD<cfrre/55<cnDrct)c^ 
 
 rc/JcQ^m^rrr/ 3arffofrc/©f omagm o( an* 
 
 Dr( fom til foaDant Xpf! ^aff per 
 
 ttf SXicntflr. 
 
 Paa^9^(^'e^u«gcmaal f^rft fammciipfrcff* 
 
 pen aff Ocn Dle&er^mtc/txlforfarnc 
 QRan& 
 
 ALEXIO PEDEMONTANO. 
 
 D( ttu itieetiiqe SyZant) til bef}e oc "Sictiif^e paa 
 
 i^ort iDanff < ©prog transfcrerct, u^faf oc Itl 
 
 XrpcfcnforfcrrMgd* 
 
 ?)ttntcf < Kf05en^flffn/ 9(ar Id4S* 
 
 aff Peter J^af^ 
 - Paa3)^rg<n^o((ijeQ5oa^.<25cfoflninj/o(fint>ii 
 ^oo^anmmfilfi^^^.
 
 SOME EARLY TREATISES 
 
 ON 
 
 TECHNOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 
 
 SUPPLEMENT V. 
 
 JOHN FMEGUSON, LL.J)., 
 
 EMBKlTfS CROF^SOK 01- CHEMliiTRV. 
 THE UNIVKHSITV OF GtASGOW: 
 
 GLASGOW : 
 
 PRINTED FOR THE ROYAL PHILOSOPHICAL SOQETY 
 OF GLASGOW. 
 
 1916.
 
 4d
 
 r 
 
 SOME EARLY TREATISES 
 
 ON 
 
 TECHNOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 
 
 SUPPLEMENT V 
 
 BY 
 
 JOHN FEEGUSON, LL.D., 
 
 EMBRITUS PROFESSOR OK CHtMlSTRY, 
 THE L'NIVERSITV OF (JLASGOW 
 
 GLASGOW : 
 
 PRINTED FOR THE ROYAL PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY 
 OF GLASGOW. 
 
 1916.
 
 [from the proceedings ok thk royal philosophical society 
 
 or GLASGOW.] 
 
 Some Early Treatises on Technological Gheniistri/. Supplement 
 V.^ By Professor John Ferguson, LL.D. 
 
 [Read before the Society, Wednesday, 9th February, 1916.] 
 
 1. In the second of these supplements, JilO, - reference was 
 made to " A profitable boke (ieelaring dyuers approoved remedies, 
 to take out spottes and staines," translated out of " Dutch," by 
 Leonard Mascall. Six editions were enumerated, of which three 
 had been previously describtxl from copies, the remaining three 
 were taken from catalogues. 
 
 2. One of the latter was dated 15<<8, and the only accoinit of 
 it that could be obtained was given by Maunsell and by Hazlitt. 
 
 • ). Quite reeentlv 1 found a copy of it in the Huiiterian 
 Library, and I take this opportunity of comparing it with the 
 others. It will help to complete the list. 
 
 ' It may be observed that a portion of the material in this paper was 
 gathered more than twenty j'ears ago, and all of ii before 1914. 
 
 - Proardini^s of the Royal Philosophical Society, 1909-10, .\U., p. I'iO. 
 For some account of Mascall and his works, see Transactions oj tiie Ann- 
 leological Society, N.S., Glasgow, 1915, VII. Pt. 1, " Notes on . . . Books of 
 Secrets," § (3. i
 
 4 The Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgoiv. 
 
 4-. The title pa<ie and style of th(> l.")S8 edition are sinular to 
 those ah-ead}- described. The title is as follows : — 
 
 A profitable booke 
 
 declaring dyuers approoued re- 
 medies, to take out spottes and staines, in Silkes, 
 Ve/uets, Linnen and Woollen 
 Clothes. 
 
 With diuers colours how to die Vciuets 
 
 and Sylkes, Linnen and woollen, Fustian 
 
 mid Threade. 
 
 Also to dresse Leather, and to co- 
 lour Felles. How to Gild, Gi-aue, Sowder, and Ver- 
 nishe. And to harden and make softe 
 Yroii and tSteele. 
 Very necessarie for all men, specially for those 
 
 ivhirJi ha,fh or xhall hdiw any doluyes therein irilh 
 
 a perfite table hereunto, to finde all things 
 
 readye, not the like reuealde in Eng- 
 
 lise heretofore. 
 
 TAKEN OVT OF DVTCHE, 
 
 and englished by L. M. 
 
 [Ornament.] 
 
 11 Imprinted at London by Thomas 
 
 Purfoote, dwelling in the newe 
 
 Rentes. 1588. 
 
 Small 4'. A to Lin fours (J^4 blank) ; or pp. [2] 78 [6, 2 blank], 
 I'.lack hotter : but most of the title and the headings of the 
 paragraphs are in ininan. 'I'wo oiiiameiital capitals. The pages 
 are numbered AV. instead of raye. 
 
 Al Title; A2 to K4 Text; Ll-3 Tabic; LI blank.
 
 Some Earhj Tri'dtincs im 'J'lc/niD/oi/irtif ('In mlxlrif. 5 
 
 ■ ). As this cohcIikIcs the talc of editions at present known to 
 ine, attentic)n may now he (hreeted to cei'tain topics wliieh have 
 aiiscn in th(^ course of the research, hut ha\c not Ijcen (hscussed. 
 Even supposintc tliat soine of the involved prohlenis cannot yet 
 h(> solved, it will he convenient to have them enunciated, so 
 tiiat they can he disposed of wlicn the facts have hcen 
 ascertained. 
 
 (>. One of the topics is tlie existence of a nunilnr of hooks, 
 which, though not helonging to the two st-iies hitherto dealt 
 with, are, nevertheless, linked to them, not only hy similarity 
 or identity of theme, hut hy containing several of the Jictual 
 receipts. 
 
 In my attempt, therefore, to produce as complete a view of 
 the suhject us practicahle, these books cannot well he passed 
 over. Besides possessing intrinsic interest, they exhibit the 
 vitality of some of the rec(Mpts. These reappear in collections 
 ]<jng after the time when, so far as one can conjecture, they were 
 first })ublished, the littk» manuals which originally ccmtained 
 them having been superseded by more modern compilations. On 
 examining these later gatherings, receipts recur word for worrl, 
 or with unes.sential alterations <mly, for bv long experience they 
 had been proved con\enient for their purpose, they supplied 
 a want, and the easiest thing to do was to transfer them bodily 
 to the new books. 
 
 7. The authors and works which aic now to hi' examined are 
 tile following : — 
 
 I. Valentin Bolt/, /Unminirbnrh, 1547. 
 
 II. Andreas Helmreich, Jxiiitstbiichlein, IM'u. 
 
 III. Carolus Battus, Secree.tbocrk, 1594. 
 
 IV. Das ivohl ZKhcrfitcti' ThitonfaaSy 1732. 
 V. Dcr t^oUkonimene FIcckcHkihisfli'V, 1797. 
 
 They .stretch, therefoiv, ovi'i- some two hunilred and fifty 
 years, but it is possible that the lists following do nt)t include 
 all the editions, or all the works on the subject.s, published 
 during that interval. If theie be others they can bi' Htte(l into 
 their niches when they are known. 
 
 The present tracts may be taken in order of publication, 
 thi)ugh — except No. IV. — they are not reprints, or derived from 
 or supplemental to one another, for, excluding the receipts which 
 are common to them, thcv differ I'Ssentially. 
 
 B
 
 The Royal Philomphical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 T. Valentin Boltz. 
 
 S. The earliest dated tract is that on illumination, or painting 
 in miniature, l)}^ Boltz. It has one or two noteworthy points 
 hesidcs its authorship ; in particular its date, which makes it 
 nearly contemporaneous with the original series, although not 
 belonging to them. It is an independent production, but it is 
 in touch with them, as will be shown. 
 
 Valentin Boltz was a man of some distinction and of un- 
 doubted energy and ability, for he was a scholar, a popular 
 preacher, dramatic author and actor, and an artist, skilled in the 
 preparation and use of colours. It is his tract on this subject 
 that finds a place for him her(>. A word, or two, however, may 
 be said about the man himself. 
 
 9. He was a native of Rufach"' in Uppei' Alsace, a small town on 
 the Ombach, south of Colmar, and about halfway to Miihlhausen. 
 
 It lias liad a stirring past, and it is not impossible tliat it may 
 have its formcu- (^xperi(!nces, but intensified, over again before its 
 future; is decided. I'hough 1 have not ascertained tlie year of 
 his bii'th, it nuist have l)een in the early part of th(> sixtetMith 
 century. 
 
 10. He is lirst heai'd of as I )iac(>nus at I'libingen, and in 1539 as 
 the translator into German prose of tlie Comedies of 'IVrence, 
 thus showing even then his liking for the drama. According to 
 
 •"■ He calls himself Boltz von Ruffach. possibly to avoid confusion willi an old 
 noble faniily of the .same name in Silesia. 
 
 Ruffach or Rufach (called Ruheaquuni, Ruheacum, Rufacuni, and Kufiana) 
 belonged to the bishop of Strasburg, but in spiritualities io the bishop of Basel. 
 King l)agol)ert built there the castle of Isenburg, or Kisenburg, one of the 
 oldest in Alsace and often the residence of tlie Merovingian kings. IJoth it 
 and the town were harried with fire and sword by the Kmperor Henry IV., 
 and again by the Kmperor I'liilip. In the war between the rival I'lmperors, 
 Adolph and Albrecht, the town was besieged by the former, but it made so 
 stout a resistance that he liad to wilhchaw on the advance of Albrecht. In 
 1 034 it was stormed by the Swedes, but taken again b)- the Imperialists. \n 
 \iVii^^ it was captured iiy the I'lmch rmni Colmar. Theft was punished at 
 Rufach with such vigour lliat llie coninion saying was that "the okl gallows at 
 Rufach does not want for stout oal<.'" It must liave been something like the 
 kind gallows of Orieff. A modern castle has l)een erected on King Dagobert's 
 old foundations. The district was called Mundat. or Munus datum, because 
 it was given in <i40 by Dagoberl to the diocese of Strasburg. See Zedler. 
 Grossrs Universal Lexicon, Leipzig u. Halle, 1742, x.\xii., 1521 -'22.
 
 Sonic Enrhj 'rrcatisfs mi 'rrrltiioldi/iinl ('lirmisl ni. 7 
 
 a Gciiiuiii ci-itic' he is in»t ;i urcut truiislalor, Itut (tn acc<<mit of 
 his wide views us tu the importance of truiislatioii foi- the niothcr 
 tongue and the spiritual value of the works of tlie ancients, is 
 worthy of the highest esteem. Ilecpiotes the passage in wliieli 
 liolt/. \ indicates his right, even though a servant of tiie (Miureh, 
 U) translate such plays as those of T(>renee. Holt/ says that from 
 Terence, ajid Plautus, and Virgil, he had learned to understand 
 the " Ijatin Evaiigelium," .sY/rrr/ »",(■ //?vYy//(^////,s. Km- as (hnl hath 
 given us the fine arts through the heathen, who so de.spistvs art, 
 despises God the giver, and then Bolt/, lilames the (h^rrnans for 
 neglecting their own language, which c(>itaiidv was crude; enougli 
 then/' Degen had a great o])i)n'on of IJoltz, even though he 
 admitted that his diction was rough. 
 
 11. As its readers were unconscious of this ilefect, the transla- 
 tion was successful. Tt appeared first in 1539, witlnmt place, 
 but probably at Tubingen ; then in 1540, there ; * in 1544, 1559, 
 and 1567. Degen gives a specimezi of the translation.''^ 
 
 In 1546 Bolt/ was preacher— Spitaljn-edigei-, or Spitalpfari-er- 
 at Basel, and his earliest play, "Paul's Conversion," was put on 
 the stage in the same year. An account of this event is giveji bv 
 Pastor .Johaim Gast in his Taifohxich, or diary. "^ He als(» expres.ses 
 a I'ather unfavourable criticism of Boltz as a preachiM- and of a 
 sermon he delivered on Ascension dav (May 10th), 1548, and 
 complains that in the sermon he advanced nothing w(»rthv '^•f * 
 
 ■* Johann Friedrich Degen, Versiic/i eiiicr vollstiindii;eii l.i/teiatiir di r 
 deutschcn [/ebcrscfzi/in^ru drr Roi>i<r. Altenburg, 1794-i(7. l';ir( II.. |)p. 
 460-4(W. 
 
 ^ It lias not impiovetl much since tlien, for ni)l so long ago George Hnrmw, 
 not an unqualified judge, could still call it "the most uncouth s|ieech in 
 Europe." 
 
 " Adelung, in his continuation of Jocher"s Gclchrten-l.exiion, Leipzig. 17.S4, 
 I. col. 2010, quotes the translation, hut the title he gives does not seen> exact. 
 The following version is fuller : — 
 
 I'ublii Tcrentii -Vphri seclis verleutschle co- 
 moedien auss eygen angehorner Lateini- 
 ■schcn spraach. auffs Irewlichsl Irans- 
 ferirl. (ielruckt zu Tiihingen von 
 I'hich Morharl. MW. 4". 
 
 " A German translation of Terence had been printed at Strasburg by 
 Griininger in 1499, probably before Bolt/, was born. 
 
 '^ Edited by Buxtorf-Falkeiscn, Basel, 1856.
 
 8 I'he Royal PhUoxophical Society of Glasgorv. 
 
 leaint'd man. If one may judge by the quotations given, it must 
 have been a sermon to the people, in the people's language, with 
 illustrations and appeals that the people could understand and 
 respond to. Boltz, possibly, had his own opinion of his con- 
 temporaries as they of him, but whether they approved or not, 
 he played to his audience in the pulpit, as well as on the boards, 
 and he was apparently fully appreciated in both roles, for crowds 
 went to the sermon. 
 
 12. His greatest literary work was the drama, " Weltspicgel," 
 the "Mirror of the World," which was acted on 11th and 12th 
 May, 1550. The charactei-s — mostly allegoi-ical — amount to 158, 
 and the play is a sort of satirical review of life as it then 
 appeared. It was printed the same year ■' at Basel by Jacob 
 Kiindig, and again in 1551. A new edition appeared in 1891.'" 
 
 Boltz's third play, the " .Anointing of David,"' was performed in 
 1554, and was published in that year. It is a dramatized version 
 of the history of >Saul and David, and it also involves a large 
 number of actors, amounting to sixty-two.' ' 
 
 ■'The first edition, 1550, is of the utmost rarity, the only copy known, 
 apparently, being that described by lirunel, Manuel dii I.ibrairc, Paris, 18(50, 
 1. col. 1080. He also mentions the other two dramas : " Pauli Bekehrung,'' 
 I}a.sel, 154() ; " Oelung Davidis," Basel, 15.i4 ; and quotes the prices (a few 
 francs only !) which they fetched at different sales. 
 
 "'This reprint of the 1551 edition is contained in Sclnveizerischc Schau- 
 spielc des Scchszehnieii Jahrhitiidcrts, bearbeitct . . . iinter Leitung von 
 Jakob Biichtold, Zuricii, 1891, vol. ii. pp. 113-153. The text of the play is 
 preceded, pp. 99-112, by an introduction about Boltzs life and writings by 
 the editor. Dr. Albert Gassier. lie merely refers to the lllumimrbuch by 
 name, but says notliing about it. 
 
 ' ' There is a copy of this book in the liritish Museum (11745, l^bb. 7). The 
 title is as follows : — 
 
 Oelung Daui | dis dess Jiinglings, \ and | .sein 
 strait wider den Ri- | sen Goliath. | Durch 
 Valentinum Boll/. | von Ruffach. | [vignette] 
 Gedruckt zu Basel b\- iiarlholomc | Stahriliii. 
 1554. I 
 It is a small 8vo, a to 1 in eights, m tliiee leaves, the fourlh (blank ? or with a 
 device or colophon ?) wanting, and is neatly printed in various sizes of type, 
 with head and tail pieces. The vignette is a tentefl field, with David and with 
 ( ioliath in iiis panoply in the foreground. ( )n b7 verso is a wciodcut of Samuel 
 pouring oil on David's head. 
 
 If the other ])lays are got up in the same style, the three would form ;i rhoicc 
 morsel for the book lover.
 
 Sotiic Earhf Treat Oil's on 'ri-i-liitoJini'iriit ('himistrij. '.) 
 
 Other plays are iiK'ntioiied as having Ijcin wiitten by I'oltz, 
 but they do not seem to have been printed. 
 
 13. Besides the plays, a translation in \ers(! is attributed to 
 him by Graesse, ^- which I liave not oUsi-rvcd quoted bj' any 
 other authority : — 
 
 Senece gsprachbiichlein wider dii; umcrsehenc 
 zuffil (A'n vers rimes.) Basel, Jac. Kiindig, 
 1552, in 8°. Av. fig. en bois. (?,th. Heyse.) 
 
 Bolt/.'s death is said tu have occurred in 1 500, at Bingen in 
 Badt;n. 
 
 14. Into the meiit of these plays it is not the business of the 
 present. paper to inquiie. They have been reviewed ^'^ and their 
 importance appraised as illustrative of the then mode of thought, 
 the manners and customs, and the morals, or want of them, which 
 the preachers of the period fulminated against. Jiut it is as well 
 to know that our author was more prominent in dramatic and 
 other literary piu'suits, than in the obscure art of illumination. 
 
 15. In the midst of all his preaching and play-writing and 
 acting, one rather wonders how he found time to acquire the 
 knowledge and skill which his book about colours and illumina- 
 tion shows he possessed, or to practise the art as he nuist have 
 done. But, howevei- it is to be accounted for, the book was 
 certainly written and published by him, for it is referred to by 
 his biograjahers. The subject, however, seems so incongruous 
 with his other occupations, that it is not sui'prising that the 
 plays and the book on colours have been assigned to different 
 authors. 
 
 16. Whether the date of the first ech'tion be 1517 or 15-49, 
 does not affect the value of the book as being the liist of a 
 contenqiorary series which traverses nearly the same grountl as 
 that done by the KvusthiirhJlu, but, with certain exceptions, 
 furnishes a different set of receipts, besides treating of a subject 
 not alluded to in any of the other books. On the other hand a 
 large portion of its contents has been transferred to the Sccrt'i't- 
 Boeck of Carolus Battus, to be mentioiied subsequently, « here it 
 accompanies receipts contained in books already anah'si'd. I tideed 
 
 '- 7'ri'sor (A' /./rres A'a/cs c'/ JVc'i/eitx. Drcsde, IS.V.I. I. 478. 
 "By Gessler already quoted, and liy Jacob Biichtold, it'is</iir/i/t- dtr 
 Deitt.u/icn LitcratKi- ill dcr Sclni'dt-., Fraiienfeld, lS!t2. pp. 341 rUT.
 
 10 Till' Roijitl J'hilosophical Socictij of Glasgoic. 
 
 without some notice of Boltz's work, and of Helmieich's as well, 
 the account of Battus's collection would be inadequate. 
 
 17. To come, therefore, to tlie Illuminirlmrh, the work of 
 Bolt/, which i.s our chief concern, I have here a copy of a late 
 reprint and haAe examined those in the British Museum. But if 
 one can trust the bibliograplu is, tliere are others besides these, 
 and the> first edition was ])riiit('(l at an eaily date. They may be 
 enumerated. 
 
 1<'^. 1547. The following notice is i;i\en by Christophorus 
 Hendreich : — ' ' 
 
 BoLTZirs Valcntinus Rubeaquensis. De coloribus 
 eoruraqiie pncparatione, Mixturis. Item nonnulla 
 secreta pictune it aliarum artium. Basil. 1547. 
 As the othei' editions which he enumerates are preceded by 
 the word " Germanice, ' one is almost justified in assuming that 
 this edition was in Latin. No other of earlier date is recorded, 
 so that it may be considered the first, until one before it is found. 
 Only Hendreich refers to this edition, but he gives no description 
 of it. 
 
 19. 1549. Farbbiich oder llluminierbuch 
 
 durch Valetim"! Boltz. mdxlix. Getmckf. 
 zii. BamI, vffdcm Xiiircii Plntz, hjj Jacol) 
 Kiindi;/, in-12, de .■!72 pp., 118 fig. s. bois. 
 This is th(^ title as given by P>runet. ^ ■^' He adds this not(^ : — 
 " An interesting book for the history of tlie art of 
 miniature : it describes the composition of all the 
 colours employed at the beginning of the XVIth 
 century; M. Didot is of opinion that the title-page 
 of the liegister is a composition of Holbein's." 
 Tlicjc can be hardly a doubt about this edition. It was 
 printed by Kiindig, who also printed " Der Weltspiegel."' A 
 point of importance, however, is the inmilx'r of woodcuts it 
 contains, for in that respect it dillers fiom all the later editions 
 1 havi^ examined. Moreover it appears to bo considerably larger, 
 because the 16.'50 edition, for exam})]e, contains only 131 i)ages, 
 with 7 of index. Wlictlier this (lilTcrence be due nierelv to the 
 
 '* randiilii' Ihandeiilmri^iiiF, Berolini, Ui!>9, p. (i.S4. 
 
 ^'' Man III I dn l.ihraire, Supplcnunl, Talis, 1S78, I. col. l-4'.t. ]5rimet 
 unfortuiKilely dues not .say wIktc lie saw lliis copy.
 
 Some Earlif Treatises oii 'rechiiolinfuud iHuunsI nj. 11 
 
 style itf printing, or perhaps to the illustrations, or to an actual 
 cui-tailnient of the matter in later editions, 1 am unable to say, 
 as I have not seen this book. Nor is there any account nf the 
 oinaiiu'ntcd title-page ascribed to Holbein. 
 
 20. It is from these entries one infers that the ijook was 
 published iirst in Latin in 1547, as Hendrcich implies, and that 
 it was almost inuncdiatel}' turned into German and published 
 hi 1")49. 
 
 On these points there is uncertainty from want of copies, but 
 whether or not there was a Latin edition to begin with, there 
 was none afterwards, so far as 1 know. It seems quite certain, 
 liowt^ver, that there was a Gf^rman version in 1549. Brunei 
 could not well have invented the title he gives : he must have 
 taken it from a copy, for it is obviously genuine. 
 
 ■_'l. The edition of 1549 is (|uoted also by Graesse, '" as 
 follows : — 
 
 Neu herfiirgesuchtes lUuminirbuch kunstlieh 
 alle Farben zu machen uud bereiten etc. 
 Basel, Jac. Kiindig 1549, iii-S. A v. fig. en bois. 
 (Uth. R. Weigel.) 
 
 This title diverges so widely from Brunet's as to engender 
 doubts. When the following list is examined it will be seen that 
 Brunet's form of the title with the word " Farbbucli " does not 
 occur again, while Graesse's form does not appear till 1645 and 
 1()61. Of the editions whicli 1 have not seen I can, of course, 
 .say nothing, but, the edition of 1550, presumably, will either 
 resemble its predecessor of 1549 and contain the worri 
 "Farbbuch," or it will have dropped it and intioduced the form 
 which is found in the edition oi 15(56, and its successors. As to 
 that of 1579, it will probably be tlie same as that of 1566 
 or 1589. 
 
 The following ([uestions, therefore, remain unanswered, for 
 want of data : — 
 
 1 Is the title, as givi-n by IJruuet, eonijilete, or has il been 
 curtailed, or is it merely descriptive \ 
 
 ■r Is Graesse's version of the title c-omplete, and, if so. what 
 has become of the word " Farbbuch .' " 
 
 3"^ If Graes.se's be the full title, why was it altered subse- 
 quently by the omission of the introductory worils .' 
 
 "'• '/'n'sor dc Livrcs Rairs et /Wiutiv. Dresde, IS.IO, I. p. 478.
 
 12 Thr Roijal Fhilosophicfil Soriffy of Glasgotv. 
 
 ■4 Why was Graosses version returned to after the lapse of a 
 hundred years ? 
 
 5" Is it possible that the book was issued m 1549 with two 
 quite different title pages ? 
 
 22. All these difficulties miirlit disappear if one could lay hands 
 on a copy of Iviindiir's edition and on those of 1550 and 1579 
 as well. 
 
 In their absence, however, 1 am inclined to regard the title 
 given by Brunet, if not complete, as more nearly genuine than 
 Graesse's. In the latter case it is difficult to reconcile the late 
 form with the first publisher, or to believe that Graesse had a 
 copy of the book before him and did not transfer the entry from 
 Weigel's second-hand book-catalogue, price and all. If so the 
 burden of the anomaly falls upon the dealer, and not upon the 
 Dresden Royal librarian, but it is remarkable that on this 
 occasion Graesse should have passed Brunet by, from whom he 
 has taken so much for his own book at other times. 
 
 This edition is not included in Hendreich's list. It is referred 
 to in passing by recent writers on Boltz, but without detail, and 
 without displaying an}- first-hand knowledge, so presumably it 
 was not examined. The biographers, moreover, seem to attach 
 no importance to this aspect of Boltz's activities, for th(>y have 
 said nothing about it, thereby displaying their own want of 
 knowledge and appreciation. The fact of its being foreign to his 
 other work should have emphasized its individuality and 
 significance. lUit then they knew nothing about the subject.' " 
 
 23. 1550. After the entry of the 1547 edition quoted above 
 Hendreich adds: " Germaiuce, F. a. M. 1550." Appaiently he 
 did not know the iiasel edition of 1549, and the word "Germajiice," 
 as has been already pointed (Jut, seems to impl}' that the 1547 
 edition was in Latin. I have not seen a copy or any other notice 
 of a 1550 edition. 
 
 Could there have been so brisk a demand for the book as tt; 
 necessitate such a rapid output? It is possible, and theconsumpt 
 may account for the scarcity of all three editions. The run iijion 
 them, however, seems to have stopped as quickly as it arose, for 
 
 '" l*crliaj)S .Sclificr may l)c excepted. He Says : " Beside.s tlic drama and 
 pnacliiiif; IJoltz understood llie leclmifiuc of painting. Ili.s Illuminiiliuch. 
 1.'349, leaclics the preparation of ctjlours.' Alli^enieiiw Deitlsclu- l^ioi^rapliie. 
 Leipzig, 1876. III. 11-1 : Iml lie ma\- iiave copied tlial from Graesse.
 
 Sonif' PJurlij TnuUlses oit, Tecltituhxilcttl CU'iitlstiij. 13 
 
 there is no indication of Boltz liavin^ hiought out an edition 
 between 1550 and 15(50, the reputed year of his d(!ath. In fju;t 
 the next edition I have n\v,t with d'\i\ nut ajjpear till six years 
 later. 
 
 24. 1566. The following account is taken from thc^copy whieli 
 is in the Bx-itish Museum [104'J. c. -H. (l.)| and is the c^arhest 
 edition 1 have seen. 
 
 T [ 1 1 u m i n i r - 
 -^ buch, Kunstllch] 
 
 alle Farben zumachen vnnd hereyten, 
 
 Allen Schreibern, [Brieffmalern], vnd 
 
 andern solcher Kiinsten liebhabern, gantz Iti- 
 
 stig vnd fruchtbar zuwissen, [Sampt etli 
 
 chen newen zugesetzten Kunstucklin,] 
 
 vormals ini Truck nie 
 
 aussgangen. 
 
 [Durch Valentinum Boltzen 
 
 von llufach.] 
 
 [15] [Vignette] [60] 
 
 [Den Innhalt dises Biichlins, sampt dem 
 
 Register findestu am ende, iVc] 
 
 Small 8'. A to H in eights, T four leaves : or, ft'. [2] 60 
 [6, llegister]. Title red and black ; the i-ed parts are within 
 heavy brackets. The vignette is a representation of the tools 
 used in illuminating. On the recto of the last leaf, [iiij., after 
 the index, is the colophon : — 
 
 Gedruckt vnnd vollendet 
 
 Jm Jar nacli der Geburt 
 
 Christi 
 
 1 .566. 
 
 There is ni-ither place nor pi-inter"s name, but from iIh- tlorid 
 capitals emi)loyed it may have emanated from Egenoltt's pri'ss. 
 The type is smaller than usual, but, from its neatness and the 
 clear spacing, it is much mori" legible than the onhnary con- 
 temporary printing. Altogether it is a rather elegant little book, 
 far superior to the later issues. The printed p.iuv measures 
 4 ,"*., inches.
 
 14 Thf' RoijfiJ Phi/osophical Society of (rlasffdn-. 
 
 This coj-iy agix'cs with the otlier.s of latei* date wliich T have 
 had for comparison, l)ut, as ah'cady remarked, it is difficult, to 
 reconcile its size, pp. l-!2, with the 37-! pp. of that of 1549. The 
 11 (S woodcuts of the latter also present a difficulty, for in none of 
 the editions I have collated are there any woodcuts, and, truth to 
 tell, one does not very well see what the)^ could he used to 
 illustrate. 
 
 The 15(i(i edition is included hy Graesse, hut bv no other 
 authority 1 have ccmsulted. 
 
 25. 1571. An edition of this year, in 8" at Frankfurt, is 
 mentioned by (xi-aesse, but bj- no one else. 
 
 26. 15(S9. The edition of this year is one of those known 
 to Hendreich. There is a copy in the British Museum 
 [1043. b. 41. (2.)] of whicli the followinj? description may be 
 given. 
 
 [ I 1 1 11 m 1 n i r b u c h 
 
 K ii n s t 1 i c h all v F a r b e n z u m a-] 
 
 chen vnnd bereyten, Allen Schrei- 
 
 Inn-n, [Brieti'nialeiii,] vnnd andern solcher 
 
 Klinsten liebhabern, i^antz lllstiij; vnd fruchtbai' 
 
 zu wissen, [Sampt etlichen neuwen zuge- 
 
 sezten Kunststiicklin,] vormals 
 
 im Truck nie auss- 
 
 gangen. 
 
 [Durch Valentinum Boltzen] 
 
 von liufach. 
 
 [Vignette.] 
 
 [Den Innlialt (Heses Biichlins, sampt deni] 
 
 Register tindestu am Fnde, ite. 
 
 1 5 S !) . 
 
 Small Svo. A to 11 in eight.s, llviij is blank; or, ffi [2] 55 
 [6, IJegister and colophon] [I blank]. Title I'cd and black ; the 
 red parts are put within heavy brackets. The vignette is 
 identical with tliat in tlu^ loOd edition, but the book itself is not 
 nearly so neat and attractiv(\
 
 Some Edrlif Treatise's an 'ricfiuohx/iral (Jhennstrij. 15 
 
 The colophon is on Hvij recto, as follows : — 
 
 Getruckt zu Franckfort 
 
 am Mayn, bey M a i- 1 i n Lee h lorn, 
 
 In verleguni^ P)ar1)ara, weilandt Doct, 
 
 Johannis Cnipij, vmid Maria, weilandt Pau- 
 
 li Steinmeyers, beyder nacligelassen Witti- 
 
 beii, als Christian Egenolffs seligen 
 
 Erben, Jm Jar naeh der 
 
 Geburt Christi, vn 
 
 sers Erlo- 
 
 sers. 
 
 [Device] 
 
 M. D. LXXXIX. 
 
 The device is Egenolff's : an altar with fire burning on it. 
 The printed page measures 4y"|j inches. 
 
 27. The 1613 edition is also in the British Museum 
 (787. c. 2. [2.]), and is as follows : 
 
 [ 1 1 1 u 111 i n i !• 1) u c h, ] 
 Darin begriffen, 
 
 ^^/"[ie man al- 
 
 ▼ ^ le Farben machen] 
 
 vnd liereyten soil: Allen Schreibern, 
 
 Brieffmahlern, vnd andern solcher Kiinsten Lieb- 
 
 habern, gaiitz lustig vnd nutzbar 
 
 zuwissen. 
 
 [Sampt etlicheii iiewen zugesetzten Kunststiick-J 
 
 lein vorinals in Truck nie aussgangen, 
 
 Dureh 
 
 [ V a 1 en t i II u HI IJoltzen \t>u llufach.] 
 
 [Vignette.] 
 
 [Den Inhalt dieses l^iichleins, sampt dem] 
 llegister findestu aui Ende, i\:c. 
 
 [Franckfurt bey V'^ineentio Steimn. Kil''..] 
 Small .^vo. A to F in eights, G four leaves ; oi-, pp. 98 [(>, Register]. 
 Title red and black ; the red portions are those within lieavy 
 brackets. The vignette is the .same as that in the ir)(iG edition.
 
 16 lite Royal Philosophical Society of Glasc/oir. 
 
 There is a eoloplioii nii Oiiij r/^rso, after the "Register" : — 
 
 Ge<]ruckt /. ii Davinbstatt, bey Bal- 
 
 tliasai- Hofmaun, in Verlegung Vineentij 
 
 8teinmevers, im Jahr 1613. 
 
 The print+^d page, exclusive of tlie head-line and the catchword 
 line, measures 4{j^ inches. 
 
 This edition is given bv Hendreich, both under the title : 
 "llluniinir-Buchlein," and the Latin title: " D(> coloribus 
 eoruiiique pra-paratione, . . ."" Whether he thought these were 
 two separate works or not, 1 am unable to say. The 1613 
 edition is not nientionerl anywhere else. 
 
 I'S. 1630. The next edition is not in tlie British Museum, 
 a)i(l is not referivd to in anv of tin- notices or lists. 
 
 [ I 1 1 11 ni 1 n 1 r b LI c h , 
 
 K 11 n s t 1 i (• b a 1 1 e F a r b e ii z u 
 
 III a c li e 11 \ n (1 b e r e v t e n, ,\. 1 1 e n S c h r e i - ^ 
 
 beru, Bri(>ff uialerii, vnd andern solcher Kiin- 
 
 .sten liebhabern, gantz lustig \"nd fruchtbar zu 
 
 wissen, Samptettlichen newen zugesetzten Kunststuck- 
 
 lein, vornials im Truck nie aussgangen. 
 
 Durch 
 
 ^ A" a 1 e n t i n u m B o 1 t z e n v o n J 
 
 llufach. 
 
 [Den' Inhalt dieses Biichleins, sauipt demj 
 
 Register findestu am Ende, etc. 
 
 [Vignette.] 
 
 [Gedruckt zu Strassburg, bey MarxJ 
 von der Heyden am Kornniarkt, 1630. 
 
 Small .'^vo. A to I ill eights; or, pp. [-1] [1-2] 3- (mis-printed 2) 
 I.; I |!» Kegistei- (Contents)]. 'I'itle red and black, the red parts 
 arc within heavy brackets. The vignette represents the top of 
 twfi tables, on which are lying the pencils, pots, saucers, etc., 
 used in illiiMiinating.
 
 Some Earl If Tri'<itisi's on Tiilmohuficnl Chcmixtry. 17 
 
 N e II li r f 11 I- g e s u c h t e s 
 
 I 1 1 LI rn 1 n i r b u c h , 
 
 K ii II s t 1 i c li all c F a i' 1) c ii /, ii m a - 
 
 c h e n V n d h e r e i t c ii , Allen S c h r e i b e r n , 
 
 Brieft'niahl(>rn, viid aiidern soldier Kiinsten 
 
 Lichhiiheni, n'aiit/ lustiy viiiid fnichtbar zu wisseii, 
 
 Sampt etlichen newen zui^'esetzteii Kunststiickleiji, 
 
 vornials im Truck nie aiiss!j^an;?eii. 
 
 Dm-cli 
 
 ^' a 1 e n t i 11 u in I' o 1 t z e n \ o n |{ ii f a c h . 
 
 j \'i<(n('tte. I 
 
 Den .1 11 h a 1 t dieses H ii e h 1 e i n s, sampt deni 
 
 Register findestn am Ende, i^e. 
 
 H a in b u r g, bey H e i n r i c h W e r n e r n. 
 
 Gedruckt Jm Jabr HUT). 
 
 8mall Kvo. A to H in eights: or, p]j. [4] 114 [10 Registerj. 
 The vignette is a coarse copy of that in the 1566 edition. The 
 printefl page, exclusive of the headline and rule, and catchword 
 line, is +|^ inches. Som(> are 5 inches. This edition may be 
 compared with that of 1661. It is this version of the title 
 which is given l)y Graesse as that of the edition of 1549. 
 
 The copy described is in the British Mu.seuin, 1043. b. 41. (.'5.). 
 30. With regard to the following Danish translation, it is a 
 coincidence that it sln)ukl prove to be immediately connected 
 with tlu; two Danish tracts alread}^ referred to in the first 
 supplement so long ago as 1S1)4, at which time 1 had no inkling 
 of a third part. The connection may be thus demonstrated. 
 The first tract is entitled : 
 
 CEconomia eller midvendige Beretuing oc Anleding, 
 hvorledis en gandske Huuszholding )iaa det n\'tteligste 
 oc beste . . . Kand anstillis. 
 
 It is a translation from the (Jcnuaii, of a liook by Caspar Jugel 
 on Household Management, but it has nothing t<) do with the 
 subject under consideration. It is in 4 , -signatures A to E in 
 fours, F '1 leaves, or pj). 41 [2, table of contents, 1 blank]. 
 
 In the British Museum copy this is followed bj- the Danish 
 translation of the tract on inks and colours, etc., ascribed to
 
 18 'Jlie Koijal Philosophical Society of Glasgoiv. 
 
 Alexis. It has a sepai-ate title-page, pagination and index, but 
 the signatures are taken up from those above and run on from 
 G to O in fours, P 2 leaves, or pp. 64 [4]. 
 
 The first tract was mentioned incidentally, but the second was 
 described and analysed in the first supplement (§§11-12).^® Sub- 
 sequenth' I obtained a separate copy of this tract and from it was 
 taken the facsimile of the title-page which was appended to the 
 fourth supplement.'-' The British Museum copy of the third 
 tract, being the translation of Boltz's book, is bound apart from 
 the other two in a different volume, and there is nothing in the 
 Museum Catalogue to indicate that it is a portion of a volume, 
 though that is clear from the signatures, as well as from the 
 printer, the date, and the t}'pography of it. 
 
 The curious thing about this volume is that the parts seem to 
 have 1)een sold each by itself or collectively as was desired. 
 Since the parts are ct)mplete in themselves no one would suppose 
 they had connection with any other, except for the running on 
 of the signatures in parts II. and TTI. I have not seen a 
 sepai-ate copy (jf the fii-st part, but no doubt it may be met with. 
 
 31. 1648. The following is the title from the Museum copy, 
 1044, d. 9. (1.).-" 
 
 En Xy oc Konstrig 
 
 I 1 1 u n^ i n e r - B o g 
 
 Det er : 
 
 Hvorledis konsteligen er at giore oc 
 
 berede alleslags FarfiVer, som er meget lystig 
 
 oc gafiiilig at ^■ide for Skriftvere, Malere oc 
 
 aii(li-c som I'lske saadan Konst, .sampt nog- 
 
 le nye tilsatte Konst-stycker, som til- 
 
 forne aldrig ere udgangne 
 
 paa Prent. 
 
 Ved 
 
 Valentinum Bo It en aff llufach. 
 
 Oc iiu paa Danske udsat, oc til Trye 
 
 (•ken forfo'i-diget. 
 
 Tryckt i KiohenhaH'ii, Aar 1648. 
 
 Air Petei- Hake. 
 
 I'aa .lorgeii Holstis Bogf. Bekostning oc 
 
 findis hos hainiem tilkiobs. 
 
 — . * — 
 
 •^ Ih'oceedhios. 189:i-!»4, x.w., p. 232. 
 
 ' ' J'rocei'diiia^s, 1912- 13, xliv. , plate viii. 
 
 ■-'"TIk- acconipanyinjj fac-simile cxliihiLs the appeaiance of llie tillc-p:iL,'c'. 
 It sliouUi 1)C r(;ni|>aic(l witii that of the .second tract in Supplement IV., 
 refeircfi In in nole l!t. aliove.
 
 wm 
 
 aK4» «S»» 'tVf «S^ <K»» XJSC?2»<^)«(S* 
 
 6cret)c aWcPag^ Sar jft^er / fern cr racg^t It^frtg 
 
 %xxi^i i5vi«tbc«^affrt/ Star 164s.
 
 Somt' Edriii Trr.atisi's mi 'r<<liaulu(fifiil ('h^)nisf/'f/, 19 
 
 Sninll 4. Q to Z, An to Del in fours, Ev two leaves; or 
 pj). lor* [4, alphabi'tical tjible of contents]. Black letter. 
 
 A few I'eceipts have; been omitted, and one or two pai;i;,Maphs 
 added, but tlie book otherwise is a complete ti-anslation. 
 
 32. I ()61. The next edition is in the Museum [7S(!. a. 17. (.1)]. 
 
 Ncu licrfiir i;-esiiehtes 
 
 I 1 1 u m 1 n 1 r b LI c h , 
 
 K ii n s t I i c h all c F a v h c ii /. u m a- 
 
 c h (! n und Ix-reiten, alien Schreibern, 
 
 Briefhnahlei-n, und andern solcher Kiinsten Lieb- 
 
 liabeni i^antz lustig und fruchtbar zu wissen, sampt 
 
 etlichen neuen zuyesetzten Kunstiicklein, \or- 
 
 niahls im Druck nie ausftyani^a'ii. 
 
 Durch 
 
 V a I e n t i n 11 iii Bolt /. e n v o n 11 ii f a c h . 
 
 |\'i,-;-Hcttc'.| 
 
 DeTi Jnhalt dieses Biichleins, sampt dem 
 
 Register findestu am Endc, etc. 
 
 Erffurdt, bey Martha Hertzin, 
 
 (iednickt im Jalii' Ki()l. 
 
 Small <Svo. A t<. H in ei-lits ; ..r, pp. [4] 114 [10 i've-ister]. 
 The British Museum copy wants Hviij., the last leaf of the 
 index. The vignette is again a i-ude copy of that of 1566, and 
 it is from a different block froDi that in the l(i4r) edition. See 
 that date. 
 
 The pi'inted page measuri's I],' inches, l)ut seems to vaiy 
 by a ,Vth. 
 
 3:5. 1669. Graesse reports an edition of this dati- in 1 L'mo, 
 with the price: 1 H. ll* kr. Scheible. This confirms the edition 
 if the date be cori-ect. 1 have not met with it, or with another 
 reference to it. 
 
 .34. 1675. An edition of this date, in Svo, printed at Augsburg 
 (Augusta Vindelicorum) is meiitioni-d l»y Heiidreieh. This 
 edition also is unknown to me. 
 
 35. If the foregoing editions all i-xisi, tiiert' are thirteen of 
 them between 1547 and 1675, .say 130 yeai-s, or an edition every 
 ten years on an average. Books of reci-ipts for exery-day. or
 
 20 2'he Royal J'hilosophica/ Society of Glasgow. 
 
 popular use, ijeneralh'- reached a new edition every four or five 
 years, while they lasted. Tllumination. however, was not an 
 every-day subject, and Boltz's book, thereft)re, may be regarded 
 as exceptional by its continuance and by the number of editions. 
 Though an existing edition or two, perhaps between 1589-1613- 
 16.30, may have escaped the bibliographers, the list now compiled, 
 all things considered, is probably nearly complete. 
 
 36. In his preface to the reader, Boltz defends his little 
 manual against artists who might blame him for taking the 
 bread out of their mouths, by revealing the secrets of the art and 
 thus making them common. He replies that he had no such 
 intention, but rather to please those who had skill in the art, 
 and with their assistance to improve it. There might also be 
 worthy people who arjjused themselves with plants and other 
 objects, and so he desii-es artists not to be annoyed at his simple 
 dii'cctions, but i-ather to help their neighbour to extend the work 
 which would not diminish but increase their praise and their 
 profit. For we are made, he says, to serve God and His 
 ci-eatui-es, not to bury our pound and gift, but to use them to the 
 hoiiour of (jod, our neighbour and ourselves. And he asks that 
 where he has failed or left anything imperfect it may be amended, 
 for no one on earth but has his shortcomings. "Cod grant us 
 all the spirit of His perfection." 
 
 •So he concludes, and as Boltz flouiished some three hundred 
 and sixty yeais ago, lie may get credit for his aspirations being 
 pi'rhaps genuine. They remind one a little of his pi-eface to 
 Terence, and in that way confirm the authorship of this tract. 
 
 37. The book is in three main divisions : 1 mediums, varnishes 
 and colours; 2' use of tlie colours in painting; 3" receii)ts for 
 inks, etching, dyeing horn, bone and feathers, lutes, and so on. 
 
 38. In the first division jninute directions are given for 
 prepaiing mediums. They consisted of gum arable, tragacanth, 
 parchment glue for colours which do not go well with gum 
 arable; cherry tree gum, almond gum, and some others. The 
 preparations aie accompanied with liints and cautions which 
 only one familiar with the inethods Und uses could suj)ply. 
 Be.sides the various gums, ahini, vinegar, white of ii'^<^, myrrh, 
 mastic, linseed oil tor varnishes, were employed. Full directicms 
 are given for m ground for laying gold u])on, eveiything depend' 
 ing on the (jualitv of tln' nicdiinn for success. Hei'e Boltz's 
 practical (;xjMM'ience is in evidence. I'>ut one advice lie gives
 
 Snmi' Miirlif Trt'dtlstK <,ii TcrlnidliKiK-dl ('luniislr!/. 1\ 
 
 wliicli is to see that in inakiiii;- the <;(j1(1 i^iduiid the skv is free 
 £ri)iii clouds, just like Bia/il colour, which must also have a 
 bri^'ht sky ; "this cxpcriciicc has taught me," he adds.'-' 
 
 Various ways of prepai-iii<^ mosaic ,u'old, as it was railed, are 
 given, but they all turn on the use of tin, mercurv, or tin- 
 amali;am and sulphur, with salamniimiac. The details are full 
 and precise, and the vessels required are described. One or two 
 of the methods appear in certain of the earlier receipt books. 
 Anothei* material employed wjis h;«matite, an ochreous eartli, tlie 
 best coming from Africa and Arabia, and api)arentlv much the 
 same as ruddle. 
 
 .39. With this begins the second pai-t of the first rlivision 
 relating to colours. 
 
 Among the reds the first is artificial cinnabar, made by 
 heating together mercury and sulphur. The receipt is the same 
 as that given in the previous series. Boltz, however, adds the 
 medimn, white of egg prepared as detailed in the first part. 
 Anther red colour was made from Brazil-wood by boiling it with 
 lye, straining and adding powdered alum. Modifications yielded 
 different tints, but the essential constituents were alum and the 
 Brazil-wt)od colouring-matter. Othei- lefl coloui-s were lac, 
 dragon's blood, sarcocolla, and red lead. 
 
 A brown colour was obtained frou) Brazil-wood and white 
 vitriol. Liver colour was got from mixing ruddle with the black 
 or grey residue of calcined tartar. 
 
 Fii-e colour was a mixture of orpiment, a little ciuTiabar or 
 massicot and red lead. Another was aurum musicum and red 
 lead. 
 
 Several yellow colours were known. What was called 
 rauschgelb, seems to have been a mixture of realgar and sattron. 
 Boltz warns the artist not to let it into the mouth, and not 
 to temper it with gum arabic. 
 
 "Orpiment is a dangerous but beautiful colour. When 
 grinding it see that your mouth and nostrils are covered to stop 
 the dust and fume. Temper it with parclnnent glue, or gum 
 water, and see tliat you don't lick the hair pencil with this 
 colour on it, for it is hurtful ; ' so that is an old trick of artists! 
 Massicot is one of the yellow colours, but there is no hint as to 
 
 - ' Compare "A Booke of Secrets. " B, rer/o. reprinted in ."^upplenient I\' 
 rro,,:i/iiii;y\ 1912-13, vol. \liv. See also §.")(), below.
 
 22 Tlte Eoyal Philosophical Society of Glasgoiv. 
 
 its formatiou, onlj- its purification, for use with parchment ghie. 
 Buckthorn berries give a \-ellow colour with ahim, and another 
 was the flos tinctorins (or dutch pink) used by dyers. The 
 flowers were boiled with lime, the liquor strained and treated 
 with finely powdered alum and chalk, but care was to be taken 
 that it did not fly up when the chalk and alum were mixed. 
 Saft'ron tempered with Avhite of egg medium, orpiment ground 
 with goat's or bulloch's gall and saS'ron added, and ochre were 
 employed. 
 
 Green colours were of both mineral and vegetable origin. 
 Verdigris was made by the action of vinegar on copper. Greek 
 green, as it was called, or Spanish green, was made much in the 
 same wav. Sap green, from hawthorn berries with alum, was a 
 lake, like most of these vegetable colours. 
 
 The blue colours were azure, smalt, ultramarine, litmus, woad, 
 indigo, the juice of dane wort berries, and some others. Con- 
 siderable attention is given to these. 
 
 The mode of preparing a purple colour from bilberries is stated 
 in terms identical with those in the Knnstbuehlin of 1537. 
 Compare " A Booke of Secrets " in Supplement IV. Bo verso. 
 
 Among other colours is one deiived from wood soot by 
 boiling with a sharp lye and straining. It was used for 
 shading. Black was a fine charcoal made from peach stones 
 by heating them out of contact with the air. AVhite colours 
 consisted of white lead, made from lead by hanging it in a 
 vessel with strong vinegar in a warm place "for three or five 
 weeks.'' As the \-essel was closely covered the product could 
 hardly be the basic carbonate. Chalk and eggshells and 
 powdered glass were also employed. A gr(^y colour was 
 obtained from these by adcHng a little indigo and l)lack as 
 was leqiiisitc. A dun colour was made l)y mixing ochre and 
 soot colour. 
 
 +0. The .scconil dixision of the tract contains directions for 
 using tlic colours and nicdiunis in the actual work of painting 
 and sliading. It ai)p('als specially to the artist and illuminator 
 as being of impoitance to him in his choice of colouis and their 
 coMiltinati(»ns, i)ut as it does not invohn' any clieniical process or 
 action, it lies outside the sco})c of these notes. It reveals, 
 liowev(^r, the pleasure which ihf author Ivid in the art, and his 
 eiitluisiasiu over the beauty of tlie results. 
 
 11. The third division is rather miscellaneous, 'j'here is a
 
 Some E<irl>i Treat ixi's on Tirjuiiitiujuiil ( 'hcniistrif. 'J3 
 
 way to ri'iidci- purclunent colDiircd ;uul tnuisparent, t<j make 
 black ink, and oiled tracing paper. Boltz gives directions how 
 to constiuct a hair pencil, a job which the modem artist woidd 
 hardly undertake. He says, " Tt is a coiimion saying that gf>od 
 tools do half the work. So with painting : good Itrushes make 
 merry painters, but bad brushes breed many a bungler." and he 
 tells how to set about making good ones. 
 
 42. Etching both in relief and incised is described. Tn tlie 
 former case the design was made on a plate of iron or steel, with 
 a mixture of massicot and linseed oil, and when it was dry and 
 firm, a liquid consisting of verdigris, plumose alum, salammoniac, 
 tartar, green vitriol, common salt, all in strong vinegar, was 
 poured on the plate till sutHciently corroded. As a glimpse of 
 empirical chemistry it is instructive. The sunk etching was 
 done in the usual way by coating with wax, drawing the design 
 with a sharp point and corroding the metal with a mixture of 
 verdigris, corrosive sublimate, green vitriol and alum in strong 
 vinegar. Feathers and bone were coloured red by boiling in 
 Brazil wood ; green in verdigris and salammoniac ; yellow in 
 barberries, and blue in bilberry juice ; but all feathers, bone, 
 hair and wood must be previously "mordanted"'^- with alum. 
 Various methods and mixtures are given for " lutum sapienti;e," 
 but the main constituents are fire clay and horse dung, or iion 
 filings quicklime, white of egg, in different combinations. 
 Another was potter's clay with cow hair or Hocks, or horse dung. 
 These wer<! used for covering glass vessels exposed to high 
 temperatures or for closing vessels. 
 
 Cinnabar was tested by heating on an iron plate. If it gave 
 ofi* a yellow vapour it was considered genuine. Then it was 
 ground with pure red wijie, satiion added, and the whole 
 tempered with albumen and gum water. Albumen is his name 
 for white of egg. 
 
 Cinnabar, however, was adulterated with red lead for cheap- 
 ness. It could not be detected by the colour. It was used for 
 rubricating and was applied by a special medium. A whole egg 
 was mixed with vinegar. It was well broken and squeezed 
 half-a-dozen times through a sponge, and so u.sed. 
 
 Those who wrote with this "bastard cinnabar" did not know 
 that time would discover the adulteration. A reaction takes 
 
 - " eingebeytzt " ; it is Boltz's mvn expression.
 
 24 The Royal Fhilosophicnl Society of Glasgmv. 
 
 place, and instead of the red colour remaining bright it becomes 
 covered with a grey shining film of lead sulphide. It can be seen 
 in old books. 
 
 The preparation of azure, the sizing of porous papei', so that it 
 ma}' take colours without running, and the softening of iron, 
 copper, and other metals for engraAing, conclude the volume. 
 
 43. Of the contents of this manual the second division about 
 painting does not appear in any of the books enumerated in the 
 previous parts of this research. A good number, however, of 
 the colour receipts and a few others do occur, but I have not 
 attempted to refer to these individually. 
 
 The comparison will' be better made in a tabular form when 
 the various books which contain them are arranged by date. 
 
 Whether the verbal differences and the fuller or more curtailed 
 directions point to editorial divergences from a primitive source 
 anterior to 1531, is a matter on which T can express no opinion, 
 for I havc^ never come across it, and, indeed, the origin of all the 
 receipts is unknown. When Boltz states the result of his own 
 experience, which he does more than cmce, we may accept that as 
 a portion at least of his contribution to the art. 
 
 The b(iok remains a credit to him, and its shortcoiuings are 
 
 those of the limited knowledge of the time and not of Jioltz 
 
 personally. 
 
 11. Andhkas JIklmheich. 
 
 44. Andreas Helmreich, or Helun-ich, calls himself of Eissfeldt, 
 which is a small town twelve or fourteen miles to tlu' iioi-tli of 
 Coburg. Little seems to be known about him beyond what he 
 himself has recorded, lie was hoiii in the first half of the 
 sixteenth century, and he became an accountant, arithmetician, 
 ganger and measurer, nottirv ]inl)hr, and clerk or i'(\gistrar, at 
 Halle, in Saxony. 
 
 He says himself that in ccmsetjuence of his profession his 
 attenti(m was drawn to the manufacture of ink, and to etching 
 on metals, on which suhjc-cts he published in 1567 the small 
 volume I'eferred to bellow. 
 
 Twenty years latei', in l-'iSN, hf puhlisiicd al Leipzig his 
 IWhevhvrh in small 4 , p|.. | I 1, 'l blank j, .'.I? \:\ 1' blank]. A 
 ni'W and nnich enlai'ged edition came out at Leipzig in 1595, 4°, 
 l)p. I 15, I blank I (;27 [l', i' l)lanl<l. This treatise deals with the 
 nieasui'ement of solids, etc., .iiid with account keeping. 
 
 I-'). The Work l>v him, howcxcr, that calls foi- notice here is the
 
 SoiiH' I'Jdrli/ 7'r'iifi.^i-s 11,1 7'i'c/i/i(,/(it/l,a/ ('In'mistri/. 25 
 
 paiuplilet afort'saitl, of which I have seen copies of (i\f e(Uti<»ii3. 
 These do not exhaust all that were published, for iIk-ic was 
 certairdy one earlier tliaii any I liave met with, and it is |><issihle 
 that there wt-re others. They may he desci-ihed. 
 
 4(1. 1;")()7. The earliest edition of wliicli there is any mentinn 
 is dati'd 1")()7, and is <iuoted hy /cdler. - '' The title as lie ii:ives 
 it is as follows : - 
 
 Kunst-Biichlein, wie man aus Murrnclstein, KiiptVer, 
 
 Messing, Stahl, l^jisen, llarnisdi iind WaHen. etzen 
 
 und kiinstlich vei-golden soil. 
 
 This, as will he obsei'ved, is only the first part of the title, hut 
 
 it evid(^ntly denotes the same book as those which follov\, and it 
 
 is probably the first edition. Zedler calls it thorough and 
 
 valuable. 
 
 47. The following are the editions I haxc seen : — 
 Kunstbiichlin. 
 
 [ W i e m an a ii f f 
 
 M a r m e 1 s t e i n , K ii p f f e r , M e s - J 
 
 sing, Zihn, Stal, I'jisen, Har 
 
 nisch vnd Waffen etc. Ktzen vnd 
 
 kiinstlich vergiilden sol. 
 
 Mit vorgehendem Bericht : 
 
 [ W i e m an D i n t e n, P r e- 
 
 silgen, \ nd alle Metalfarben /um] 
 
 Schreiben, Mancherey {xic) Fai-ben, Parge- 
 
 ment vnd Ferlern zu ferben. Alle Metallen aus 
 
 der Federn zu schreiben, (lolt vnd Silber Fun- 
 
 danjentlein, vnd (Joltwasser auffallerley 
 
 Ballerey, vnd dergleichen inehr, iiia- 
 
 chen vnd Teinpei-iren sol. 
 
 [ Z u d i e n s t v n d E h r e n all e n 
 
 hSchreibern, Audi ileu vnerfarnen der] 
 
 Etzkunst, zusameii braeht 
 
 l)uoch 
 
 [^ A n d r e a m 1 1 e 1 m r e i c h, 11 c c h c n 
 
 meister zu Hall. J 
 
 Von newem vbersehen, genieh- 
 
 ret vnd gebes.sert. 
 
 [ 1 5 T ^ > ] 
 
 »■■' drosses Universal Lexicon, Halle u. Leip/ig. 73."). xii.. col. 1.S03.
 
 26 Thf Royal FhUosophical Society of Ofas(jo7v. 
 
 Small 8vo. A to E in eights. No pagination. Title red and 
 black, the red portions are indicated in this and the other 
 transcriptions by being enclosed in heavy brackets. There is no 
 table of contents or index. On Eviij. recto is the colophon : — 
 Gedruckt zu Witteberg, 
 Durch Lorenz 
 
 Sclnvenck. 
 1 r> 7 4 . 
 The verso is blank. 
 
 This edition is not in the British Museum. 
 The book is dedicated to the Honourable and Prudent " Ern 
 Busso Sandaw," burgher and councillor at Halle, and the 
 dedication is dated 1567, so presumably it has been reprinted 
 from the edition of that date. Apparently it was the habit of 
 the Halloren and the Hallunken to drop their h's. 
 
 48. 1590. This edition is in the British Museum, 725. a. 15. (2.). 
 Kunstbiichlein 
 
 [W'ie man auff 
 
 M a r m e 1 s t e i n , K u p f f e r , M e s - J 
 s i 11 <;• , Z i h n , S t a h 1 , E y s (> n , H a r - 
 nisch vnd AVaften, etc. Etzen, viid 
 kiinstlich vergiilden sol. 
 Mit vorgehendem Bericht: 
 [ W i e man D i n t e n , D i n t e n - 
 pulucr, Presilgen, vnd alle MetallfarbenJ 
 zum schrc'iben. ManclK^rlcy Farben, Perganient vnd 
 Federn zu ferben. Alle Metallen aus den Fcdern zu 
 schreiben. Gold vnd Silber Fundamentleiu, vnd 
 Goldwasser auff allerley Ballerey, vnd derglei- 
 chen nielii-, niacheii vnd temperiren sol. 
 [Z u d i n s t vnd 1'] li r c n a lien S c li i- 1' i -J 
 belli, auch den vnerfahrncn dcr 
 Etzkunst, zusaiiimen hracht 
 Durch 
 [ A n fl )■ (• a 111 H e 1 m r e i c h , R e c h e n - J 
 iiieister zu Hall, 
 \'(>ii ncweiii \ liiTsclien, geuicli 
 i-et \ nd gebcsscrt. 
 Small Svo. A to I'l in eights. No )>agiiiati<)ii. 'i'itle red and 
 black. The bonis contains neitlier talile of contents nor alpha- 
 betical index.
 
 Sdiiii' I'jiirlif Trial isrti mi 'I'lrli iiiiliii/iriil (' lii'tnixtflj. '11 
 
 Oil Kvii j, n-i-U) is the colophon : — 
 
 (J('(h-iU'kt zu lx'ij)/.ig, bey 
 Jijhau : J-Jeyer. 
 
 •Ini Jahr : 
 M. I). XC. 
 
 This is a r('|>iiiit of the ITjT I edition, l)ut it contains half-a-dozun 
 additional paragiaplis, whicli appear in suhsje(|uent editions also. 
 
 The dedication, as in the 1574 edition, is to the author's good 
 friend, " Errn Busso Sandaw," and is dated 1567. 
 
 49. IGOl. This also is in the British Museum, 10:^(5. a. 10. 
 
 [ 
 
 Kunsthiiehiein. 
 
 W i e m ci n D i n - 
 
 ten, D i n t e n p u 1 u e r , P r e s i 1 ] 
 
 gen, V n n d a 11 e M e t a 1 1 f a r h e n /. u ni 
 
 schreiben : Maneherley Faiben, Parga- 
 
 nient vn Federn zu ferben : Alle Mi'talli'ii aus 
 
 der feder zu schreiben : (iold vn Silber Fuiida 
 
 mentlein, vnd Goldwaseer auff allerley 
 
 Ballerey, vnd deigieichen mehr, 
 
 machen vnd teniperie- 
 
 ren sol. 
 
 ^ J t e ni , \\ i e ni an auff M a r - 
 
 nielstein, Ku})ffei\ Messing, Zihn,J 
 
 Stahl, Fisen, Harnisch vnd Waffen, kz. 
 
 etzen, vnd kiinstlich veigiilden sol. 
 
 Zu dit'iist vnd Ehren 
 
 ^ A I 1 e n S e h r e i b e r n, S c h ii 1 e r n, v n d J 
 
 der Etzkunst vnerfahrnen, zu.sarfien ge- 
 
 bracht, vnd auU's new geniehret 
 
 Durch 
 
 [ A 11 (1 r e a m II e 1 ni r e i c h, W e e h e n - J 
 
 rni'ister zu Halle. 
 
 [tSeroll ornament. | 
 
 [ ( ; e d r u e k t z u Stettin, Anno 1 <> 1 . ] 
 
 Small Svo. A to \\ ill eights. No pagination. Title red and 
 black. There is no table of contents or inde.x. 
 
 On Evij. verso, innuediately after tlu- text, but separated by a 
 typogiaphical ornament, is the colophon : — 
 
 Gedruckt zu Alten Stettin, 
 
 durch Jochiiii llheten. 
 
 Jill .lalirc 
 
 M. D. ('. I. 
 
 followed by a .small ornament.
 
 28 The Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow. 
 
 JCviij., probably blank, is Avanting in the B.M. copy, as well as 
 sheet D. 
 
 It will be noticed that the title in this edition is arranged in 
 an order different from that in the others. The dedication also 
 is called " Preface to the Reader," and to suit this change the 
 introductory and concluding sentences are modified, though the 
 body of the address remains the same. The date, 1567, is not 
 altered. 
 
 50. The following edition, uiulated, but early in the 17th 
 century, is not in the British Museum. 
 
 [ W i 
 
 Kunstbiichlein, 
 
 man a u f f 
 
 Marmelstcin, Kupffer, Messing, J 
 
 Zihn, Stahl, Eisen, Harnisch und 
 
 AVafFen, itc, etzen, vnd kiinstlich 
 
 vergiilden sol. 
 
 Mit vorgehendeni Bericht : 
 
 [ W i V m a n I) i n t e n. Dint e n p u 1 v e r, 
 
 Presilgen, vnd alio Metallfarben, zumj 
 
 schi-eiben manchcrley Farben, Pergament vnd 
 
 Federen zu ferben : Alle Metal len aus der Feder 
 
 zii schreiben : Gold vnd »Silber Fundament- 
 
 lein, \iid Coldwasser auff mancherley 
 
 Ballerty, vnd dei'gleichen mehr, 
 
 machen vnd tenipe- 
 
 )-irn sol. 
 
 [^Z II Diciisl \ 11 d Khren alien 8chrei-J 
 
 hern, audi den Vnerfahrnen aller Etz- 
 
 kunst, zusammen bracht, 
 
 Diiifli 
 
 [A 11 (1 r V a 111 Mel in r e i c li , II e c li c n -]| 
 
 uieistcr /.u Ilailc. 
 
 \i)ii iicwen vbei'seheii, gemchret 
 
 vnd gebessert. 
 
 [Leipzig, licy Nicol. \iid Christoph. Ncrlicli.] 
 
 Small S\<). A to 10 ill eights, lOviij. hlaiik. No pagination. 
 'I'itic red and hlack. No date. 'I'here is no table of contents or 
 index. Tlie receipts added to the 151)0 edition are reprinted 
 here.
 
 Some. Early Trrafisfs on TedinoltKiii-a) (!heminlry. 29 
 
 The address, dated 15G7, is now diicctcd to " Herr Biisso 
 Sandaw." 
 
 51. The next edition is in the Britisli Museum, 104 1. a. 1 I. ( 1.). 
 
 Kiinstbiichh-in 
 
 [Wie mann auff 
 
 M a r in I! 1 s t e i n , K u p f f c )• , M e s - J 
 sing, Zihn, IS t a hi, Eysen, Harnisch 
 vnd Waffen, etc. etzen vnd kiinstlich 
 vergiilden sol. 
 Mit voigehendem Bericht : 
 ^ W i e man D i n t e n , I) i ii t e n 
 puluer, Presilgen, v ji d alle Mi- tall] 
 farben zura schreiben, Mancherley far- 
 ben, Pergament vnd F(;dern zu ferben. Alle Me- 
 tallen aus der Federn zu schreiben. Gold vnd 
 Silber Fundamentlem, vnd Goltwasser 
 aufl'allerley Ballerey, vnd dergleichen 
 niehi-, machen vnd tempeii- 
 ren sol. 
 f Z u Dienst vnd Khreii alien Scln-ei-J 
 bein, auch den vnerfahrnen der Etz- 
 kunst, zusammen bracht- 
 Durch 
 ^ Andr(>am Helmreich, l\echenmeistei- ] 
 zu Halle. 
 Von newen vbersehen, geniehret vnd 
 gebessert. 
 
 Small 8vo. A to E in (ughts. No pagination. No date. Title 
 red and black. No tabk^ of contents or index. 
 
 On Eviij. verso, immediately after the text, is the eolo})lion: — 
 Gedruckt zu Franckfurt an di-r <>- 
 der, durch Nicolaum Voltzen, Jji 
 vorlegung Nickel Nerlich. 
 
 This edition agrees with that of 15!)() in containing the 
 additional i-eceipts. The dedication is reprinti-d. 
 
 It may be remarked that the various editions ;i))prari(l at 
 different places or l>y different printeis. 
 
 52. Tn the dedication of the book to his friind and pati'on
 
 30 The Jioijdl PhiloSDphicaf Society of Glasgow. 
 
 afoi'esaid, Heluireich, like IJoltz, indulgt's in tlie laiulatiim of 
 the arts and of the skill of workers, which is not only a divine 
 gift, but which has divine sanction, as lie illustrates by the 
 example of Bezaleel and Aholiab and Hiram of Tyre. After 
 expounding this topic he adds that he too had found pleasure 
 in pursuing the art of colouring and of etching on metals, on 
 armour and on weapons, as opportunity offered, and had 
 brought the subject into order in a little book, together with 
 what more especialh' belonged to pen-writing, with which he 
 was every day occupied. This manual he had published (urged 
 thereto by many friends, altht)ugh he had for certain i-easons 
 refrained for a long time from complying) with no other 
 object than to oblige his friend and well-wisher and put it out 
 under his name, begging him to accept the small compliment, 
 and to Vie gratified with the great diligence exhibited by him 
 in it. 
 
 53. Helmreichs book runs almost parallel with that of Boltz, 
 but with a different pur|)ose. For whereas Boltz treats of 
 painting and illumination and hair pencils, Helmreich deals with 
 inks and quills, and there is not so much in common as one 
 might expect. 
 
 54. The Kitnstbiichlhi is in four divisions. 
 
 1° Black ink. 
 2" Coloured inks. 
 
 3° Prepai'ation of metals for writing. 
 4° Etching on marble and metals. 
 Undei- these heads are also some miscellaneous receipts. 
 
 55. In the first dixision the author describes the materials for 
 black ink : galls, copperas, gum arabic, vinegar, urine, salt, alum, 
 stale or stagnant water, and then follow certain curious directions, 
 one or two of which are a little superstitious. The essentials are 
 galls, copperas, gum and water, along with one or more of the 
 others ; but the details of preparation are different, as well as the 
 time spent upon them. Helnu'eich goes into this minutely and 
 di.scu.s.ses the uses and merits of the constituents and of the 
 products. It is noteworthy that none of the pr^)ces.ses correspond 
 exactly with thost' contained in the Kininihiichllii of 1537. 
 
 56. The second di\ision is concerned with coloured inks which 
 also are diffei'ent from the earlier preparations, though the 
 materials are ])retty nnicli the same. 
 
 For red ink digest Hra/.il-wood in beer or wine ; let it stand
 
 Some Earljj Tri'(tf,isi>,s on Technologiail ChemiHtrif. 31 
 
 f)ver night and "in the morning when the sky is l»cautit"ul and 
 clear," ^^ boil it to half its l)ulk. Then add alum, and gum 
 arabic, stir and boil again, uIIom- to eool, strain anfi you will get 
 a fine red ink. But, if you want it to be brown, add a little 
 chalk when it is boiled, but take cai-e it does not run over. 
 
 Tliis receipt is not in Boltz's form, but the reference to the 
 clear sky and to the effervescence points either to a common 
 source or to Helmreich having transferred it from Boltz aftei' his 
 own fashion. Another red colour is got from ciiuiabar, but he 
 does not say how cinnabar is to be made, but only how it is to be 
 tempered. The other colours are briefly treated. The yellows 
 are orpiment and lead yellow, w^hich are pigments and not true 
 inks ; blue, azure ; white, white lead ; green, bilberry juice and 
 alum, ground with verdigris and tempered with gum water ; 
 nightshade leaves, or rue, also afforded a green colon i-. 
 
 A few paragraphs are devoted to the colouring of paichmcnt 
 and paper. 
 
 The parchment was nailed out on a smooth Ixiard with the 
 hair side outwards, and the colour was spread upon it. For 
 black was used pine or rosin soot tempered with gum traga- 
 canth and thin glue ; for 3'ellow, Inickthorn berries with gum 
 arabic, or with vinegar and alum : for red. Brazil-wood extract; 
 for green, verdigris ground with buckthorn juice ; or berg- 
 griin -'' and verdigris with glue water, or buckthor?i and l)ruised 
 daisies : for blue, azure in pui'e thin glue, or bilberries with 
 alum, tempered with thin alum water ; foi- brown, Brazil 
 extract and Avhite vitriol, tempered with a little gum arabic. 
 Afterwai'ds the parchment or paper should be gone over with 
 thin varnish. 
 
 The dyeing of feathers is carried out with the same colours 
 and in almost the same way as presci'ibed by Boltz. Foi- black 
 the feathers are cleaned, steeped in ahnn water, allowed to dry 
 and treated with galls, and wallnut shells and white of egg. 
 The process as given is rather elaborate. For green, verdigris 
 and salammoniac in a copper vessel with vinegar were u.sed, 
 the feathers being turned round and round in the coloui-. The 
 feathers, prepared with alum, were innnersed in Brazil colour 
 
 ' * See §38 above. 
 
 *"* This seems to he chrysoiolla, copper silicate.
 
 32 Till- liiii/dl /'Iii/(>s(>j)IiicaI Scclefi/ of Glasyow. 
 
 to make them red ; for bi'owii, white vitriol was added, and 
 for yellow, buckthorn berries were employed. 
 
 After they are eoloured and thoroiiohly dry the feathers 
 sliould be varni.shed. 
 
 57. The third dixision dcsi-rihes the mode of preparing the 
 metals for writing w itli a pen. 
 
 For this purpose a (iiiantit\' of common salt was fused and 
 allowed to cool. Then the metal was ground with a portion of it 
 along with gum water an<l a few drops t)f virgin honey, trans- 
 fei'red to a mussel shell and the salt washed away with wai'm 
 water and afterwards cleared with spring water till the metallic 
 particles lay bright and shining at the bottom. The metal was 
 then tempered with thin gum. When the writing was dry it 
 was ])olished with a tooth. Hiis was the method with gold and 
 .silver, and with l)i'ass powdi-r obtained from the brassfounder. 
 As for copper, tin, steel and ii/on, they were filed as fine as 
 pos.sible, sifted and ground with common salt and gum as before. 
 Bismuth was also employed. 
 
 58. Directions are given for making pure gum arable water, 
 and for the purification of .saltpetre. This was effected by fusion 
 and skinmiiiig ofl' the impurities with a stick. The author adds 
 that when the saltpetre is set on the fire great care nuist be 
 taken, foi- it is not without dangei-. This fused nitre was ground 
 with gold leaf for somi> hours so as to crush and break up the 
 gold, after which the gold was w^ashed from one vessel to 
 anothiM- and finally prcsersed in a mussel shell to be used as 
 required and tempered not with gum but with Tlorenwasser.-'' 
 
 59. There is a " watei- '" which reduces all metals to a powder 
 fit for writing with. it was madc> with .salt, salanimoniac, 
 sal alkali, xcrdigris, feather alum, green \ itiiol and alum, giound 
 to a fine powder, urine pouted on and the whole allowed to stand 
 for nine claj's in a vessel closed with wax. The water becomes of 
 a fiiK! green colour, it is decanted oil', and when a nietal is put in 
 it it falls to pow^der. The powder is washed, tempered with gum 
 and used. It shines like a mii'i-or. But one does not (piite 
 follow the j)rocess or the action of the licjuid. 
 
 The metals so picpaicd, mixed with veiy strong gum tragacanth, 
 are used for writing on wood. 
 
 For laying gold or silver on glass or harness, not gum, but 
 
 '•"' ( "()ii(iiiit 111 pipe water ?
 
 Sou/r /•Jiir/i/ 'rriiil if«-s nil Ticli iii>lii<i'iciil < luiii'isi m. .'53 
 
 {Kiiiat'ortis mixed with tlic juice piciiared tVoin elicri\- l)li)s^uiii, 
 must \iv employi'd. 
 
 60. Other reeeipts lelale ti> fouruJatiMii.s lui- .^<)id and .sil\er, as 
 in the gilding of hooks, and consist of various •^unis. Tlie 
 mixtures ure empirical and invohc no cliemical action. 
 
 Characteristic of tlie authors own needs are the ri-ceipts for 
 making green and nd .seaHngwax, the proportifins varying for 
 winter and .sunnner. The materials were wax, tuipentine, olive- 
 oil and verdigris. Ked wax was similai-, l)ut C(»ntainerl einnahar. 
 
 61. Another requisite tor an accountant was a note hook, or 
 tahlet, on wiiich he could write and nnkon. It was made hy 
 burning the leg hones of sheep to an ash, grinding it fine, mixing 
 it with wai-m thin i;lue and sj)reading it on parchment. Tt 
 could be made vell<'W witli sallVon and covei'ed with thin 
 Danzig varnish. 
 
 62. Th(^ fourth (li\ision ri'lates to etchinu and tin- first receipt 
 is to etch on mai'hle. It is notable as an example of a process 
 empirically stiecessful, without any knowledge of the materials 
 and actions involved. 
 
 Lapis emediti.s (the very name is inaccurate), a red hai-d stone, 
 is ste.(>ped in a(|ua forti.s, bi'ok(>n down in a mortar, grouiid to dust 
 on a hard stone and levigated. When the powder is dry it is 
 rubl)ed \\\> with lin.seefl oil and a few droi)s of varnish, and it is 
 written with on the marble. It is dried on a stove till it is (juite 
 hard. The stont; has a border of yellow wax put i-ound it : aipia 
 fortis and vinegar in etjual proportions are poured on, and the 
 stone " boils." When W\v li(|uid is run otl", the stone is examined 
 to see if it has gone deep enough. Tt takes about an hour or 
 more. Tt is not said how the wi-iting paste was to he removed 
 so as to leave tlie characters in relief. 
 
 Another mixture for writing with was levigated massicot, 
 ground with linseed oil. This was u.sed foi- metals, copper, tin or 
 brass, and the etching li<|uid was a mixture of alum, verdigiis, 
 salt and .saltj)etre ground tn powder with sharp vinegar and 
 poured on the metal. 
 
 Etching on iron or steel, on ainidur and wi'.ijxms, was a more 
 elaborate atlair, .so as to get a good result. The writing liipiid 
 was the .same, but the etching licpiid consisted of -verdii^ris, white 
 vitriol, salannnoniac, corrosive sublimate and saltpetre mixed 
 with sour beer. After standing for a night it was jiouretl warm 
 upon the steel, until it had corroded it sutliciently. after which
 
 34 The Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgo?v. 
 
 the metal was washed, treated with quick lime and rubbed. The 
 yellow colour was removed by fat or tallow, and the plate 
 carefully cleaned. 
 
 63. Elaborate directions are given for gilding on iron and 
 steel. A "goldwater" was made from copperas, alum, white 
 \-itriol, feather alum, sal gem, and common salt, but the author 
 seems to have omitted verdigris. With this water the metal was 
 inscribed, when it became of a copper colour. The red poitions 
 were treated with mercury, and the gold was laid on the 
 mercury, and pressed down, and the object heated to volatilize 
 the mercury. Afterwards it was cleaned very carefully and 
 the steel heated till it had a fine blue colour. 
 
 The other method of etching is also described. The metal was 
 coated with wax, the writing or di'awing cut through it with a 
 sharp point and aqua fortis poured on. Other ways of gilding 
 and etching are described, liut the materials are pretty much the 
 same. 
 
 Silvering on copper or brass was effected by spongy silver 
 precipitated from the nitrate. 
 
 The concluding paz'agraphs contain metliods for making fine 
 glue. 
 
 64. Not very many of Helmreich s receipts occur in the earlier 
 books, l)ut a few are to be found in Etlliche Kilnste of 1563, 
 and two or three resemble corresponding receipts in Boltz's 
 Jllnntiiiirbuch. 
 
 III. Cai{olu.s Batin ok Battus. 
 
 65. In the third Supplement-" to my "Notes on Books of 
 Receipts," )*eferencc was made to a collection in Dutch of which 
 two editions were quoted, one dated 1601, in the Biitish Museum, 
 the othei- dated 1609, in my own possession ; the earlier one 
 anonymous, the other with the name Carel Batin, respecting 
 whom 1 had at tht; time no information. Although the contents 
 were rehearsed pictty Inlly, it was not observed that certain 
 sectiojis coi'r(!spondefl to some of those in the Recfitfr O'ebrexch 
 d'Alrhihiei, described in 1886. The Dutcli book, however, 
 
 '" 'I'laiisai lions of the C,las};oiv Anliicoloi^iial Society, IMidS, in. \i. WiVa 
 (Reprint 1.S9K, Siii)i). ill. pp. .S!t-40).
 
 Snii/r I'Jiirlii 'I'ri'i ill SI'S 1)11 'I'l'i-h iiiiliiii'ii-iil ( 'hfiiiislri/. .'55 
 
 iiicliulcd so iiiiicli iiioic that the reix'ijjts in (iuc.sti(jii ucic lost 
 siylit of. Rc'ct'iitly I .yot another Dutch collection, which, as it 
 was nominally by a tlifl'erent author, I did not at tirst recoj^nize. 
 Examination, however, jufived that it was another editicjn of the 
 book wliich had been described as Hatins, and this led to a 
 comparison of its contents with those of the other inenibers of thf; 
 series which have been so lon<; midei- I'cxiew. 
 
 66. In this last edition the authoi' was called Carohrs iJattus, 
 which afforded a fresh clue, as this name occurs in some of the 
 biograpiiical dictionaries, thou;;h not much is said aixjut it.s 
 owner. What the reason was for this channi- of name is not 
 explained, but, so far as he is concerned, it has had the effect of 
 making him the theme of biographies which do not tallv so well 
 as could be desired and which leave some importont matters in 
 doubt, moie particularly his parentage. 
 
 67. According to Jocher-" he was a son of Hartholonueus 
 Battus, and therefore a brother uf Levinus Battus, a [jhvsiciau 
 and chemist, who practised medicine at Antwerp, Hamburg and 
 Dordi-echt towards the close of the sixteenth centur)-, and wrote 
 an epistle included in the Misce/koiea of H(>nricus Smetius, his 
 cousin-german if Jocher be correct, besides medical and 
 chirurgical works, including the book of Seci-ets. 
 
 This is repeated In' Panckoucke, -'■' but the relationship with 
 Bartholoma'us Battus is not coniirmed or even I'eferred to by any 
 authority T have l)een able to consult. 
 
 6S. Indeed when the amount of his conti-ibution.s to medical 
 literature is considered, it is remarkable how his name has In^en 
 passed over by writers from whom one woulil ha\e looked for 
 information. He is omitted by Adamu.s, ''" by Andreas,''^ by 
 Stolle,"'- and by Manget.'''' Only tlu' " Epistola? "' are quoted 
 by Van der Linden,''* and Mercklin,''-"' omitting Carolus 
 
 -* All,i;c>neiiies Celilntfii- 1 twiioii, Leipzig, IT.IO, i. S.Vi. 
 
 -'■' Hio_!riaphu Medicah\ I'aris. IS-Jd. ii. p. ."{.'t. 
 
 '" ]'itir Ciennaiioruni Mediioruni. 1 laidelbcrtj.v, Ki'iO. 
 
 •' ' Bibliotkcia Bcli^ica, Lovanii, l(i43. 
 
 ■''- Anltitiiiii^ zitr Ilistorii- der Mcdiciiiisilun Ge/a/irJteit, ]m\\:\. \~'.\\. 
 
 ""' Bibliotheca Sniptontm Mediiorii/ii, Gi-ncv;i.-, 1731. 
 
 "* De Soipfts Mi-dicis lihri duo, .\mslclro(la:iii, U)37, p. 94. 
 
 ^'' Liiideitius reiiovatiis, Norimbergcu, 1>J8»), p. 3)&.
 
 36 The lioijal Fhilotfophiral Society of Glasyotc. 
 
 altogethei', assigns them to Coiiradiis Battiis, a son of Levinus 
 above mentioned. Zedler"'" mentions him, but suppHes no 
 dates and no parentage. Paquot ^ " calls him a Flemish 
 writer of the sixteenth century, "unknown to our book-sellers," 
 who was " Medecin ordinaire " of Dordrecht in 159.'i and 1598, 
 and who translated several medical and chirurgical books into 
 Dutch from French and German, of which he enumerates five 
 with their editions. Van der Aa^*" calls him a Netherlander, 
 who was town physician (Stads Geneesheer) at Dordrecht from 
 1593 to 1598 (which is difierent from Paquot), and who trans- 
 lated numerous medical wc)rks into Dutch, of which a list is 
 given. 
 
 69. The most recent account is that by Ph. Blommaert,^^ 
 which supplies some additional information. He is entered 
 undei' the name Baten, not Battus, and is said to have been bom 
 at Ghent in the middle of the sixteenth century. On the arrival 
 of the Duke of Alba, he, sharing the reformed views, quitted the 
 country and did not return till after the troubles were over. 
 Then on his appointment as town physician of Dordrecht he 
 settled there and became highly esteemed. 
 
 70. In none of these is there any mention of his ]>iii('ntage or 
 account of his early life or education, though they all agi'ee in 
 stating that ht^ was a physician at Dordrecht, but we are not 
 left entirely without a notice of it. The following thesis is 
 extant:—*" 
 
 Propositiones cle Morho Gallico, de (piilius 
 Doctore Henrico Broucjeo Pi'ivside, respcm- 
 debit pro gradu licentia?, Carolus Battus. 
 Disputabitur autem die. Septembiis 
 in auditorio niaiori. 1569. 
 liostochii in ollicina Jacobi Lucii. 
 Small 8vo. A in eights ; no pagination. Printed in italics. 
 
 " Grosses Universal /.iwicon, IlalK- ii. Leipzig, M'.^'.). III. cnl. 7'i-. 
 
 ^' Rhhiioircs four servir a V Hist aire litU'rixhy lies iii.\-srp/ l'ro','inccs des 
 Pays-Bas . . . Louvain, 1703-70, ii. (1768) p. (i71. 
 
 '" Hiographisih Woordenbork der Ncderlandcii, Haarlem, ISAS, II. i. p. 170. 
 
 ^^ Biographic Nalioitale ptiblii'i' par l\\iadi'inie Royalc d(s Stietues, des 
 Icttns ct dcs Ih-aux-Arls de Bcli^iqiii , r.nixelks, l.S(i(i, i. cols. 77'2-77.S. 
 
 ^" British Museum, 1179, a. 2. (1.). The only aulhoiilies who inciuinn this 
 thesis, so far as 1 have observed, are I'anckoucke and Van der A;i.
 
 S'>)ii/' Knrlif Tn-atiscs on l'i'r}ianhiiiii-a\ ('lu'.iuintry. '-^1 
 
 Al title, verso bl;uiU. 
 
 A2-8 recto, Pi-opusitioiies, f)0 in all. 
 
 A8 verso, blank. 
 
 71. From this it may be inferred that on the arrival in 1567 
 of the Duke of Alba as Governor of the Netherlands, Carolus 
 Battiis, when he left, removed to Rostock, studied at the 
 University there, and graduated in medicine in 1569. Assuming 
 that he was then twenty-one years of age, the yeai* of his birth 
 would be 1548. He may, however, have been young(T when he 
 graduated. 
 
 72. For some time lie puisued "chymistry" and "chymical' 
 medicine, but when he saw that others, much more })roficient 
 than himself, could do no better than the ordinary physician, he 
 turned from it and went back to the Hippocratic methods. 
 After settling in 1 )oi(lri'cht he devoted hiinself to pi-actice and to 
 writing and translating medical and surgical works. An 
 enumeration of these would be out of place here, but tlu>re may 
 be mentioned, as illustrating his literary diligence and the success 
 of his wt)rks, which were in considerable demand if one may 
 judge by the number of their editions, the following treatises. 
 
 Wirtminys Work on Mfdicinf : 
 
 (rui/lemean's IVorks on. Snrtjerij and Ojj/if/i<ihiiol(Jtji/ : 
 
 The Surgical Works af Avibrose Pare ; 
 
 ^fmiudl qfSiirijery in DnfcJi : 
 
 (rdbr/kho/rr's Book of Physirk. 
 
 73. Lists of these works, more or less full, will lie found in the 
 notices of Battus already referred to by Jochei-, Panckoucke, Van 
 der Aa, Blommaert, and especially in the .Surgeon-GeneraJ's 
 Catalogue. ^ ^ 
 
 Two or three of the books were translated into English. 
 
 Besides these writings, which are professional, thei'e are a few 
 others which are curiously divergent from his regular .studies, 
 and which on that account may merit .some notice. 
 
 74. After printing his thesis in 1569, he seems to have done 
 nothing more until 1592, of which year there is a.ssigiu'd to him 
 a translation from the German of the life and fate of Faustus. 
 As this is a little volume of great rarity, and of some interest 
 
 ^1 /iidc.v Ciitahi^neo/fhe Library of tin- Surs^eoiiGciurar s Offtrv, U.S. Army, 
 
 Wasliintrton. ISSd. i. SO.-). Sea.n<l Sciii-s. ISitT. II. I'vJ.
 
 38 Till' Rdi/iil ]'li'ili)siiiiliini1 Siirirfi/ nf (Thixijitir. 
 
 and curiosity as well, it may be described.^- The titii' is as 
 follows : — 
 
 Warachtiyhe Historie van Doctor 
 
 lohannes Faustus, die eenen wtne- 
 
 menden ,i;Tooten Toouenacr en Swart- 
 
 Constenaer was, . . . Ouergheset wt 
 
 de Hooehdu3'tsche Sprake doer 
 
 Carol. B. Medic. . . . [Vignette] 
 
 . . . An. M. D. XCTT. 
 
 Small Svo, ff. [2] 59 Register [2], the printer to the reader [1]. 
 
 Black letter. A few wood-euts in the text. The vignette 
 
 depicts a man, in biretta and gown, standing beside rocks over 
 
 which Hames are playing, while flames are issuing also from 
 
 various parts of his pei'son and clothing. It has nothing to do 
 
 •with Faustus, but in reality represents Pliny at Vesuvius, and 
 
 in that connection it will be found in Boaistuau's I/istoires 
 
 Frodi(/ietif<Ps, Lyon, ir)74, IG', i. f. 41. The vignette so closely 
 
 resembles that earlier print that one might almost believe that 
 
 the same block liad been used for both books, but comparison 
 
 reveals minute variations. Though as like eacli other as may be, 
 
 they are not identical. 
 
 TT). It will be observed that the translator's name is only 
 suggested, though it suits Battus quite well, and that l)oth tlie 
 printer's name and the plact^ of publication are omitted. There 
 may have been a reason for this. TIk^ i)rinter in his concluding 
 address to the reader, while holding up Faustus as the most 
 unlucky of mortals in s))ite of his luck}' name, and as a warning 
 to flee from the devil and all his works, buttressing his exhoi'ta- 
 tions with (juotations from St. Paul, ha])])ens to allude to "these 
 two renowned men of God, Dr. Martinus liUtherus and Philippus 
 Melanclitlion." Considering the times it was on the whole 
 prudent on his part not to say anything about himself or his 
 
 *■■' Iliilisli Miihouni, ISfi.'^O, aa. 7. I have not seen tlic original (leiinan, 
 but a lale I'rencli versiim is e.xtanl witli tlie following title : Histoire | Pro- 
 digieu.se el Lamentable | de | [ean I'ausle, | (iiand | Magicien, | Avec son 
 Testament, [ ci sa vie 1 '.pouvantalile. | A Cologne, | C'hez les lleritiers de 
 J'ieire Marteau. ! Ml). iW Xll. | I'imo. i)p. 2(«> ffi, 1 blank]. Tiie frontis- 
 piece (included in ihc pagination) icpresenis I'ausL within a magic circle 
 encompassed hy demons and monslrositics. on the walcli loi liim to come 
 out. lie looks at liis wit's I'nd and ralhcr imhapi)y. The sci'ne is laid 
 in a Wood. 
 
 I
 
 Sonir Karly Trcdt/isi's on 7'f.chnofof/ical Chf/mistrij. .'59 
 
 press. Considering too that Caiolus Hattus was a "partisan nf 
 the new views," the printer may have secured In'iii as the 
 translator, though then^ is always th(; possihiHty that it was 
 some other Carol. B. Medic, who was the translator. That, 
 however, is not probable. 
 
 76. Another treatise was written by him, also on a topic apart 
 from his usual pursuits, nanKily on the soul of man and its 
 immortality and the difference between it and that of irrational 
 animals, a position which would find numerous assailants at the 
 present day. 1 have not had the fortune to see a copy of the 
 book, which is probably not without interest. The title, as 
 quoted by Blonunaert, ^ ■' is as follows. T hav(! not seen it referred 
 to by anyone else. 
 
 Van de ziele des menschen, ende van de on- 
 sterffelickheydt des menschen ziele. Waerin 
 door vele natuerlike redenen ende sterke argu- 
 menten, door diversche schriften der philosophen, 
 sommigen oud-vaderen bewesen, ende door de H. 
 Schrift gheconfirmeert wordt dat de ziele des 
 menschen niet en is te vergelycken met de 
 ziele der onvernuftige dieren, dat oock de 
 ziele des menschen (jnsterffelic ende onver- 
 ganckelic is. 
 
 Tot Dortrecht, by Alex. Canin, IGOl : in 8vt). 
 
 77. Reserving the " Secreet-boeck " for special notice, reference 
 may be made to the letter which he wi'ote against Dr. Josephus 
 Michelius, a notable Paraciilsian, which ai)peared in the collection 
 made by Henricus Smetius. 
 
 Miscellanea Hcnrici Snu-tii . . . medica 
 Cum prajstantissimis ([uimiue Medicis 
 . . . couuuuiiicata, et in Libros XII. 
 digesta . . . 
 
 Anno MDCXl. 
 Impensis Jon;e llhodii, . . . Franc ofurti . . . 
 8vo. 
 Books V. and VI. treat of Paracelsus and his opi)onents. 
 Book XII. contains twenty-two h-tters about Paracelsu.s, which 
 passed between Leviiuis IJattus, at Ro.stock, above mentioned, 
 
 *'' Bioj^rufi/iif AW/oiia/e . . . dc H>ii;i,/iu\ Uruxelles. 18(56, I. col. 773.
 
 40 77/'' Ri'i/(il Phil()si>jilii<-<il Sociffi/ ill' (ildsijoa-. 
 
 and Smetius at Pleidelberi;-. There is a notice of Paracelsus" life 
 and his cure for epilepsy, ami Snietius makes a reply to the 
 arguments against the "'chyniists' '" artificial gold. 
 
 Here also is the letter of Carolus Battus mentioncvi above, and 
 one from Petrus Severinus, who was a Paraci^lsian. 
 
 78. There is no indication of the date of his death, but he 
 seems to have lived to an advanced age. Even admitting that 
 such was the case it is difficult to believe that, if In- was born 
 about 1550, he saw the publication of his translation of the 
 works of Ambrose Pare in 1(536. Still less could he have seen 
 the editions of his own works subsecpient to that date. They 
 must have been merely repiints undei- some other j>erson's 
 supervision. 
 
 79. Regarding his parentage it may be usefid to sunnnarize 
 the arguments for and against Carolus Battus being a son of 
 Bartholoma-us Battus. 
 
 The facts wliich may be ipioted in supjxirt of .focher's state- 
 ment are these. 
 
 He was born at Ghent in tlie middle of the sixteenth century. 
 
 He left Ghent on account of the religious troubles in 1567, 
 when the Duke of Alba, arrived as governor of the Netherlands. 
 
 He went to lvi)stock and graduated in 15(5!). 
 
 A letter by him was printed by Smetius, assigned ei-roneously 
 to Conradus Battus, by Mercklin. 
 
 There is no great weight in these facts, l)ut their pertinency 
 depends upon their flates and ui)on their cunuilative effect. As 
 few dates are given by the chroniclers, one must fall back u})ou 
 inferences. 
 
 80. Baitho]om:eus Battus was boin at .Most about 1515, and 
 died i)i January, 155S, ** when he was presumably 43 years of 
 age. He had a famil)^ of nine children, and he may hav(> been 
 married wlien he was five and twentv, t>r perhaj>s even younger. 
 His V)ook, published in .August, 155S, was dedicated to his sons 
 Peter, Joannes and Ijcxiinis, wlio was I)oin in 1545. Assuming 
 that these sons aic in order of seniority, the eklest may liave been 
 
 '' l'Aij,'aie ("oL'iiuins (Hio};iaf<liic Xaliouali' . . . dc J->elgi<jui\ I'nix. IStlG, 
 I. 772) points <nit llic inconipatiliility of tliis dale wilh 26lli Augusl, ir>5S. the 
 dale of llie dedication of his hook. Hul lu' has forgotten tliat at tliis time 
 the year was reckoned from March. Ii \\<iii!d save confusion in tlie present 
 case to write tlie date as l.l.lS/M.
 
 Sonti' EiirliJ 'I'l-i'iit ISIS on 'I'nli iniliiiin-iil ('hrniisl ri/. 41 
 
 l)()iii ill l-") U , t III' sccoihI ill I o4^;{, and Lcviims ill 104;"). ( )ii acc'iimt 
 of liis ivli,t(i(iiis views ho was iinpiisoiicil for nine montlis, was 
 liberated and removed to (Jlieiit, wliei-e he hvcfl for ten years, 
 and th(>n on account of a thrc^at of renewed persecution he 
 travelled to Kostock in 155(5, where lie died two years later. 
 There is no lividenci' of the date of his iinjirisonnient, hut from 
 the figures now given it must have heeii in I54."i or 1544, and he 
 settled in Ghent about 1545. 
 
 81. TjeA'inus, ' •'" his son, was born at (ilieiit in 1545. After his 
 schooling and two years in Antwei|> stiidvinu mathematics, he 
 followed his father to Rostock, sjieiit a eou|ile of years there, 
 went to Wittenberg t() h(^ar Melanchthon and graduated in 
 1559, aged fourteen. His father was then dead. 
 
 S2. What bearing has this on Caiolus Battus ? He was born 
 at Ghent, left it in I5()7, and liiadiiatiil in medicine at Ivostock 
 in 15G9. If, like Ijevinus, he gra<lii;ite(l when he was fourteen, 
 he would be born in Ghent in 1555, and might ha\e had 
 Bartholonia'us for his father. If so bis father had been dead for 
 ten years when h(^ took his degree. He inav, however, have been 
 a few years older when he was licensed in medicine. 
 
 His residence at Rostock may have been decided by its having 
 been chosen years before by Bartholom;eus, and by the Chair of 
 Medicine being occupied liy Levimis Battus. The epistle which 
 Smetius included in bis .]fisi-i'll<itiiif was accompanied in the 
 same volume by others written bv Levinus Battus, so that 
 independently of their intrinsic value Smetius may, naturally 
 enough as a relation, have aimed at giving them all the publicity 
 in his power. 
 
 There is not much support in tbese remai'ks foi" .locher's 
 position, but they may suggest some relationship, if it is not so 
 close as actual sonship. 
 
 83. The arguments against the relationship are entirely 
 negative. No authority, except .loclier, atlirms any connection, 
 and the earlier biograjihers who are familiar \\ ith Bartholonupus 
 Battus, Txninus his son, and C'onradus his grandson, carefully 
 avoid allusion to C'arolus as a connection, if indeed they take any 
 notice of him at all. The silence of Adanuis on this question is 
 
 ** Notices of I'.arlhiiloiiKVU-- IJatius (willi his opitapli) and of Lcviiuis Battus 
 rue containcci in F'a(|iU)l"s Mimoires. 17t>S, II. jjp. 6(59 and 670, and also in the 
 Hiographii: Natioiiak . . . de Be/xii/iu , lS»i(5, I. cots. 771 and 77''>.
 
 42 Thf' Royal PhUot<o])hlr(d Sticii-ty of (rJasi/oiv. 
 
 perhaps the most significant against what Jocher says. F'or he 
 published his account of Levinus Battus and his cousin, Henricus 
 Smetius, in 1620, when his personal memories of them were 
 quite fresh, and Avhen Carolus was probably — almost certainly — 
 alive. Had Carolus been a brother of Levinus, he could not fail 
 to have known it, and he could hardly have ignored his connection 
 with Smetius when he was writing about him. That he did not 
 do so indicates that if there was a family relationship it was not 
 an immediate one. More recent writers take no notice of what 
 Jocher asserts and make no reference to the subject. 
 
 84. There is another difficulty. If Carolus was a .son of 
 Bartholomieus, born in 1548 or 1550, or any year prior to 1555, 
 was he or was he not taken to Rostock by his parents 1 If 
 taken, how long did he remain at Rostock, when and why did he 
 leave it and return to the Netherlands, and how long was he 
 there before 1567, when he left and returned to Rostock? All 
 this, too, when he was little more than a child. If on the other 
 hand his parents left him behind, which is quite improbable, 
 judging by Bartholomieus' own docti'ines about the nmtual 
 obligations of parents and children, the same pioblems can be 
 propounded with even more force. 
 
 (S5. So far as I know there arc no data for solving these 
 difficulties. The simplest explanation seems to be that Carolus 
 Battus was not a member of Bartholomjeus' family, though he 
 may have been connected with it. It does not explain, however, 
 why, on his own merits, he M'as not recognized and duly 
 appreciated by Adamus and the n)edical bibliographers. 
 
 Skckkkt-Bokck. 
 
 86. 1594. This collection of receipts seems to have been 
 issued originally in two se])arate parts, at least two entries are 
 given by van der Aa. ' " The first has the title : — 
 
 Het Secreet-l)(K'k van boomen, plantcn, bloemen, kruyden, 
 en zaaden, van koecken, confvtcn, olyen. 
 Leeuwaarden, 1594. rJuio. 
 The second is as follows : — 
 
 Sccrect-boek van hecrlijl<c k(tnsten en \cclorieij materien. 
 Fa'cu waanlcii, I 594. 
 
 *" Bio':^aphisi-h IVoordenboeh der Nederlavdcii, Haarlem 1S53, ii. i. p. 17')
 
 SoiHf Etirlij Trial I SI'S mi Tn-li iinlniiirnl ( 'In lulslrji. 13 
 
 Without liuving si't-ii tlK^sr books one cannot be .sure, liut 
 judging from their contents, they were afterwards conjoined in 
 one vokniic, the first part on Natural History eorrespondinj,' to 
 p[). 1-115, and the second on various arts, to ]>p. 14G-.'3r)G in the 
 edition of 16()i), or to pp. 5-220, and pj). 221-57."^ in the edition 
 of 1661. Tliis, liowever, requires coiitinnation. 
 
 Only th(! first part about trees, llowns, etc., is (|Uoted by 
 Blouimaert. * " 
 
 87. 1599. According;' tt) Panckoucke ' " there was a tran.s- 
 Uition into EngHsh of th(> Secreet-boek, pi-inted at Ijondon, 
 1599, 8vo. 
 
 88. 1601. The next edition of tlir Seereet-l^>oeek whirl i [ 
 have seen is that of KiOl. ft is unnecessary to go into details 
 about it, as I printed an account of it in 1S!)8,''' but the title 
 and collation may be repeated. 
 
 Secreet-Boeck | waer in vele diveische Secre- \ 
 ten, ende herrlicke Consten in \celdei- leye 
 verscheyden materien, wt seker Latijnsche, 
 Frausoysche, Hoochduytsche, ende Nederlandt- > 
 sche Authoren, te samen ende by een ghebracht ] 
 /.ijn : Waer van iXcn meestendeel der voor- | 
 schreven Authoren nanien daer by \ gheciteei't 
 worden. [Device. | 
 
 Tot Dordrecht. | By Abraham Canin, Int ] .laer 
 ons Heeren, 1601. 
 
 Small 8vo, A to Z in eights, A to D in eights, E one leaf; or 
 4 pp. prelim, and te.xt, pp. Hi), so numbered, but pp. 180-189 
 (inclusive) are numbered twice. Black letter. The device is a 
 lion holding a book. 
 
 The preliminary pages i-ontain title, privilege-, and author's 
 preface. 
 
 This copy is in the British Museum, 103G. c. o. (2.). 
 
 *' Bii\^^>a/'hie j\a/iona/c . . . de Bc'/i^ii/ur, Hruxclles. ISCiti, I. col. 773. 
 *^ flh^rafhh- MAiii-alc, Tails, 1S20, 11. p. .S.".. 
 
 *'■" 7'iaiiiiKtioiis of ike A)r/iiiolo,i;i<al Soiicty, Gliisfjow, 1S9N, N.s. m. yyf, 
 (Reprint, Supp. III. p. 3fl.)
 
 44 The Roi/al Philosophical Society of G/asi/on: 
 
 S9. 1609. 
 
 Seereet-Boeek 
 
 W aei- in vele diverse he Secrete, 
 
 ende heerlicke Co listen, in veelderleye 
 
 verscheyden iiiaterien, wt seker Latijnsclie, Fran- 
 
 soysche, Hoochduytsclie ende Nederlantsche Autlioren, te 
 
 samen ende by een gebracht zijn : Waer van den niee- 
 
 stendeel der voorscheven Autlioren namen 
 
 daer by gheciteert worden. 
 
 By ee'ii vcryadert dom- D. Doctor Carel Batin. 
 
 [Vignette.] 
 
 Tot Dordrecht. 
 By Joris Waters. Anno. 1609. 
 
 Small Svo. A to Z in eights ; or pp. [4] 356 [7, 1 blank]. 
 Black letter : but the head-lines and section-titles are roman, and 
 the paragraph titles are italic. 
 
 The vignette is a sea monster — a merman — blowing a conch, 
 enclosed in a serpent, all within a border with the motto : Studys 
 Immortalitatem Ac<|uirimus. 
 
 This edition was described at the same time as that of 1601.''" 
 There is no copy in the British Museum. 
 
 90. 16."H. Hendreich^^ says that Battus published a book in 
 Dutch, the title of which he gives as follows : — Secret-boeck, seu 
 De arcanis medicamentis (juibu-sdain medicis, Amsterdam, 163-1, 
 8vo ; Harlem, 1650, 8vo, and 1656, 12mo. Presumably this is 
 the "Secreet-boeck."' The entry was copied by Zedler,"- l)ut 
 not by any other, so far as I have observed. I hav<> not seen 
 these editions. 
 
 ^" '/'ratisac/ioHS, >j^r., Glasgow, 1S!IS, .N'.S. III. '.VM. (l\<.i)riiit. Sv\\)\). III. 
 p. -10.) 
 
 ^' Paiideil,, liraudciihitri^iiif. I'ciolini, lti9!t. lol. .f.7/. 
 
 ''^Grosses Universal- Lexicon, Ihilleiind Lcip/.iij, 17-^.'{, 111- I'l'l.
 
 Sovif Early Traalinvx mi 'I'l ilniiil<i<i'ii'iil ('hmustiuj. 45 
 
 91. 1650. 
 
 Secreet-Boeck 
 
 V a 11 V e 1 e diverse li »■ e n 
 
 Heerlicke Consteii in vet;l- 
 
 derleye Materien, 
 
 Met veel Ileinedien teghen de 
 
 innerlijcke en uytterlijcke gebre- 
 
 keu der Menschen. 
 
 Wt LatijiistJi'', J<Vaiicoidche, Ilooykduylsche 
 
 ende Nederduytsche Antheuren vergadert. 
 
 Door 
 
 C A R o L u M B .\ 'I" 1" V M , 
 
 Medici jn-Ordinaris der stadt 
 
 DOKDKECHT. 
 
 Yerrijckt met ver.scheyden Secreten van 
 Wijnen, Verweii ende .Schrijf-lvonsten. 
 
 [Ornament.] 
 
 t ' A M .S '1' !■: U D A M , 
 
 V o o r T o o s i' H A K T r; E i{ s z , Boeck - 
 
 verkooper op den Dam, be/.ijden het 
 Stadtliuys, anno KioO. 
 
 I'Jmo. A to Z, Aa, in t\volve.s, An II and I'J are blank; or, 
 pp. [1-4] 5-490 [2] 73 [4, 5 1)lank]. Blaek letter : hut the title- 
 page, Vooi'-Reden, head liiie.s, section titles, table of contents, 
 and names of authorities, are in roman. Pp. [1-4] contain tlie 
 title-leaf and the author s preface : pp. 5-490, the text. The leaf 
 following contains the title (in roman) of the appendix, dated 
 1651. I'he verso is blank. Pp. 1-73 contain the appendix, 
 followed by the table of contents, pp. [4], and five blank pages 
 
 The contents of this edition are the .same as those of l(i(il. 
 
 There is a copy in the British Mu.seum, 103^. a. 1 1'. 
 
 92. 1650. An edition of this year at Haarlem is nieutioned. 
 See 1634.
 
 46 'I'll" Riij/iil Philoxopliicar Socitty <ij Gla^fioic. 
 
 93. 16[5J(i. 
 
 Secreet-Boeck 
 
 y a 11 V e (' 1 e d i v e r s c h e 
 
 en Heerlijcke Koi\sten in 
 
 veelderleye Materien, 
 
 Met V e e 1 IJ c iti c d i e n t e g h e n d e 
 
 innerlijclvo en uytterlijcke gebre- 
 
 ken dor Menschen. 
 
 Wt Latijnsche, Frayicuificha, Ilooghdiiytsche 
 
 ende Nede,rcliu/ti<che Autheuren vergadert. 
 
 Door 
 
 C A R O L V M B A T T U M , 
 
 Medicijn-Ordinaris der stadt 
 
 Dordrecht. 
 
 Verrijckt met verscheyden Secreten van 
 
 Wijnen, Verwen ende Schrijf-Konsten 
 
 [Device] 
 
 t ' A M .=! T E R D A !\I , 
 
 B}' Jan Wilting, Boeck-verkooper op de 
 Singel, by Jan Hoonpoorts Tooren, 1 6[5]6. 
 
 iL'nio. A to Z, Aa, in twelves; or, pp. [1-4] 5-573, [3]. Black 
 letter, but the title-page, Voor-Reden, head lines, titles of the 
 sections, table of contents and names of authorities, are in 
 reman. The device is a winged hour-glass, a skull and cross- 
 bones lying on the top of it, all placed on the back of a tortoise, 
 witli the motto : myn fiLAS i.oopt has. 
 
 In the date the third figure; is very faint, but it .seems to be 5. 
 
 Pp. [1-1 1 contain the tith; and pi'efaco ; pp. 5-573 contain the 
 text; the apjx'iidix begins on p. 503, without a separate title- 
 page; the contents occupy 3 pages at the end, and are identical 
 with those in tlic KiCil edition. 
 
 Though tlie l()5r) and Kidl editions agree jiage for page and 
 line for hnc, tlie type in tlie latter is somewhat largc-r.
 
 iSon/<- Kdvli/ 'rrinl'isis mi Tfchii<tl(i<i'ifiil ( 'luiuislri/. 47 
 
 94. Klod. An edition of this vcar iit llanrleiii is nientioiied. 
 See 1(534. 
 
 95. 1()()1. 
 
 Secreet-Boeck 
 
 Va.li veele diverse lie (; n Heer 
 
 lijcke Konsten in veelderley 
 
 Matericn, 
 
 Met veel IJ e m (mI i (mi tei;('n de in- 
 
 nerlijeke en uytterlijcke i;el)icken 
 
 der Menschen. 
 
 V Vt LatAj)ixch(', FraucAyische., Ilnogliduytsrhe 
 
 endc Ncxle.rdtiytuflir Anthciircu rirf/arlcrt . 
 
 Door 
 
 Car o u V m B a r i' r m 
 
 Medici jn-()rdinaris der stadt 
 
 Do i;dk1';(;ht. 
 
 Verrijckt met verscheyden Secreten van 
 
 AVijneii. Verwon ende Sehiijf-Konsten. 
 
 [Ornament] 
 
 t " A M s '1' V. K \) A M . 
 
 Voor I. 1. SCHTPPEK, int jaer 
 
 16(il. 
 
 Small rJmo. A to Z, Aa, in twelves: or pp. 573 [3]. ]'>laek 
 letter, including the section titles : Init tiie title-page, preface, 
 head lines, titles of the paragraphs and index are in roman. 
 
 i)(). 1()()4. Secret boek van heerlyke Konsten in veelerley 
 Materien. Ijeeiiwaarden, 1()()4. Svo. 
 
 This edition is mentioned l»y Paiickoueke.' ' I liavr not 
 seen it. 
 
 97. This is an extensive hut rather miscellaneous gathering, 
 and Battus has laid the leading secret-mongers under contri- 
 bution, not always with discrimination. A considerable part of 
 the book does not concern our subject, hut he has included many 
 receipts and processes which were already extant in the Knnst- 
 
 ''" Riographie Ali-dicah. Paris, 1S20. II. p. -'C).
 
 48 The Ruyal PJiUiMophical Society of (Jlasgoir. 
 
 hiirhlin, and othei'S which are given by Boltz and Heluireich. 
 A short enumeration of them will suffice to exhibit the con- 
 nection between these books. The edition of Battus's work oi 
 1661 as the latest known to me may be vised for comparison. 
 
 98. The first two hundred pages or thereby treat of the ele- 
 ments, the body and mind, various diseases, beasts, insects, 
 reptiles, fishes, birds, plants, and metals. 
 
 Then he deals with the metals, in particular copper, hardening 
 and softening of iron and steel, etching upon them, the colon i-ing 
 of metals and laying one upon another, several of which are in 
 the Kinistbdchlin of 1537. 
 
 A section which has been treated more fully than in most of 
 the other books is that upon taking out spots and stains, for 
 effecting which several of the receipts in the Kunsthiichlin have 
 been copied. 
 
 99. Under the title of "The Secrets of Illumination and of 
 making all sorts of colours," Battus has appropriated nearly tlie 
 whole of Boltz's book, with the exception of the division about 
 painting and shading and a receipt here and there, but liattus 
 practically begins with tempering mediums, and (Mids with the 
 receipt how to strengthen porous paper so as to kee[) colour from 
 soaking through or running, just as Boltz does. 
 
 100. The foregoing receipts comprise all which are in the 
 1609 edition connected with the present subject, for those which 
 come after i-elate to quite other topics, meteorology, cookeiy, 
 distillation, the making of oils, balsams, and so forth. In the 
 1661 edition, however, thei-e is an appendix which includes the 
 making and preservation of wines, the preparation of colours 
 and of inks, and the secrets of writing. 
 
 101. The receipts for colours correspond with those already 
 described, as far at least as the materials are concerned, but the 
 methods of preparation, though with ])oints in common, indicate 
 either a diJierent .source, or else considerable revision and 
 extension of the oldei' inethods, besides some additions to the 
 niateiials employed. Among the concluding paragraphs, how- 
 ever, iivv some which agree almost vei'bally with those in lioltz s 
 manual, and some that are identical with tlK)se in the /(iinnt- 
 hiirhJiii of 15.37 and tiie FjlVtrhc Kiins/i' of I56.'>. The analogies 
 will he best luidci'stood from a tahular airangement which I 
 h<>p<' to iiK-lude in tlie next Su)>)ilemeiit. Some reci'i|)ts F 
 have not siicceeiled in tracing to their prohahle sour(!(!S.
 
 Some. Eavlji l^'i'af is''s <»i, Tt'i-hmtloiiirnl ('lnmt!<l iij. 49 
 
 TV. TiNTENFASS. •'■ * 
 
 IOl*. There is no author's name to this work, "tlir woll- 
 appointed ink-horn," but there i.s a short preface to the (-(htion 
 of 17.'}2, in which it is stated that the tract first appeared in the 
 preceding year, 1731, and consisted of two .sheets, presumably 
 32 pai^es, and that there was such a demand for it, and the 
 copies were so speedily exhausted, that there was no alternative 
 but to issue a new edition for those who wanted the book. In 
 so doing, several approved ink receipts were added, as well as 
 a number of neces.sary and useful hints, about the art of ^\ riting. 
 
 Since among so many reccii)ts for ink-making as are given, it 
 is not easy, tlie author remarks, to ascertain the best, those 
 which have been proved by daily use to be the most agreeable 
 and serviceable are indicated by the letters: N.B. The others 
 are left for the trial and (\\periencc of those who are assiduous 
 in callig "aphy. 
 
 103. This preface is clear and satisfactory, but the writer of 
 it, neither claiming nor disclaiming the authorship of a tract 
 that supplied opportunely a popular want, is silent as to Helm- 
 reich's work on the same topic. I regret that I have not seen 
 a copy of the 1731 edition of the Tiiitenfans, for it may have 
 been a simple reprint of Helmreich's tract with the omission 
 of the fourth division about etching and possibly of a few 
 receipts not concerned strictly with writing. 
 
 104. The 1732 and subsequent editions which 1 have examined 
 are certainly indebted to Ilelmreich's book, if indeed they are 
 not to be called revised and extended versions of it, with the 
 
 "^ In the British Museum (785. a. 44. (.S.)) there is another book on the 
 same subject willi an analogous title, as follows : — 
 
 Das I wohl und dauerliaftig | zubereitete | Dintenfass. | 
 
 Die selbst lehrcnde | griindliche Schreibeschule, | und die 
 
 leicht und deutliohe | Anweisung, | wie eine Feder /u 
 
 ieder .Sclirifl nach und | nach zu schneiden und abzu- 
 
 kopfen sey ; | Ileni | wie die iibrigen | Sclireibercy- 
 
 Materialien | wohl zubereitet werden mlissen. | 
 
 Leipzig, 1752. | 
 
 Svo. A. B. C. in eights, or pp. 48, with 3 folding Iea\es ; Imw to make 
 
 a pen, and how to use a proporlinnal hue leaf so as to make symmetrical 
 
 writing. 
 
 So far as my comparison goes this is quite a diflerent set of receipt.-) from 
 the others, though the materials used are necessarily the same.
 
 50 Thi' Rojjal riiilosojfliirnl Socirfi/ (if Glasgow. 
 
 omissions refeiTcd to, and it is a witness to the esteem in \% liich 
 Helmreich's book was held, that it should haA-e been reWved and 
 enlarged and modernised as still suitable for a new generation. 
 
 105. The two edition.s, 1732 and 179"2, are divided into ten 
 chapters, the contents of which may be bricfl^v sunimariztid. 
 
 1. The materials for makinii black ink. 
 
 II. Different sorts of black ink. 
 
 III. Coloured ink: red, green, blue, yellow. 
 
 TV. Curious inks. 
 
 V. Writing with gold, sil\er, and other metals. 
 
 VI. Paper, parchment, and tablets. 
 
 VII. Other materials to write upon. 
 
 VIII. Quill pejis and pen knives. 
 
 IX. The correct posture in writing. 
 
 X. Sealing wax, red and given. 
 
 Lt is to be observed that the subjects of Chapters TV., VTI., 
 VIII., and IX. are either not discussed by Helmi-eich at all or 
 are referred to in a few isolated I'eceipts. l»esides these ju?w 
 chapters, (juite new receipts are introduced in the others. 
 
 106. These remarks apply also to the edition of 1792, from 
 which, by the "way, the preface has been dropped, so that the 
 book thus loses its history and assumes a modernity to which it 
 lias no title. It has the same ten chapters, but again fresh 
 matter has b(^(^n added, and various verbal changes can be 
 detected, though there is no fundamental difference between it 
 and its sixty year old predecessor. More j-eniai'kabU^, however, 
 is the pennanence of the receipts fiivst printed by Helmreich in 
 1567, which form the hasis of this treatise on the same subject 
 in 1792. '^riiis ])ersistence, however, may be due as nmch to 
 there huAing Ihhmi no substitute discovered foi' the gallo-tannate 
 of iron than to Helnu'eich, or to eithei' his predecessors or suc- 
 cessors. In so far as Helmreich's receipts are connected with the 
 earlier sc^-ies, so these later re])etitions natundly share the 
 union. 
 
 107. 'I'lie follo\\ing is the title of the earliest edition T have 
 .seen: -
 
 Sdiiic Enrlji 'J'riKtiscs on 1'ec//i/ti/i)i/i<(i/ ('In mislrij. "jI 
 
 Das iiufs neiie 
 \vu li I y. 11 l)e f (■ i t e t (" 
 
 T 1 n t e n - F a s s : 
 
 ( )dcr 
 
 ATiwcisuii^f, 
 
 Wic 111 a II i^ u t e scliuart/.e, h ii n t - 
 
 farbige, audi aiuUro curidsc 'riutcu 
 
 auf rnancherlei AVc^ise zubciviten, audi wie 
 
 man niit Gold, Silbor uiid aiidcrn Metulleii aus 
 
 der Foder auf Pai)pier, Pcrgament and an- 
 
 deiv Diiige schreiben solle : 
 
 iiobst vcrscbiedeiu'ii 
 
 Yaw 
 
 S c li r c! i 1) (■ r c i 
 
 geliorigou uobtigun uiid niit/.liclien 
 
 Stiickcn, 
 
 Deren Tnhalt gleich nach der V^orrede zu finden : 
 
 Den der Sclireiberei-BeHisseneii /.ma Nutz und 
 
 Dienst mit Fleiss ge.sammlet, und zum Druck 
 
 befoidert. 
 
 Helmstadt, 
 
 Zu finden iiii Buchladen. 1732. 
 
 {Small Svo. A, li, C in eiylits, D two k-aves : or jip. [1-2] 
 ;5-r)2. 
 
 108. There are two issues (»f llic '• wohl znbereitete Tinten- 
 Fass," Helmstadt, 1732, 8\o, which agree practically word iov 
 word and line for line so closely that it is not easy to give marks 
 by which to discriminate between them. 
 
 The British Museum copy (8703. de. 36. (2.)) is on thicker 
 and stiffer paper than mine. The commas in this copy are small, 
 those in mine are long lines. 
 
 On each side of the page number (which is in the centre) there 
 is a small ornament. That in the liritish Museum copy consists 
 of four small leaves, or loops at right angles, linked together at 
 the centre. Between each pair is a free line radiating from the 
 centre. In my copy it consists of two small concentric circles ;
 
 52 The Roi/al PlilloKOjiJucal SociMy of Ghin(jo>r. 
 
 from the outer one radiate nine groups of lines. The two 
 ornaments are quite dissimilar and are easily identified. 
 
 Various typographical differences might be pointed out, 
 especially in the relative position of the signatures to the text 
 in the two issues, which prove that the book was set up twice, 
 at any rate. 
 
 109. The next edition is in the British Museum (T. 501. (1)). 
 
 Das aufs neue | wohl zuberitete | Tinten-Fass: | 
 oder, I Anweisung, | Wie man gute schwarze, biuitfarbige, | 
 auch andere curiose Tinten auf mancherlei | Weise 
 zubereiten, auch wie man uiit Gold, Silber | und 
 andern Metallen aus der Feder auf Pappier, Per- | 
 gament und andere Dinge schreiben [ soil : | Nebst noch 
 andern | zur j Schreiberei | gehorigen nohtigen und 
 nlitzlichen Stiicken. | [Vignette] 
 
 Dritte vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage. | 
 Helmstadt, | Zu finden im Ruchlad(Mi. 1733. | 
 
 Small 8vt). A to D in eights ; or pp. (U. 
 
 The vignette is an inkbottle with a (juill pen in it. This 
 edition contains a number of receipts not in the previous editions, 
 but the others are i-epeated without change. 
 
 110. The " Tintenf ass " seems to have had as great an initial 
 success as Boltz's manual, for this is the fourth issue within 
 three years. When one recalls the skill and practice recjuired 
 for making a <|uill pen, long before th(> iridium-pointed gold pen 
 was dreamt of, or the fountain-pen, a revived invt^ntion of the 
 eighteenth century, was introduced, and remembers the atti- 
 tudes assumed by untrained youth in tlieir early attempts at 
 "putting pen to paper," which had to be corrected, the writing 
 masters of a luiiuired and fifty years ago may have made their 
 pupils l)uy tliis book in order to 8tiid\' the eighth and ninth 
 chapters, and so exhausted the editions. \yv that as it may, the 
 demand in this case also secMus to have suddenly ceased, for 
 there was notlhiiL; more of the l)ook till I79l', and when it 
 did appear it was under a new name. If there w(M"e editions 
 in the sixty years" interval, which is not unlikely, not a sign of 
 one has (;oine before me. I'hcy mav, however, have been 
 published under other names, in which case oidv chance might 
 bring them to one's ac(|uaintan(e.
 
 Some Early Treatises on Te.ehii,oJoiileal (Jheinislrif. 53 
 
 111. The 179'J edition lius llie following title: — 
 
 Gelieimnisse, 
 
 aller 
 
 A r t e n Tin t e n 
 
 /.u miichen, 
 
 und 
 
 niit Musclieln, Gold und Sillier 
 
 v.w schreiben. 
 
 [OiiicUiient.] 
 
 Leipzig und Alton;i, 
 
 hey J. H. Kaven, 1792. 
 
 Small 8vo. A to f) in eights. D 8 is blank ; or pp. [1-3 J 1— G2 
 
 [2 blank] Ornamental head- and tail-piece. 
 
 112. It is not necessary to enter into an examination of this 
 book for the more important parts, the materials and methods, 
 have been discusseil already under Helinreich. As for the 
 chapters about writing they are apart from the present subject. 
 
 V. Fleckenkunstlek. 
 
 113. The last of the books which 1 have to refer to is " Der 
 Fleckenkiinstler." The. author's name is not indicated, and the 
 edition to be described is the only one known to me at present. 
 There may be others which T have failed to ob.servc. Its title 
 is as follows : — 
 
 Der 
 vollkommene 
 
 Fleckcnkunstler; 
 
 eine Anweisung 
 
 alle Fett-Rost-Dinten-und andere Flecken 
 
 aus 
 
 Gold und silbernen Stucken, und seidenem Zeuge, Sammct, 
 
 Scharlach und anderen Tiichern, wie nuch aus Papier 
 
 herauszubringen 
 
 nebst 
 
 vielen bisher geheim gehaltenen Kunsten von 
 
 Farben und Firnissen. 
 
 bei Tobias TioetHer in M.iniilieim 
 
 1797. 
 
 Small Svo. A to D in eights, E seven leaves; or pp. [2] 78. E8 
 
 has been used for the title-leaf, cutoff, and pasted on in front.
 
 54 The Rnyal PhifosophicaJ Society of Olasgoic. 
 
 114. The title: Der vollkoinme7ip FJeckenkUnstJer, or, "The 
 Accomplished Smudge- Artist, " is rather a misnomer, for while 
 the first sixteen pages describe methods for removing spots and 
 stains from a variety of fabrics, the remaining four-fifths of the 
 tract are occupied with cures for diseases, with colours and 
 varnishes, with inks, witli metal-work, with destruction of 
 vermin, general and personal, and with a lot of miscellaneous 
 receipts. The compiler, whoever he was, had no thought or 
 care for his reader, for he has not arranged his receipts, say 
 190 all told, systematically, and he has not compensated for this 
 defect by an alphabetical index, or even by a table of contents. 
 
 Of these receipts most are of comparatively late origin, but 
 a number are extant in the older collections. 
 
 115. Of the first section about removing spots and stains, not 
 one is taken from the earlier works, or corresponds to any which 
 were reproduced in Supplement IV. The substances used, how- 
 ever, were effective enough, Venice soap, almond soap, ashes, 
 salt of tartar, and these causticized with quick lime, but some 
 are included of which the detergent properties are not obvious. 
 
 These are succeeded by the treatment of various diseases, both 
 of men and cattle, which is empirical and sympathetic and 
 useless ; tlien come cements for broken i)ottery, ne.\t the destruc- 
 tion of vermin, in the middle of which receipts are introduced 
 for black ink. The first is one marked N.B. in the Tliden- 
 fhfis of 1732, so that it has probably been copied from that 
 book. There is a resemblance in one oi' two others, but it is 
 not conclusive as to copying. A method for feeding horses and 
 cattle economically, one to destroy field mice, and a cure for 
 epilepsy, are followed by three receipts to make tempering 
 waters for illuminating, taken almost verbatim from Boltz, along 
 with those about isinglass, gum tragacanth, and varnish for 
 parchment. Several others are aildeii which do not occur in the 
 older books. Receipts for colours : purple, rose red, green, have 
 been already (juoted. The concluding paragraphs deal with 
 a variety of topics. One is to draw the green colour from 
 copper, so that "it will never be green again, hut remains 
 permanently white," a statement which gives a glimpse of 
 ideas, old ones, which were still ci^ri'cnt at the end of the bStli 
 century ; but another is to whiten it by treatment with arsenic. 
 The process in given in detail. Varnishes, oil colours, gilding, 
 silvering and coppuring of earthenware and etching iipjii iron
 
 Some Early Trea(ise« on Tcrlitioloi/irtil f'heniinh-y. 5f) 
 
 are described briefly. The ctcliing agents and the nietliods are 
 similar to those already refei'red to. 
 
 The Fleckenkihislh'r is a poor higgledyi'lggiedy pri.duction, 
 and, except that it contains excerpts from books two hundred 
 and fifty years old, wuuld not have been included in the 
 present lists.
 
 3
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 ^'AHGE-c 
 
 UHi 
 
 '(^:f'' 11979 
 
 Form L9-50w-4,'(51(B8'J94s4)4 1!
 
 ^f^2U Ferpuson - 
 T^^F^s Some early 
 
 treatises on 
 TecTTholopicai chemistry! 
 
 Z 
 A3^F3s 
 
 UCLA Young Research Library 
 
 Z5524.A35 F3s 
 
 y 
 
 UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 nil ll'lll" '' '" ' 'il ! 11 !'<! ! 'I' I 
 
 AA 001 239 488